(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Southern College Catalog 1996-97"

jj£V.;l\. 




%-97 C&taJxi. %-97 Ca&iLgr <%r<p C 







^*» 











ra! 




^B 


Ili'liWIililfi 1 


■ 


HiDV 1 'i 3 




Southern College 
of Seventh-day Adventists 

1996-1997 Catalog 



Mailing Address: 

EO. Box 370 

Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 

FAX: (423) 238-3001 
e-mail:postmaster@southern.edu 



Telephone: 

General Number: (423) 238-2111 

Admissions Information 

Nationwide: 1-800-768-8437 
(1-800-SOUTHERN) 




In publishing this catalog, every reasonable effort has been made to be factually accurate. The 
publisher assumes no responsibility for editorial, clerical, or printing errors. The information 
presented is, at the time of printing, an accurate description of course offerings, policies, and 
requirements of Southern College. The provisions of this catalog, however, are not to be regarded 
as an irrevocable contract between the college and the student. The college reserves the right to 
change any provision or requirement at any time, without prior notice. 

UcKSE LIBRARY 
^TN 37315 






Something to keep in mind — 

Although this CATALOG is not a textbook, you will refer to it often 
during your college career. It describes the academic program you 
select and the requirements you must fulfill to graduate. Before you 
enroll at Southern or register 
for any succeeding semester, 
you should satisfy yourself 
that you are familiar with 
this catalog. 

Two important parts of your 
academic life are General 
Education and your field of 
concentration. You will find 
it especially valuable to read 
carefully the sections of the 
catalog that explain these 
programs. 

Every attempt has been made 
to prepare this catalog so 
everyone may understand it, 
but some of the information 
may still be confusing to you. 
Also, because changes may 
occur in your program require- 
ments, you may encounter 
contradictions between this catalog and advice that you later receive. 
Talk to someone about the sections of this catalog that are not clear. 

The first person to talk to is your academic adviser. You may also find 
help from the chair of your department. It may be necessary to visit 
with the Director and Assistant Director of Records and Advisement. 
The Vice President for Academic Administration is also available to 
assist you. If you need explanations about financial questions, talk with 
the Director or Assistant Director of Student Finance. 

Remember that you are the one who selects your program of study and 
it is your responsibility to know the graduation requirements and meet 

them. 




Do not lose this catalog. It is your "college manual." 



UP 

* ^3fr/ __^ Table or CoynaNTs 3 

*J#- Contents 

Academic Calendar 4 

This Is Southern College 6 

Admissions 10 

Student Life and Services .' 14 

Academic Enrichment Services 19 

Academic Policies 22 

General Degree Requirements 22 

General Education Course Requirements , . . 25-29 

Departments of Instruction 47-219 

Allied Health 47 

Art 60 

Behavioral Science 64 

Biology 72 

Business Administration 81 

Chemistry . 94 

Computer Science and Technology 99 

Education and Psychology 107 

Engineering Studies 129 

English and Speech 131 

Health, Physical Education, and Recreation 138 

History 146 

Industrial Technology 152 

Journalism and Communication 158 

Mathematics 168 

Modern Languages 173 

Music 177 

Nondepartmental Courses 187 

Nursing 189 

Physics 199 

Religion 205 

Interdepartmental Programs 218 

Medical Science 218 

General Studies 218 

Non-Degree Preprofessional Programs 220 

Anesthesia 220 

Dentistry 220 

Law 221 

Medicine 221 

Optometry 223 

Osteopathic Medicine 223 

Pharmacy 224 

Pediatric Medicine 224 

Veterinary Medicine 225 

Software Technology Center 226 

Financial Policies 227 

Student Costs 227 

Special Fees and Charges 228 

Housing 229 

Method of Payment 231 

Financial Aid 240 

Index 262 



4 Academic Calendar 



Academic Calendar 

1996-97 School Year 



The Southern College summer term consists of four 4-week sessions. 
Students in attendance during the 1995-96 school year may register at any 
time during the week immediately preceding the session. 

1st Summer Session 

May 7 Registration 

May 7 Classes Begin 

May 8 Late Registration Fee 

May 9 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

May 17 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

May 24 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

May 31 Classes End 

2nd Summer Session 

June 3 Registration 

June 3 Classes Begin 

June 5 Late Registration Fee 

June 6 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

June 14 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

June 21 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

June 28 Classes End 

3rd Summer Session 

July 1 Registration 

July 1 Classes Begin 

July 2 Late Registration Fee 

July 3 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

July 4 Independence Day Observed 

July 12 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

July 19 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive «¥* 

July 26 Classes End 

4th Summer Session 

July 28 Registration 

July 29 Classes Begin 

July 30 Late Registration Fee 

July 31 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

August 9 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

August 16 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

Aug 19-23 ACT Exam 

August 23 Classes End 

1st Semester 

Aug 16-19 Faculty Colloquium 

August 26 ACT Exam 

Aug 25, 26 Freshman Orientation 



Academic Calendar 5 



1st Semester, cont. 

Aug 26, 27 Registration by Appointment 

August 28 Classes Begin 

August 28 Late Registration Fee 

September 3 Fee for Class Change 

September 10 Last Day to Add Course 

October 18 Mid-term Ends 

October 18-20 Mid-semester Break 

October 25-27 Alumni Homecoming 

October 31 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

Nov 4-15 Pre-Registration/Advisement 

Nov 27-Dec 1 Thanksgiving Vacation 

December 6 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

Dec 16-19 Semester Exams 

Dec 20-Jan 5 Christmas Vacation 

2nd Semester 

January 5, 6 Registration for Pre-registered Students 

January 6 Registration by Appointment 

January 7 Classes Begin 

January 7 Late Registration Fee 

January 13 Fee for Class Change 

January 20 Last Day to Add Course 

January 21 Senior Class Organization 

February 28 Mid-term Ends 

Feb 28-Mar 9 Spring Break 

March 20 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

Mar 24-Apr 4 Pre-Registration/Advisement 

April 6, 7 College Days 

April 7 Senior Deadline for Correspondence/Incompletes 

April 18 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

April 28-May 1 Semester Exams 

May 4 Commencement/Semester Ends 

1st Summer Session. 1997 

May 6 Registration and Classes Begin 

May 30 Classes End 

2nd Summer Session, 1997 

June 2 Registration and Classes Begin 

June 27 Classes End 



3rd Summer Session. 1997 

June 30 Registration and Classes Begin 

July 25 Classes End 

4th Slimm er Session. 1997 

July 27 Registration 

July 28 Classes Begin 

August 22 Classes End 



This Is Southern College 



Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is a co-educational 
institution established by the Seventh-day Adventist Church* primarily to 
serve its constituents in the southeastern part of the United States. It is 
principally concerned with baccalaureate instruction but offers numerous 
associate degrees, a small number of one-year certificates, and a limited 
graduate program. 

MISSION STATEMENT 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists provides students, faculty, 
and staff with an environment for balanced development of the intellectual, 
spiritual, physical, and social dimensions of life in harmony with biblical 
principles. In a context of liberal arts and professional curricula, our 
campus community emphasizes academic scholarship, vocational prepara- 
tion, cultural understanding, and a relationship with Jesus Christ leading 
to a life of service. 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES 

The purpose of higher education in the Seventh-day Adventist Church 
is rooted in a comprehensive theological understanding of humanity in the 
world. The following is a summary of this understanding: 

(1) Seventh-day Adventists believe that God is the Creator and Sustainer 
of the earth and its inhabitants. He is the Source of all knowledge. 

(2) Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion with Him, 
mankind possessed harmonious physical, mental, spiritual, and social 
attributes. 

(3) As a result of sin, these attributes were seriously marred, but God in 
His love provided a redemptive plan for the restoration of His image 
in humanity, thus preparing individuals for eternal personal fellowship 
with God. 

In the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed as 
an essential element of redemption, including an awareness of each indi- 
vidual's relationship to God and a commitment of service to mankind. 
Education, consequently, must focus on developing the whole person. 
Southern College attempts to provide a spiritual, intellectual, social, and 
physical environment which encourages this development through the 
following specific objectives. 

Spiritual 

The spiritual goal of Southern College is to enable students to grasp 
Christian beliefs and values as understood by the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church. Along with three hours of mandatory religion course work for each 



•This college is operated by the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, which is 
comprised of the churches in the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North 
Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee. 



This Is Southern College 7 



year of attendance, students have religious convocations and various 
opportunities for Christian fellowship and service to help them better 
internalize these ideals. 

Intellectual 

The intellectual goal of Southern College is to help students confront the 
ideas and values which underlie civilization. Course requirements and 
general education options aim at broadening and deepening the students' 
outlook. An honors program challenges the most capable students, while 
academic awards recognize a range of scholarly achievements. 

Occupational 

The occupational goal of Southern College is to prepare students for 
service in a practical world. Although that does not always mean specific 
career orientation, the major and minor course work offers useful 
competencies as well as skills related to specific vocations. 

Social 

Regarding the relationship of individuals to society, the goal of Southern 
College is to encourage students to attain the social maturity necessary for 
successful family and community living. Southern College provides activ- 
ities and courses aimed at developing healthy interpersonal relations, 
communication skills, and decision-making abilities. This goal includes a 
commitment by the college to involve its students and staff in service 
activities which benefit both its regional constituency and local community. 

Physical 

Regarding personal health, the goal of Southern College is to educate 
students to be active in promoting their own physical well-being. Southern 
College is smoke-, alcohol-, and drug-free by policy, and the cafeteria offers 
a meatless diet. Health-oriented courses and activities combine to encour- 
age a balance of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recreation. 

HISTORY 

In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern College 
had its beginning in the small village of OraysvUle, Tennessee. The school 
became known as Graysville Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to 
Southern Industrial School and five years later to Southern Training 
School. 

In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion of 
plant facilities, the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in Hamilton 
County, Tennessee. The name "Collegedale" was given to the anticipated 
community. At its new location, the school opened as Southern Junior 
College and continued as such until 1944 when it achieved senior college 
status and the name was changed to Southern Missionary College. In 1982 
the name was changed to Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. 



8 T^is Is Southern College 



SETTING 

Southern College's one-thousand-acre Collegedale campus is nestled in 
a valley eighteen miles east of Chattanooga. The quietness and beauty of 
the surroundings are in keeping with the college's educational philosophy. 

ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is accredited by the Com- 
mission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools 
(1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097, Telephone number 
404-679-4501) to award one-year certificates, associate degrees, and 
baccalaureate degrees. It is also accredited by the Accrediting Association 
of Seventh-day Adventist Schools, Colleges, and Universities. 

Departments of the college are also accredited by various organizations. 
The Associate of Science and Bachelor of Science degree programs in nurs- 
ing, including Public Health Nursing, are accredited by the National 
League for Nursing as surveyed by the Collegiate Board of Review. The 
Department of Nursing is an agency member of the Department of Bacca- 
laureate and Higher Degree Programs of the Division of Nursing Education 
of the National League for Nursing. It is also accredited by the Tennessee 
Board of Nursing and is recognized by the Florida State Board of Nursing. 

The college is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education for 
the preparation of secondary and elementary teachers. Southern College is 
also a member of the Association of American Colleges, the American 
Council on Education, the Tennessee College Association, the American 
Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, and the National Association 
for Schools of Music. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

Southern College offers 39 baccalaureate degree mayors, 32 minors, 18 
associate degree mayors, and 4 one-year certificates. Additional prepro- 
fessional and terminal curricula are available to students seeking admission 
to professional schools. (See "Degrees and Curricula," pages 31 and 32). 
Ten departments offer secondary teaching certification. Southern College 
is an extension campus for La Sierra University, which offers the M.Ed, 
degree, and Andrews University, which offers the M.S.N, degree. 

STUDENTS 

Sixty percent of the students of Southern College come from the eight 
states comprising the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists. However, most of the additional states and 47 foreign countries 
are also represented. There are a few more women than men. 

Former Southern College students are now serving in the ministerial, 
teaching, medical, and other services of the Seventh-day Adventist Church 
at home and abroad. Others are engaged in advanced study, business 
pursuits, government service, research activities, private and institutional 
medical services, and the teaching professions on all levels. 






This Is Southern College 9 



FACILITIES 

The following buildings house the academic and other activities of the 
college: 

Brock Hall— Art, Business Administration, English/Speech, History, 

Journalism/Communication, Modern Languages, Instructional 

Media, and WSMC FM90.5 
Daniells Hall — Computer Science/Technology, Mathematics, Physics 
Hackman Hall — Biology and Chemistry 
Mazie Herin Hall — Nursing 
William lies Physical Education Center — Physical Education, 

Swimming Pool 
Ledford Hall — Industrial Technology 
McKee Library 
Miller Hall — Religion Center 
Student Center — Computer Center, Cafeteria, Counseling and Testing 

Center, Campus Ministries, student activity rooms, K.R.'s Place 
Summerour Hall — Behavioral Science, Education and Psychology 
J. Mabel Wood Hall— Music 

Lynn Wood Hall— Heritage Museum, Conference Rooms 
Wright Hall — Administration Building 

Other facilities on or near campus that may serve student needs: 
Collegedale Academy — secondary laboratory school 
Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church 

Charles Fleming Plaza — shopping center with businesses serving the 
college and community. Includes: 

Adventist Book Center 

Campus Kitchen — fast foods 

Campus Shop — student bookstore and gift shop 

United States Post Office 

Village Market with grocery, deli, bakery 
Conference Center— guest rooms available for a fee (1-800-277-7273) 
Health Service — located at the east end of the Conference Center 
Recreational Area — tennis courts, track, playing fields 
Spanish-American Seventh-day Adventist Church 
Arthur W Spalding Elementary School — laboratory school 
Student Apartments 
Student Park 

Talge Hall — men's residence hall 
Thatcher Hall — women's residence hall 



Various auxiliary and vocational buildings house college industries 
and service departments. 



Admissions 



Southern College welcomes applications from students who seek a college 
career that unites spirituality and academic integrity and who commit 
themselves to an educational program designed according to Christian prin- 
ciples as taught by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The college does not 
discriminate on the basis of age, gender, race, color, ethnic or national 
origin, religion, or handicap. 

PREPARATION FOR FRESHMAN STANDING 1 

Applicants for regular admission as freshmen must submit two satis- 
factory recommendations to the Admissions Office and satisfy one of the 
following three conditions at the time of enrollment: 

Regular Acceptance 

A. Graduate from an approved secondary school, including Home Study 
International, with a grade point average (OPA) of at least 2.00 (on 
a 4.00 scale) in major subjects, 2 have a minimum composite score of 
18 on the Enhanced American College Test (ACT) or a minimum of 
710 on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or 840 on the Recentered 
SAT I. 

B. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test with all sec- 
tions not less than 45 or total score of not less than 225, have a 
composite score of 18 on the Enhanced ACT or a minimum of 710 on 
the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or 840 on the Recentered SAT I, 
and be eighteen years old by June 1 (prior to admission). Each 
applicant must have an official transcript of his or her grades and 
credits sent to the Admissions Office from the high school most 
recently attended. 

C. Complete a minimum of eighteen secondary school units, fourteen of 
which must be in major subjects 2 , with a minimum GPA of 3.00 in 
the major subjects, and have a minimum composite score of 18 on 
the Enhanced ACT or a minimum of 710 on the Scholastic Aptitude 
Test (SAT) or 840 on the Recentered SAT I. 

Southern College must have received a final official high school 
transcript or GED scores and a transcript from the high school last 
attended from each new student before he or she will be admitted to 
registration. 

Acceptance on Academic Probation 

A. If either the high school GPA or ACT/SAT composite score is below the 
minimum requirements as stated above, the student may be accepted 
on academic probationary status. 

B. Students accepted on academic probation may take no more than 12 
semester hours during the first semester. 



Those planning to enter professions such as nursing or music education should 
consult departmental admission requirements. 

Bible, English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and foreign language. 



Admissions 1 1 



If both the high school GPA and the Enhanced ACT composite score or 
SAT score are below the minimum requirements (2.00 and 18 or 710 
respectively), it will be necessary for the student to take a minimum of six 
semester hours (in solid courses) and maintain a college OPA of 2.25 before 
being accepted at Southern College. These six hours may be taken at 
Southern College during the summer (last session excluded) or at another 
accredited college. 

Subjects Required for Admission 

Applicants to freshman standing must have the following subjects in 
their secondary program: 

1. Three units of English, excluding journalism and speech. 

2. Two units of mathematics, including algebra. 

3. Two units of science or an ACT score of 14 in science reasoning. A 
college class in biology, chemistry, or physics must be taken in 
addition to general education science requirements if this condition is 
not met. 

4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World 
History, HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389 must be taken 
as part of the general education requirements. 

5. Two units in a foreign language are required for a BA degree. If 
deficient, one year of a foreign language at the college level will be 
required. 

6. Computer competency is strongly recommended. 

ADMISSION TO THE NURSING DEPARTMENT 

Students applying to nursing courses as freshmen or as transfer stu- 
dents should refer to the Nursing section of the CATALOG for admission 
requirements. 

ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Students wishing to transfer to Southern College from another accredited 
college or university must follow the same application procedure as other 
students. Transfer credits may be applied toward the requirements for a 
degree when the student has satisfactorily completed a minimum of twelve 
semester hours in residence. Credit by examination taken at other colleges 
will be accepted according to Southern College standards (see "College 
Credit by Examination" in the Academic Policies section of the CATALOG 
on page 42). A maximum of 72 semester hours may be accepted from a 
college where the highest degree offered is the associate degree. Back- 
ground deficiencies revealed by transcripts and entrance examinations will 
be given individual attention. 

Credit will be granted for courses taken at institutions which are not 
regionally accredited only after the student has completed at least 16 
semester hours at Southern College with a 2.00 or better average. Only 
those courses that are comparable to Southern College courses and for 
which the student has earned a "C" grade or better will be accepted. 

A student who has been dismissed from another institution because of 
poor scholarship or citizenship, or who is on probation from that institu- 
tion, is not generally eligible for admission until he can qualify for 
readmission to the institution from which he has been dismissed. Transfer 



12 Admissions 



students must submit both their college and high school official 
transcripts to the Admissions Office before being admitted to reg- 
istration. Those who do not have credit for first semester College 
Composition and three semester hours of college level mathe- 
matics will be required to take the Enhanced ACT (American 
College Test) prior to registration at Southern College. 

ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS 

Mature individuals who do not meet the above college admission require- 
ments and who do not wish to become degree candidates, or otherwise 
qualified students who may desire limited credit for transfer to another 
institution of higher learning, may register as special students. A special 
student may enroll for a maximum of five semester hours per term. 

EXTENSION CLASSES 

The Southern College classes that are taught at the site of several private 
Seventh-day Adventist academies (high schools) are for college credit only 
and are taken in addition to the student's high school load. These are 
extension classes and no high school level credit is given. 

To enroll in an extension class, students must be members of the senior 
class with a grade point average of 3.00 or above during the years of their 
secondary education. 

ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

An international student applying to Southern College must have com- 
pleted the equivalent of a United States high school (secondary) education. 
The student is required to list only the institutions and dates attended on 
the application forms, but will not be accepted to Southern College until 
the college has received original records or official copies of all credits, 
degrees, diplomas and other credentials, with validation by school or 
national officials. These should be in the original language, accompanied by 
a translation (not an interpretation) in English, and certified by an 
American Embassy official if possible. 

The Director of Records of Southern College will evaluate academic 
documents received for international students based on the recommenda- 
tions found in the World Education series of booklets published by the 
American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers and 
Patterns of Seventh-day Adventist Education, published by the General 
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. 

Students from countries which administer the O.C.E. (General Certificate 
of Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or more "0" level 
academic subject passes (generally at one sitting, with marks 1 through 6 
or A through D). Subjects must include English, a natural science, and 
three others selected from a second language, mathematics, science, and 
social studies. 

Proficiency in English, both written and oral, must be proven before 
admission. This may be done by taking the Test of English as a Foreign 
Language (TOEFL). Students whose TOEFL score is 550 meet the official 
admission level, but students with scores between 490 and 550 may be 
admitted only on condition that they will enroll for special English 



Admissions 13 



language proficiency classes. These students must enroll as special advisees 
of the English Department which administers the language classes. 
Students whose TOEFL scores are below 490 are not eligible for admission 
to the college. 

In addition to the regular college expenses, there are other expenses for 
an international student. (Please refer to the Financial Information section 
of the CATALOG.) 

According to U.S. Immigration laws, international students may not 
work more than 20 hours per week and may be employed only on the 
college campus. 

International students should not leave their homeland until they have 
in their possession: 

1. An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern College 

2. 1-20 form (Immigration and Naturalization Service) 

3. A valid passport 

4. A valid visa to enter the United States 

5. Sufficient funds for the first year at Southern College (in addition to 
the international surety deposit required of all non-U.S. citizens). 

APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION 

♦ Prospective students should request application forms from the Office 
of Admissions. 

♦ Completed applications should be returned to the Office of Admissions 
with an application fee of $20. 

♦ It is the student's responsibility to request any former schools (high 
school and college) to forward transcripts to the Office of Admissions 
in support of the application. These will become the property of the 
college. NO TRANSCRIPT WILL BE ACCEPTED DIRECTLY PROM 
AN APPLICANT. 

♦ Students transferring from another college or university who do not 
have credit for first semester College Composition and three semester 
hours of college level mathematics will be required to take the ACT 
prior to registration at Southern College. 

♦ Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of credits, 
recommendations, and test scores, the Admissions Office will notify 
the applicant of the action taken. 

WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY 

New students are urged to submit applications no later than the last 
term of the senior year of high school. Applications submitted at the 
beginning of the senior year will sometimes enable the college to suggest 
ways of strengthening the student's preparation. Because of the difficulty 
sometimes encountered during the summer months in obtaining necessary 
transcripts, test scores, and recommendations, more time will be necessary 
for processing late applications. 

Students in residence may submit reapplications without charge until 
April 30; thereafter the regular application fee of $20 will be required. 

ADMISSION TO GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Students planning to enroll in the Education or Religion master's degree 
programs should write to the Office of Graduate Admission for information. 



Student Life and Services 



A college is not only classroom instruction! but also a mode of 
association. The effectiveness of the college program is enhanced if students 
develop their interests and meet their needs through participation in the 
nonacademic activities provided. Students are encouraged to take advantage 
of the facilities and opportunities planned for their cultural, social, and 
spiritual growth. 

RESIDENCE HALL LIVING 

Living in a college residence hall with its daily "give and take" prepares 
the student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for the rights and 
opinions of others, and offers first-hand experience in adjusting to a social 
group. Talge Hall houses male students and Thatcher Hall houses female 
students. 

To assure students this beneficial experience, the college requires those 
students who take more than three semester hours of classwork and who 
are unmarried, under 23 years of age, and not living with their parents or 
other approved relatives in the vicinity, to reside in one of the residence 
halls. 

REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 504: Services for 
Students with Special Needs 

Southern College is dedicated to the elimination of architectural and 
prejudicial barriers which prevent any qualified person from attending. All 
applications are welcomed. Students who anticipate the need for special 
services are encouraged to arrange with the Admissions Office for a visit 
to the campus at which time the applicant will receive information concern- 
ing all features of campus life and can share with the college officials any 
information pertinent to personal needs. 

DINING 

For the promotion of student health and enjoyment, Southern College 
provides a complete vegetarian cafeteria service, organized to serve the 
students' needs. The spacious dining hall is an inviting center of social and 
cultural life at the college, and service by the cafeteria staff is available for 
the many student and faculty social functions. Auxiliary dining rooms are 
available for meetings of various student or faculty organizations. Two 
vegetarian fast-food shops are also operated on the campus by the Food 
Service Department. K.R.'s Place is conveniently located in the Student 
Center and the Campus Kitchen is at nearby-by Fleming Plaza. 

CHAPLAIN'S OFFICE 

Any student of Southern College has the opportunity to enrich his/her 
personal relationship with Jesus through Campus Ministries' activities. 
Through the programs coordinated from the Chaplain's Office, students 
can engage in a wide variety of on- and off-campus spiritual activities. 
CARE ministries is the acronym for Collegiate Adventist Reaching 
Everyone. Student leaders working with the campus chaplain direct out- 
reach activities such as Campus Ministries, CABL (Collegiate Adventist for 
Better Living), Destiny Drama Company, Collegiate Missions, and 
numerous religious programs. 



Student Life and Services 15 



Southern College enjoys a reputation of having a strong commitment to 
mission service. There are opportunities for short-term mission projects as 
well as traditional student missionary positions or volunteer task force 
positions. The "Call Book" which is published by the General Conference 
Youth Ministries Department is available in the Chaplain's Office located 
in the Student Center on the third floor of Wright Hall. Students interested 
in any mission or task force position may work through the Chaplain's 
Office for information and placement in mission positions. 

The campus chaplain serves as a pastor for the college campus. The 
chaplain is available for spiritual counseling, personal and relationship 
concerns, or any situation in which students desire personal and pro- 
fessional counseling. It is the desire of the Chaplain's Office to provide a 
safe, confidential setting for students to discuss personal issues. 

Since many college students choose a life partner while here at the 
college, the Chaplain's Office provides various premarital inventories and 
counseling programs to aid in the establishment of healthy Christian 
relationships. 

CAREER SERVICES 

Key elements in selecting an academic meyor and career are discovering 
one's interests and abilities. The Counseling Center invites students to 
discuss career options, self-assessment, aptitudes, interests, and goals with 
a counselor. 

The Counseling Center offers assistance in resume and cover letter 
preparation, graduate school and employment application processing, and 
job interview preparation. Recruiters from professional schools and 
businesses regularly visit* the college to interview seniors. Annual job 
opportunities and health career fairs provide students with opportunities 
to network with employers. 

COUNSELING AND TESTING SERVICE 

During registration each student is assigned an academic adviser who 
will assist in program planning and give advice and guidance on academic 
questions throughout the school year. Students may also seek counsel 
concerning academic or personal problems from any member of the faculty. 

Students with personal problems who wish assistance from a professional 
counselor should contact the Counseling and Testing Center. Personnel 
trained in counseling and testing are available to those with social and 
personal problems. 

The testing service works in close cooperation with the counseling service 
in providing guidance information to both students and counselors. 
Students are urged to take advantage of the testing service as a means of 
obtaining information useful in personal, educational, and career planning. 

Southern College is an established non-Saturday National Test Center 
for the administration of entrance examinations for students applying to 
graduate and professional schools. Contact the Counseling and Testing 
Center for test applications and test date information. 



1 6 Student Life and Services 



HEALTH SERVICE 

The Health Service is administered by a nurse director in cooperation 
with a college physician and the Vice President for Student Services. The 
director uses the physician's standing orders and maintains regular office 
hours. The college physician holds regular clinic hours each weekday 
morning. 

An infirmary is provided and staffed in the evenings and at night by live- 
in registered nurses. These nurses are available to other students on an on- 
call basis. 

The Health Service is available to all residence hall occupants and all 
students taking seven or more hours (three hours in the summer). The 
infirmary is available to all residence hall occupants. There is no charge for 
seeing a nurse or using the infirmary. There is a minimal charge to cover 
costs of equipment used in some treatments. Medications given are charged 
by the pharmacy. 

All students taking seven hours or more must purchase the Student 
Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan or show proof of coverage by another 
policy. Spouses of students and those taking less than seven hours may also 
purchase the plan. A policy brochure describing complete benefits and 
terms is given to each student at registration. In case of major illness, 
students may be referred to off-campus hospital facilities. 

ORIENTATION PROGRAM 

Southern College has a personal interest in the success of the student 
desiring a college education. There is much that the student must do to get 
acquainted with the academic, social, and religious life of the college by 
perusing this bulletin and the Southern College Student Handbook. Instruc- 
tion and counsel are given which will help the student better understand 
the college program and what is expected of him/her as a citizen of the 
college community. 

Orientation for new freshman students is held prior to registration for 
the fall term. It includes instruction helpful in course planning. The 
student is introduced to the facilities, purposes, and functions of the 
college. Social occasions are also provided when students may meet faculty 
members and fellow students. All new freshman students are required to 
attend the orientation program. 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE 

Southern College encourages every student enrolled to organize his/her 
educational program on the study-work plan. It is a policy of the college to 
give students first priority for jobs. If a student wants to work, is physically 
and emotionally able to work, and has arranged his class schedule to 
accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he should be able to obtain 
employment on campus. Students seeking employment should contact the 
Personnel/Student Employment Office. 



Student Life and Services 17 



STUDENT ASSOCIATION 

Every student at Southern College who is taking eight or more semester 
hours of classwork is a member of the Student Association with voting 
privileges. Opportunities for leadership development and for cooperation in 
achieving the objectives of Southern College are afforded by the 
Association. The Association assists the college administration and faculty 
in the implementation of policies and assumes responsibility in giving 
direction to campus activities entrusted to it. 

The Association's activities are coordinated and communicated through 
the Student Senate and Cabinet and their several committees. The 
activities include the publishing of the newspaper, Southern Accent; the 
yearbook, Southern Memories; the weekly announcement sheet, Campus 
Chatter; and the student-faculty pictorial directory, Joker. 

The activities and responsibilities of the officers and the detailed organi- 
zation of the Student Association are outlined in the Student Association 
Constitution and Bylaws. 

CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS 

Aside from the Student Association and its committees, more than thirty 
campus organizations provide opportunities for enrichment, leadership 
training, and enjoyment. They include church-related organizations — 
Campus Ministries, Student Ministerial Association, Collegiate Adventists 
for Better Living; clubs related to academic interests sponsored by the 
departments; social clubs — Married Couples' Forum, Sigma Theta Chi 
(women), Upsilon Delta Phi (men), Black Christian Union, and special 
interest or hobby clubs. 

Students may join any of the clubs but must have a cumulative grade 
point average of 2.25 or a grade point average of 2.50 for the previous 
semester to hold any elected office. 

CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES 

Each year a concert-lecture series featuring significant artists and 
lecturers is provided for students, generally in connection with the weekly 
assembly program. The cost of admission for students is included in the 
tuition. 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT 

In harmony with the objectives of the college, high standards of behavior 
are maintained to encourage the development of genuine Christian 
character. Mature Christian students of sound spiritual and social integrity 
appreciate standards that elevate and ennoble. Admission to Southern 
College is a privilege that requires the acceptance of and compliance with 
published and announced regulations. Only those whose principles and 
interests are in harmony with the ideals of the college and who willingly 
subscribe to the social program as ordered are welcomed. It therefore 
follows that since students at Southern College receive an education 
subsidized by the Seventh-day Adventiat Church, those who engage in 
activities determined to be detrimental to the church on or off campus will 
not be knowingly accepted or retained. 



18 Student Life and Services 



A student who is out of harmony with the social policies of the college, 
who is uncooperative, and whose attitude gives evidence of an unresponsive 
nature may be advised to withdraw without specific charge. The use of 
tobacco or alcoholic beverages, the improper use of drugs, card playing, 
dancing, profane or vulgar language, hazing, and improper associations are 
to be avoided. 

Each student is expected to acquaint himself with the standards of 
conduct published in the Southern College Student Handbook. The hand- 
book includes levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A copy may 
be obtained from the office of the Vice President for Student Services. 
Interim announcements of policies adopted by the faculty are of equal force 
with those listed in official publications. 

ASSEMBLY AND WORSHIP SERVICES 

In private parochial education it has been shown that elimination of 
residence hall worships and all school-wide convocations is the first step 
toward the separation of the school from its sponsoring church. Convoca- 
tion exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student body serve 
educational and spiritual purposes. They also provide an element of unity 
which is one of the most desirable features of private education such as is 
found at Southern College. The Spiritual Emphasis weeks and the weekend 
church services assist in the spiritual growth of the students. Students are 
required to attend these services regularly. Failure to do so will jeopardize 
the student's current status and readmission privileges. 

PHOTO RELEASE 

By registering at Southern College, students authorize the use and 
reproduction by the college, or anyone authorized by the college, of any 
pictorial images (including conventional, video, and digital photography) 
taken of them while enrolled at Southern College, without compensation. 
All negatives, positives, and prints shall constitute Southern College 
property, solely and completely. 



Academic Enrichment Services 



E. A. ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The E. A. Anderson Lecture Series is an annual feature of the business 
curriculum. The series is made possible by the generosity of E. A Anderson 
of Atlanta, Georgia, for the purpose of giving the student a broader under- 
standing of the business world. The public is invited to attend the lectures 
free of charge; however, for a fee, continuing education credit is available. 
Lectures are presented at 8 p.m. on Monday evenings during the second 
semester, in the E. A Anderson Business Seminar Room, Room 333 in 
Brock Hall. 

EUGENE A. ANDERSON 

HEILLER ORGAN CONCERT SERIES 

The Anderson Heiller Organ Concert Series was initiated in 1986 to 
provide world-class organ concerts. These concerts and workshops are 
presented by foremost organists from throughout the world. Selected 
performances are broadcast internationally on the American Public Radio 
Program, "Pipe Dreams." The series is made possible through the gener- 
osity of Eugene A Anderson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the education and 
enjoyment of the students and the public. Because of its uniqueness, this 
series attracts organists and other fine arts enthusiasts from all areas of 
the country. 

The Anton Heiller Memorial Organ, a 70-stop 108-rank tracker, was 
dedicated in the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church in April 1986. 
A second instrument, a mean-tone organ with two manuals and 13 stops, 
is housed in Ackerman Auditorium. Both were built by John Brombaugh 
and Associates of Eugene, Oregon. 

FLORENCE OLIVER ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

Each year the Nursing Department at Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists brings nationally recognized experts in the health field on 
campus to address the professional community. Southern College believes 
education to be a dynamic lifelong process and is committed to providing 
professional nurses with continuing education opportunities, as well as 
exposing student nurses to the importance of self-initiated education. 

This series of seminars is dedicated to excellence in nursing and is made 
possible by the generosity of the late Florence Oliver Anderson. 

CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES 

Ackerman Auditorium in J. Mabel Wood Hall is the setting for the 
Chamber Music Series. Each semester two or three artists and/or 
ensembles provide a variety of listening experiences for students, faculty, 
and the community. Artists are chosen in such a fashion that over a four- 
year period a student can become acquainted with solo and ensemble music 
of many style periods. Master classes are often scheduled in conjunction 
with a concert. 



20 Academic Enrichment Services 



CLASSIC FILM SERIES 

Christian education involves the difficult challenge of learning to live in 
a secular society while remaining critical of its values. To this end, the 
Classic Film series, sponsored by Student Services and the History 
Department, seeks to present films that are historically significant but also 
informative and entertaining. They are intended to augment the 
educational and cultural experience of students at the college level and 
encourage the application of critical thinking to popular culture. Critical 
notes are provided to aid in deciphering the film's latent content from its 
manifest content. 

E. O. GRUNDSET LECTURE SERIES 

The E. O. Grundset Lecture Series is jointly sponsored by the Southern 
College Chapter (Kappa Phi) of the Beta Beta Beta National Biological 
Honor Society and the Biology Department. Five or more lectures are 
presented each semester by guest speakers. The general public is invited. 

The lectures are divided into two categories. The Technical Research 
Seminars are designed to update students, faculty, and the community on 
current biological research as well as to illustrate to students how biological 
knowledge is acquired through research. The Natural History Lectures are 
less technical and provide a general understanding of organismic and 
ecological biology, either by a description of the plants or animals in a 
certain region or an account of the behavior, habits, or ecology of certain 
species. 

ROBERT H. PIERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The Robert H. Pierson Lectureship is sponsored annually by the 
Department of Religion at Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists 
under the auspices of the Ellen G. White Memorial Chair in Religion to 
facilitate the training of ministers in Biblical Studies, Theology, History, 
Adventist Heritage, Homiletics, Administration, and in other areas of 
preparation. 

THOMAS E STALEY LECTURE SERIES 

The Thomas F. Staley Foundation is a private, nonprofit organization, 
established to administer funds to further the Evangelical witness of the 
Christian church on college campuses. 

Administered through the Religion Department, the trustees of this 
Foundation provide speakers who truly believe and effectively propagate 
the Gospel of Jesus Christ in its historical and scriptural fullness. 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

The Instructional Media Service provides audio-visual services to the 
college administration, faculty, staff, and students. The full-time staff 
includes a director, secretary, and service technician. 

LIBRARIES 

McKee Library provides both print and nonprint educational materials 
for the students and faculty of the college. Open stacks, pleasant areas to 
read or study, current periodicals, and a large microform collection 
contribute to the enjoyment of learning. Special collections in the library 



Academic Enrichment Services 2 1 



include the Seventh-day Adventist Heritage Collection: books and materials 
by SDA authors and about the Seventh-day Adventist Church; and the Dr. 
Vernon Thomas Memorial Civil War and Abraham Lincoln Collection: 
books, letters, manuscripts, newspapers, pamphlets, pictures, paintings, 
maps, and artifacts of this period in American History. 

The combined collection of these libraries contains over 400,000 items. 
Over 1,000 periodicals are currently received which include a large number 
of titles kept permanently on microform. McKee Library has an online 
computerized card catalog as well as a computerized magazine index and 
offers access to the Internet. Various databases are available on CD-ROM. 
The library is a member of Ohio College Library Center and charter 
member of the Southeastern Library Network automated systems. 

The facility has been in use since 1970, and provides seating for 350, 
including 183 individual study carrels. 

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION 

Southern College is affiliated with two marine biological stations to 
enrich and supplement its on-campus programs. One of these facilities, the 
Bahamian Field Station, is located on the island of San Salvador, Bahamas, 
and provides the opportunity for students to study tropical ecology, both 
terrestrial and marine. This station provides lodging, classroom, and 
laboratory facilities for studying coral reef, sandy beach, rocky shore, and 
mangrove swamp biomes. 

The affiliation with Walla Walla College's Rosario Beach Marine Biolog- 
ical Station on Fidalgo Island in the Puget Sound provides students with 
opportunities to study some of these similar habitats in a temperate 
climate. This station in the state of Washington also furnishes facilities for 
summer classwork and research. Its close proximity to biomes ranging from 
sea bottom to Alpine tundra provides an excellent opportunity for instruc- 
tion and investigation. 

WSMC FM90.5 

WSMC FM90.5 (Chattanooga's classical station) is a 100,000 watt, 
noncommercial, fine arts radio station licensed to Southern College. 

WSMC provides training for students in the field of broadcasting. The 
station regularly hires between 15 and 20 students as on-air announcers, 
reporters, or production assistants. The station is an excellent way for the 
student to receive hands-on experience in the field of broadcasting. 

WSMC represents the college to the Greater Chattanooga community, 
with a coverage area including a 100-mile radius of Chattanooga. Founded 
in 1961, it is the oldest noncommercial fine arts station in southeastern 
Tennessee. WSMC was the first radio station in a seven-state region to 
receive satellite capability. The station also exists as an outreach of the 
college — striving to enhance the quality of life in the community. 

The station produces high-quality fine arts, informational, educational, 
and inspirational programs. WSMC is affiliated with Public Radio 
International. 

WSMC's broadcast studios are located in Brock Hall. The facility includes 
a studio-quality production room, news room, music library, and on-air 
studios. 



Academic Policies 



PLANNING A COURSE OF STUDY 

When planning their course work, students should acquaint themselves 
with their chosen program of study and graduation requirements outlined 
in this CATALOG. Students who have not decided their course of study 
before entering college may take a general program exploring several fields. 
This approach need not result in loss of credits if carefully planned. 

Freshman students may consult faculty members during the summer 
months before the beginning of the fall term. Students planning to teach 
should consult the Department of Education and Psychology to include 
teacher education courses as a part of their program in order to qualify for 
denominational and state certification. 

Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree requirements. 
They may choose to meet the requirements of any one catalog in effect dur- 
ing the period of residency. If students discontinue their education for a 
period of twelve months or more, they must qualify according to the catalog 
in force at, the time of their return. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Master's Degree 

The general degree requirements for a master's degree are described in 
a separate Graduate Catalog , available by writing to the Office of Graduate 
Admissions. Master's degrees are available in Education, beginning in the 
summer of 1996, and Religion, beginning the summer of 1997. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Baccalaureate Degree 

The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as 
follows: 

♦ Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. (See page 11). 

♦ A minimum of 124 semester hours with a resident and cumulative 
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.* Students earning the 
Bachelor of Music degree will take 132 semester hours. 

♦ A minimum of 40 hours of upper division credit, to include at least 14 
upper division hours in the major for a B.A. degree and at least 18 
upper division hours in the major for all other degrees. 

♦ Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a BA 
degree or completion of a major fpr other degrees with a cumulative 
grade point average of 2.25 in the major,* completion of the general 
education requirements, and electives to satisfy the total credit 
requirements for graduation. Courses completed with grades lower 
than a "C-" will not be applied on a major or minor. Grades of "C" or 
better are required for the Nursing major and grades of "C" or better 
are required for Nursing cognate courses. 

♦ More than one major may be earned provided all courses required for 
each major and its cognates are completed. Each major must include 
a minimum of 20 semester hours that do not overlap with any other 
major or minor. 



•For educational certification, the minimum grade point average (OFA) of 2.50 must be met both in education and in 
the field of certification. In elementary education, a OPA of 2.50 it required in the major and in required non-major 
subjects. The music major requires a GPA of 2.25 both in applied music and other music oourses. The nursing major 
requires a GPA of 2.50 in cognate courses as well as in the major. The medical technology major requires minimum 
grades of C- and a minimum average of 2.25 in the major and cognates. 



Academic Policies 23 



GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Baccalaureate, cont. 

♦ More than one minor may be earned provided all courses required for 
each minor are completed. Each minor must include a minimum of 12 
semester hours that do not overlap with any other major or minor. 

♦ Completion of an examination as required by the department. 

♦ Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to complete, 
beyond the 124 minimum hours required, a minimum of 30 hours, 
including 16 hours upper division, and a new major. 

♦ Completion of General Education requirements as spelled out in the 
"General Education Requirements" section of this CATALOG. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Associate Degree 

♦ A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumulative grade 
point average of 2.00 (C) or above. Nursing majors need 69 semester 
hours and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50. 

♦ Completion of a major, the general education requirements, and 
electives to satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation. 
Courses completed with grades lower than "C-" will not be applied on 
a major. 

♦ Students who have completed one associate degree and who wish to 
obtain another associate degree may do so upon completion of the 
curriculum prescribed for the second degree. 

The work completed for the second degree must include at least 24 hours 
in residence over and above the number of hours earned for the first 
degree. If the second associate degree is earned subsequent to the first 
associate degree, the requirements for the second degree will be governed 
by the provisions of the CATALOG in effect at the time the student 
re-enters the college for work toward the second degree. 

♦ Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time they 
receive a baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees are in different 
fields. If requirements for an associate and a baccalaureate degree in 
the same field are completed at the same time, only the higher degree 
will be conferred. 

ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS 

♦ A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the requirements of a 
specific one-year program. 

♦ A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. 
Grades in the technical area below "C-" will not be accepted. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Minor 

♦ A minimum of eighteen semester hours of which six must be upper 
division credit. 

CLASS STANDING 

Freshmen 0-23 semester hours 

Sophomores 24-54 semester hours 

Juniors 55-93 semester hours 

Seniors 94 semester hours 

Eligibility for class office requires a grade point average of 2.25 and a 
good citizenship record. 



24 Academic Policies 



GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Degree Candidacy: A student becomes a degree candidate when s/he 
enters the school term during which it will be possible to complete all 
requirements for graduation. Formal application for graduation must be 
made during the fall registration of the senior year. 

Dates of Graduation: The date of graduation will be (a) the date of 
commencement for those graduating at the close of the school year; (b) the 
last day of the semester for those finishing first semester; and (c) for 
others, the last day of the month in which graduation requirements are 
met. A commencement service occurs at the end of the second semester of 
each school year. 

Transcripts: Before a student will be allowed to graduate, transcripts of 
all correspondence and transfer credits must be received at the Records 
Office. 

Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to partici- 
pate in commencement exercises only if they have completed all the courses 
they need for graduation or if they submit approved plan for completing 
their courses during the summer. 

Prospective Summer Graduates: A $200 fee is charged to students who 
are listed on the May graduation program as prospective summer 
graduates. This fee is refundable only if the degree requirements are 
completed by August 31. Criteria for students to be listed on the graduation 
program as prospective summer graduates are as follows: 

1. They must lack no more than six hours of regular coursework or eight 
hours of internship. 

2. They must submit a plan showing how they can complete the hours 
they lack in the summer. 

3. They must have all Incomplete grades made up, challenge examinations 
completed, etc. at the same time as the May graduates — three to four 
weeks prior to commencement. 

4. They must meet the minimum GPA standards at Southern College, 
overall, and in the major as of midterm of the second semester. 

Deferred Graduation: Students ordinarily graduate under the require- 
ments of the CATALOG of the year in which they enter the college. Stu- 
dents who are studying for a baccalaureate degree and fail to graduate 
within six calendar years (four years for an associate degree), must plan to 
conform to the current CATALOG. 

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS 

Baccalaureate Degree: Thirty of the thirty-six semester hours completed 
immediately preceding the conferment of the baccalaureate degree must be 
taken in residency. The total hours taken in residence must include fifteen 
in upper division, of which nine must be in the major and three in the 
minor fields. 

Associate Degree: Thirty of the thirty-six semester hours completed 
immediately preceding the conferment of the associate degree must be 
taken in residence. The total hours taken in residence must include fifteen 
in the major field of study and three in the minor if a minor is taken. 



Academic Policies 25 



Certificate Programs: Eighteen semester hours of credit must be 
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of a one-year 
certificate. 

Transfer Credit: Prior arrangements must be made with the Records 
Office to take courses for transfer credit at another college or university 
during any session the student is simultaneously enrolled at Southern 
College and during any summer after initial enrollment. See department 
sections of the CATALOG for classes which must be taken in residence. 

PREREQUISITE FOR TAKING UPPER DIVISION CLASSES 

Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level 
courses (lower division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course (upper 
division). The English Composition and mathematics requirements 
in area A, Basic Academic Skills, of General Education must be 
met before enrollment in upper division classes. 

GENERAL EDUCATION 

General Education is an important part of what students experience at 
Southern College. It is provided through several programs, four of which 
are described here — Writing Across the Curriculum, Community Service, 
General Education Course Requirements, and Southern Scholars. 

Writing Across the Curriculum: The Writing Across the Curriculum 
program at Southern College is one of the longest-running programs of its 
kind in the nation. The goal of the program is to assist students in 
developing writing skills suitable to various disciplines. Such skills will also 
make students more competitive in the job market. Thus, candidates for 
the bachelor's degree must complete three writing-emphasis classes as 
outlined in the general education requirements. These classes are carefully 
tailored to emphasize personal growth in writing skills through both 
spontaneous and planned writing exercises. Students should also expect 
writing requirements in courses other than those designated as writing- 
emphasis courses. 

Community Service: Promotion of voluntary, unselfish service to 
mankind is a thread that runs through all programs of study at Southern 
College. Volunteerism, however, cannot be mandated. It can only be 
encouraged. Students at Southern are encouraged to volunteer for 
community service through government, philanthropic, cultural, political, 
church, medical, educational, environmental, and other organizations and 
agencies or through individual projects. Based on nominations from each 
academic department, Community Service Awards are presented each year 
at the annual Awards Assembly to students who have made an exceptional 
contribution of time and effort in serving others. 

General Education Course Requirements: While recognizing the 
validity of many different general education programs, the faculty of 
Southern College have designed the following sequence that provides 
development of academic skills and opportunities for self-fulfillment, and 
conveys basic values of both the Seventh-day Adventist Church and 
western civilization. Students may exercise considerable latitude when 
selecting courses to comply with General Education requirements. A 
comprehensive general education test is required of all four-year seniors. 



26 Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA A BASIC ACADEMIC SKILLS 

A graduate of Southern College can use the skills of 
reading, writing, and mathematics. 

Underlying all general education requirements are the 
basic academic skills of English and mathematics. It is 
important for a graduate to be able to discern an author's 
organization, arguments, and supports, and to write 
coherently, fluently, and grammatically. Graduates need 
numeric and symbolic computation skills to function 
successfully in our scientific and technological society. 

All English Composition and mathematics 

requirements in Area A must be completed 

before upper division work is undertaken. 

Upper division transfer students may take Area A 

requirements concurrently with upper division 

classes. 

1. English 6-9 6-9 
ENGL 101 and 102 are required for both the associate 

and the bachelor's degrees. 

Students with an Enhanced ACT English score below 17 

must take ENGL 009 before enrolling in ENGL 101. 

2. Mathematics 0-3 0-3 
Students with a Mathematics ACT score below 22 must 

take one mathematics course (100 level or above). 
MATH 080 is required of all students who meet none of 
the following criteria: 1) ACT Mathematics score of 16 
or above, 2) ACT Mathematics Elementary Algebra 
subscore of 8 or above, 3) Completion of high school 
Algebra II with a grade of C or better. 

3. Candidates for the bachelor's degree must 
complete three writing-emphasis classes. 
These classes are identified by a "(W)" following the 
course name, [e.g., History of the South (W)] in the 
departmental listings. One such class must be in the 
student's major field and one must be outside the 
major field. The third may be chosen from any area. 
The writing done as a part of the program overseas 
completed by students majoring in International Studies 
will be accepted in place of a specially designated 

"W" course in the major. 

AREA B. RELIGION 6 12 

A graduate of Southern College has a knowledge of the Bible 
and a sense of Christian community based on the teachings, 
beliefs, and history of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

A correct understanding of the human condition results 
from a knowledge of the Bible as God's word, a commitment 
that springs from that truth, and a system of values derived 
from such knowledge and insight 

Transfer students must take 3 hours for each year or 

part thereof in attendance at an SDA college with a 

minimum of 6 hours. Bachelor's degree students must 

take at least three hours from each of the first two 

sub-areas and include one upper-division class. 



Academic Policies 27 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA B. RELIGION, cont. 6 12 

L Biblical Studies 

All RELB courses. 

2. Religion and Theology Studies 

All RELT courses. (Only one of RELT 317, 318, 
or 424 will apply.) 

3. Professional Studies 

One course may be chosen from RELP 251, 354, 
465, or 468. 

AREA C. HISTORY, POLITICAL, 

AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 

A graduate of Southern College has knowledge of history 
and the skill to analyze political and economic systems. 
It is essential that one have an historical perspective 
in a society that allows its members a voice in shaping 
its political, social, and economic institutions. 
Students with less than one secondary school credit 
for World History must include one of the following: 
HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389. 
L History 3 6 

All HIST courses except 490. 
2. Political and Economic Systems 3 

All PLSC courses; GEOG 306; ECON 213, 224, 225. 

[Students studying for licensure in elementary education 

may take GEOG 204 for C-2 credit) 

AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, FINE ARTS 3 9 

A graduate of Southern College can recognize the impact 
of arts and humanities on life and integrate such knowledge 
into personal experience. 

Language, literature, speech, and the fine arts convey 
ideas, values, and emotions. An acquaintance with these 
modes of communication enhances the ability to express oneself 
and fosters an appreciation of the cultural heritage of world 
civilization and the complexities of human existence. 

Bachelor's degree students must include at least 

2 hours in each of 3 sub-areas. Students entering 

Southern College who have less than two secondary 

school credits of foreign language and who are 

pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete 

the elementary level of a foreign language. 

Degree programs that do not require SPCH 135, 136, 

or 236 have at least one required course in the major 

that contains an oral communication emphasis. 

L Foreign Language 

FREN 101-102, 207-208; GRMN 101-102, 207-208; 
SPAN 101-102, 207-208; RELL 251-252, 271-272, 
311-312. 



28 Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, 

FINE ARTS, cont. 3 9 

2. literature 

All literature courses offered by the English 
Department and ENGL 326. 

3. Music and Art Appreciation 

HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 320, 321, 322, 323; 
MUCH 215; ART 218/318, 344, 345. 

4. Speech 

SPCH 135 or 136. 

AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE 3-6 6-9 

A graduate of Southern College comprehends the basic 
concepts of science and can apply the scientific method 
to problem solving. 

A study of the sciences develops an inquiring attitude 
toward one's environment It provides individuals with 
empirical and rational methods of inquiry and an awareness 
of both the potential and the limitations of pure and applied 
science in solving problems. 

Bachelor's degree students must take at least 3 

hours from each of 2 sub-areas* Only one of the 

following may apply: BIOL 424, PHYS 317, 318. 

Students who have less than two secondary school 

units in science, and a Science Reasoning ACT 

standard score less than 14, must take 3 hours of 

science above the usual requirements; e.g. associate 

degree students must take 6 hours and bachelor's 

degree students must take 9 hours. 

Southern Scholars must take a sequence of two 

classes from the same department See the "Honors 

Studies Sequence" section on page 30 of the 

CATALOG for clarification. 

1. Biology 

BIOL 101-102, 103, 151-152, 225, 226, 250, 
314, 424. 

2. Chemistry 

CHEM 103, 111-112, 113-114, 151-152. 

3. Physics 

PHYS 137, 138, 155, 199, 211-212, 213-214, 317, 318. 

4. Earth Science 
ERSC 105. 

AREA R BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY, 

HEALTH SCIENCES 2 5 

A graduate of Southern College will have a knowledge of 
and be able to apply the dynamics of personal relationships, 
social interaction, and healthful living toward effective 
service. 

The basic social units significantly shape people's lives, 
and a knowledge of their workings is necessary to understand 
ourselves and others. 



Academic Policies 29 



Semester Hours 
Assoc, Bachelor's 
AREA R BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY, 

HEALTH SCIENCES 2 5 

Bachelor's degree students must include at least 2 
hours in two of the following sub-areas; 
L Behavioral Science 

PSYC 124, 128, 217, 224, 233, 315, 349, 

377, 415; SOCW 211, 212, 233, 375, 424, 

296/496; EDUC 217, 427; all SOCI courses 

except 201, 223, 365. 

2. Family Science 

BUAD 128; SOCI 201, 223, 233, 365; 
SOCW 233; PSYC 233. 

3. Health Science 

HLED 173; PDNT 125; NRSG 265. , 

AREA G. ACTIVITY SKILLS 3 6 

A graduate of Southern College will understand how to /^ § „ p <a y 

live a balanced life by following the principles of wellness SmHC * /^Mtfttefrj 

and using leisure time wisely. The Seventh-day Adventist \ f 

philosophy stresses the balanced development of the whole 
person. Toward this goal, education in the use of leisure 
time is important, particularly in creative, recreational, 
and practical skills. Associate degree students may take 
a iraximum of 2 hours in any sub-area; bachelor's degree 
students may take a maximum of 3 hours in any sub-area. 
All students must take coursework from G-3. 

1. Creative Skills 

AD MUPF courses; ART 104-105, 119-120, 
125-126, 221, 235; ENGL 314; JOUR 125, 315. 
[Students studying for licensure in elementary 
education may take ART 230 for O-l credit] 

2. Practical Skills pfa 

ACCT 103. 22L-222: BUAD 126; CPTE 245/345, . , 

- 249: CPTlfM, WtTflfc, 106, 10?, 116, \asfr*"""****- 
f 1M?fg% mf EDUC 250; ENGL 313; ENGR 149; 
Tirf37205; OFAD 115, 21&/22JL 228,, 345; 



m 101; TECrFTJS; 149, TSi f 16*, I73£ 223, 
264/364. 
Recreational Skills 

PEAC 225 is required for both the associate and 
the bachelor's degrees. An additional PEAC course 
is required for the bachelor's degree. Optional 
pass/fail grading is available for these courses. 



SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program): The honors program 
is designed for students who bring to their baccalaureate studies a high 
degree of motivation and intellectual curiosity. Special projects, inter- 
disciplinary studies, and designated honors courses provide a challenging 
and intellectually stimulating educational experience. Degrees of depth and 
breadth are attained in this experience beyond those normally attained in 
regular baccalaureate studies. 



30 Academic Policies 



The program is administered by an Honors Committee which admits 
students to the program and discontinues honors status of those who fail 
to maintain minimum program standards. Its members also advise 
individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor their progress. 

Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars during 
registration. Freshmen are eligible if they have a high school GPA of 3.70 
or higher. Other students must have completed at least 31 and at most 62 
semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or higher. 

To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a minimum 
of twelve credits each semester and thirty-one credits each calendar year. 
They must also enroll in appropriate honors sequence courses, receive a B 
(3.00) average or higher in the honors sequence courses and maintain a 
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors students are expected to 
graduate within a four-year period unless extenuating circumstances justify 
an extension by the honors committee. 

Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in 
residence. Limited exceptions may be made by the honors committee in the 
case of transfer students. Students already enrolled at Southern College 
who wish to take honors sequence classes at another institution must 
secure prior approval from the honors committee. 

After completing one year in the honors program, Southern Scholars may 
receive a waiver for the cost of auditing one class each semester that they 
remain in the program. Once having earned junior status and having 
finished one year in the program, Southern Scholars will receive a tuition 
refund equivalent to four three-hour classes. The "per hour" rate for a 
16-hour class load will be the basis for calculating the refund. Southern 
Scholars also receive a 100 percent tuition waiver for Honors Seminar, 
HMNT 451, 452, calculated according to the tuition waiver policy explained 
on page 235. 

HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE 

A. General Education 

Honors students must meet regular general education requirements 
with the following stipulations: 

1. Area B-2. One of the following courses must be selected: KELT 317, 318, 
368, 424, or 467. 

2. Area D-l. Foreign language competency must be attained at the 
intermediate level. 

3. Area D-2. ENGL 445 must be selected. 

4. Area D-3. HMNT 205 must be selected. 

5. Area E. MATH 181 or MATH 215 and one of the following science 
sequences must be selected: BIOL 151-152; CHEM 151-152; 

PHYS 211-212 with PHYS 213-214; PHYS 317 and 318. 

B. Honors Seminar 

HMNT 451, 452, a sequence of eight seminar sessions, one each month, 
September through April. Taken during the junior or senior year. 

C. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study) 

A significant scholarly project, involving research, writing, or special 
performance, appropriate to the major in question, is ordinarily 
completed the senior year. Ideally, this project will demonstrate an 
understanding of the relationship between the student's major field and 
some other discipline. The project is expected to be of sufficiently high 



Academic Policies 31 



quality to warrant a grade of A and to justify public presentation. The 
completed project must be approved by the Honors Committee in 
consultation with the student's supervising professor three weeks prior 
to graduation. The 2-3 hours of credit for this project is typically done 
as directed study or in a research class. 

GRADUATION WITH ACADEMIC HONORS 

Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above will have 
the degree conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude; 3.75-3.89, magna 
cum laude; 3.90-4.00, summa cum laude. The appropriate designations will 
appear on the diploma. 

HONOR ROLL/DEAN'S LIST 

At the conclusion of each semester of the school year, students who have 
carried a minimum of 12 semester hours and who have attained the follow- 
ing grade point averages will be included in the honors group indicated: 

3.25 Honor Roll 

3.50 Dean's list 

3.75 Distinguished Dean's List 

STUDENT MISSION/TASK FORCE CREDIT 

Students may earn twelve hours of elective credit while participating in 
the Student Mission/Task Force programs. Details are available in the 
office of the College Chaplain. Students who wish to serve as student 
missionaries or task force workers must plan their programs a year in 
advance to fulfill necessary prerequisites. 

MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS 

Each mqjor consists of thirty hours or more in the chosen field of 
specialization of which a minimum of fourteen for a Bachelor of Arts 
degree and eighteen for all other bachelor's degrees must be upper division 
credit. The total semester hours required for each major for the Bachelor 
of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Music, and 
Bachelor of Social Work degrees varies with the field of specialization 
chosen. 

All minors consist of at least eighteen semester hours. Six hours of a 
minor must be upper division credit. 

The specific requirements for mayors and minors are given under the 
respective disciplines in the section "Courses of Study." 

DEGREES AND CURRICULA 

A Master 9 s Degree consists of at least one additional year of course- 
work beyond the bachelor's degree. It includes a field of concentration and 
may require a thesis. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree consists of four years of course work that 
places a student's major field of study in the context of a liberal arts 
education. To encourage a wide range of studies, a minor is required. A 
foreign language component is required. 

The Bachelor of Science degree consists of four years of course work 
that places the student's major field of study in the context of a liberal arts 
education. The degree permits greater concentration in the field of study. 



32 Academic Policies 



No minor or foreign language study is required except as specified for 
certain majors. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is a professional 
degree consisting of a four-year program with concentrations available in 
various fields of business. Requirements for this degree are outlined in the 
Business and Office Administration Department section. 

The Bachelor of Music degree is a professional degree consisting of 
four years of course work designed to meet the needs of students wishing 
to receive teaching credentials. Requirements for this degree are outlined 
in the Music Department section. 

The Bachelor of Social Work degree is a professional degree 
consisting of a four-year program of courses designed to meet the needs of 
students wishing to go into the social work profession. Requirements for 
this degree are outlined in the Behavioral Science Department section. 

The Associate of Arts degrees is a two-year program designed to meet 
the needs of students who wish to pursue a short general studies program. 

The Associate of Science degree is a two-year program designed to 
meet the needs of students who wish to pursue a short occupational or 
pre-professional program. 

The One-Year Certificate is available for students in the Auto Body 
Technician and Auto Mechanics Technician programs. Requirements for 
these certificates are outlined in the Industrial Technology Department 
section. 

Preprofessional Curricula are programs designed to prepare students 
to enter professional schools. In some cases preprofessional curricula will 
lead to an associate degree. 



Curriculum Chart 



Department 


Decree 


Major Minor 


Allied Health 


BS 


Medical Technology 




AS 


Pre-Cytotechnology 




AS 


Pre-Dental Hygiene 




AS 


Pre-Nutrition and Dietetics 




AS 


Pre-Occupational Therapy 




AS 


Pre-Physieal Therapy 




AS 


Pre-Physician Assistant 




AS 


Pre-Speech Language Pathology & Audiology 




AS 


Pre-Surgeon's Assistant 


Art 


BA 


Art Art 




BS 


Art-Computer Art — Computer 
Graphic Design - Graphic Design 


Behavioral 


BS 


Beh Sci-Family Studies Behavioral Science 


Science 


BSW 


Social Work Family Studies 

Sociology 


Biology 


BA 


♦Biology Biology 




BS 


♦Biology 


Business 


BBA 


Accounting 


Administration 


BBA 


Computer Info Systems 




BBA 


Management 




BBA 


Marketing Marketing 




BS 


Business Administration Business Admin 



♦Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines 



Academic Policies 33 



Department 
Business 
Department, 
oont. 


Degree 

BS 
BS 

AS 
AS 


Major 

Long Term Care Admin 

Office Administration 

Accounting 

Office Administration 


Minor 

Office Admin 


Chemistry 


BA 
BS 


♦Chemistry 
♦Chemistry 


Chemistry 


Computer Science 
& Technology 


BBA 

BA 

BS 

AS 
AS 


Computer Info Systems 
Computer Science 
Computer Science 
CADD Applications 
Computer Science 


Computer Science 


Education & 
Psychology 


BA 
BA 
BA 
BS 


Psychology Psychology 
Psychology (Elem Ed K-8) Education 
Social Science (Elem Ed 1-8) 
Science and Math Studies (Elem Ed 1-8) 
Secondary Teaching — see 'asterisked majors 


Engineering 
Studies 


AS 


Engineering Studies 




English 


BA 


♦English 


English 


General Studies 


AA 

AS 


General Studies 
General Studies 




Health, PE, 
A Recreation 


BS 
BS 

BS 


♦Health, PE, Rec 
Health Science 
Corp/Com Wellness Mgmt 


Physical Education 


History 


BA 


♦History 


History 

Political Economy 

Political Science 


Industrial 
Technology 


Cert 
Cert 
Cert 
Cert 


Auto Body Technician 
Auto Mechanics Technician 
Graphic Arts Prep 
Technical Plant Services 


Technology 


Journalism/ 
Communication 


BA 
BA 
BA 
AS 


Broadcast Journalism 
Journ (News Editorial) 
Public Relations 
Media Technology 


Advertising 
Broadcast Journalism 
Journ (News Editorial) 
Public Relations 
Sales 


Mathematics 


BS 
BA 
BS 


Actuarial Studies 

♦Mathematics 

♦Mathematics 


Mathematics 



Modern Languages 



(1 semester abroad req) 



(1 year abroad req) 
BA International Studies 

Emphasis in French, German, or Spanish 



Music 



BA Music 

BMus ♦Music Education 



Music 



Nursing 



AS 
BS 



Nursing 
Nursing 



Cert » One-year certificate program 

♦Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines 



34 Academic Policies 



Department 


Degree 


Major 


Minor 


Physics 


BA 


♦Physics 


Physics 




BS 


Physics 




Religion 


BA 


♦Religious Education 


Biblical Languages 




BA 


Religious Studies 


Practical Theology 




BA 


Theology 


Religion 




BA 


Theology & Religious Ed 






AA 


Religion 





'Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines 

PREPROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

Southern College offers preprofessional and pre-technical programs in a 
wide variety of fields which may prepare students for admission to 
professional schools or to enter technical careers. The following nondegree 
pre-professional curricula are offered at Southern College: 

Anesthesia Optometry 

Dentistry Osteopathic Medicine 

Law Pharmacy 

Medicine Veterinary Medicine 

Detailed requirements for these non-degree preprofessional curricula are 
outlined by department or in the section on "Interdepartmental Programs" 
(See Index). 

Associate degrees in Allied Health are available to students who fulfill 
preprofessional requirements for programs designated in the Allied Health 
section. Because preprofessional and technical admission requirements may 
vary from one professional school to another, students should become 
acquainted with the admission requirements of their chosen school. 

REGISTRATION 

Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration 
periods designated in the school calendar. Registration is complete only 
after they have finished all procedures and returned registration forms to 
the Records Office. Freshmen are required to participate in the orientation 

activities. 

Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from the 
Director of Records. Students failing to register during the scheduled 
registration periods will be charged a late registration fee. The course load 
of a late registrant may be reduced according to the amount of classwork 
missed. No student may register after two weeks of the semester have 
elapsed. 

Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration, students 
should carefully consider the program of courses necessary to meet their 
objectives. To avoid subsequent adjustments, a balance should be main- 
tained between the course load, work program, and extracurricular 
activities. 

To make program changes, students must obtain the appropriate change 
of registration voucher at the Records Office, obtain the necessary 
signatures indicating approval of the change, and return the form to the 
Records Office. Course changes and complete withdrawals from the school 
become effective on the date the voucher is filed at the Records Office. A 



Academic Policies 35 



fee will be assessed for each change in program after the first week of 
instruction. 

A student may not change from one section to another of the same 
course without the approval of the instructor. 

A student may withdraw from a class up to two weeks after midterm and 
receive a grade of "W" automatically. A student withdrawing from a class 
after that date and up to two weeks before the last day of classes will be 
assigned a grade of "W" or "WF" by the teacher. The grade for any 
withdrawal during the final two weeks of the semester will automatically 
be "F." 

Auditing Courses. With the approval of the department, students may 
register on an audit basis in courses (other them private lessons) for which 
they are qualified. Auditors are to be admitted to classes of limited 
enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish to enroll for 
credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is expected but 
examinations and reports may be omitted. With the approval of the 
instructor, a student may change a course registration from audit to credit 
or from credit to audit only during the first week of instruction. No credit 
is given for courses audited, and the fee is one-half of the regular tuition 
charge. 

Canceled Classes. The Vice President for Academic Administration or a 
department may cancel a class for which fewer than six students enroll. 
This policy applies to ordinary classes but not to directed study courses, 
private lessons, and other special classes such as special methods of 
secondary teaching. Students enrolled in canceled classes should confer 
with their advisers to determine alternate means to complete their 
schedules. 

COURSE LOAD 

College courses are expressed in semester hours. A semester hour 
consists of one fifty-minute class period per week for one semester. Thus, 
two-semester-hour classes meet two hours a week and three-semester-hour 
- classes meet three hours a week. A laboratory period of two and one-half 
to three hours is equal to one class period. Students should expect to study 
up to two hours outside of class for each fifty-minute period the class 
meets. Ideally, a sixteen-semester-hour class load should require up to 32 
hours of study each week by the student. Except by permission of the Vice 
President for Academic Administration, a student may not register for 
eighteen or more semester hours. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must 
average between fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer term 
may be used to advantage by students wishing to complete degree 
requirements in less than four years or by students having to take reduced 
programs of studies during the regular academic year. The typical class 
load during the summer is one three-hour class per session. 

Study-Work Program. It is important that the student adjust the course 
load to achieve a reasonable balance in study and work. During registration 
the student should confer with his/her adviser in planning the proper 
balance of study and work. 



36 Academic Policies 



In determining an acceptable study-work program, the following will 
serve as a guide: 

Course Load Maximum Work Load 

16 hours 16 hours 

14 hours 20 hours 

12 hours 26 hours 

10 hours 32 hours 

8 hours 38 hours 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Southern College is committed to assist every student in the area of 
academic advisement. Every full-time student is assigned an academic 
adviser from his/her major field and is required to consult with the adviser 
before registering for classes. 

The responsibility of meeting graduation requirements belongs to the 
individual student. In planning their schedules all students should carefully 
follow the instructions in the catalog, recommendations of their advisers, 
and reports of academic progress issued from the Records Office. In the 
event of a discrepancy between an adviser's word and the catalog, final 
interpretation of graduation requirements rests with the Records and 
Advisement Office. 

Seniors must file an application for graduation at the fall registration of 
their senior year. Previous to their senior year students should check 
periodically with the Records and Advisement office to determine whether 
they are meeting all curriculum requirements satisfactorily. 

As early as possible in the process of curriculum planning, students who 
have chosen a career in teaching should consult the Teacher Certification 
Officer regarding the requirements for teaching credentials. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

Southern College does not have an institutional grading policy. Teachers 
use a variety of methods to evaluate students' performance, but the grades 
they issue are denned as follows: 

A Superior; the student demonstrates exceptional capability in handling 
course material 

B Above average; the student's demonstrated capability in handling 
course material exceeds the expectation of the teacher 

C Average; the student demonstrates a satisfactory grasp of course 
material which the instructor intends students to learn in the class 

D Below average; the student's demonstrated ability to deal with the 
course material is less than the teacher intends students to learn 

F Failing; the student does not demonstrate sufficient capability with 
the course material to merit a passing grade 

W Withdrew from the class; is not calculated in the GPA 

WF Withdrew Failing; calculated as an "F" in the GPA 

AU Audit; no credit 

I Incomplete; is not calculated in the GPA 



Academic Policies 37 



IP In Progress; a temporary passing grade for interrupted coursework 
still in progress.; is not calculated in the GPA 

P Pass; is not calculated in the OPA 

The Pass/Fail option is available only in Physical Education activity 
classes (PEAC). Students enrolling in these classes must make a 
decision either to receive a grade of Pass/Fail or a conventional 
grade before the final grades are submitted. The decision will be 
final. 

A student may receive an "I" (Incomplete) because of illness or other 
unavoidable delay. Students who are eligible for an incomplete must secure 
from the Records Office the proper form and file the application with the 
teacher to receive an incomplete. There is a charge of $7.50 for processing 
grades of incomplete. Any incomplete which is not removed by the 
end of the following term (Fall, Spring) will automatically become 
an "E" A teacher may assign a temporary "IP" (in progress) when 
an unavoidable problem prevents the issuance of a grade. 

A course may be repeated before the student takes a more advanced 
course in the same field. Only the last grade will be counted on repeated 
courses. No course may be repeated more than once without permission 
from the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

Mid-semester and semester grade reports are issued to the student and 
parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes. Only 
semester grades are recorded on the student's permanent record. The 
following system of grading and grade point values is used: 

A 4.0 grade points per hour C 2.0 grade points per hour 

A- 3.7 grade points per hour C- 1.7 grade points per hour 

B+ 3.3 grade points per hour D+ 1.3 grade points per hour 

B 3.0 grade points per hour D 1.0 grade points per hour 

B- 2.7 grade points per hour D- 0.7 grade points per hour 

C+ 2.3 grade points per hour F 0.0 grade points per hour 

WP 0.0 grade points per hour 

The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number of 
grade points earned by the credit hours attempted. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

A student's record is regarded as confidential, and release of the record 
or of information contained therein is governed by regulations of the 
federal law on "Family Educational Rights and Privacy." Only directory 
information, such as a student's name, photograph, address, telephone 
listing, birthplace and date, major fields of study, participation in officially 
recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees and awards 
received, and the most recent previous educational agency or institution 
attended, may be released by the institution without consent of the student 
unless the student has asked SC to withhold such information. 

Parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes are 
entitled to access to the student's educational records. The law also 
provides for the release of information to college personnel who demon- 
strate a legitimate educational interest, other institutions engaged in 



38 Academic Policies 



research (provided information is not revealed to any other parties), and 
certain federal and state government officials. 

A student may inspect and review records and is entitled to challenge the 
content of records. 

A more thorough explanation of records may be obtained from the 
Records Office. The Director of Records will further explain and clarify the 
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to students, parents, or 
interested parties upon request. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

Morally and spiritually, Southern College is dedicated to scholastic 
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to maintain 
high, ethical Christian levels of honesty. 

Faculty Responsibilities; % 

1. Teachers must explain clearly the requirements for assignments, 
examinations, and projects, such as "open book," "take home," or "peer 
collaboration." 

2. Teachers may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they state 
otherwise. 

Student Responsibilities: 

1 . Students assume responsibility to avoid plagiarism by learning the proper 
procedures for acknowledging borrowed wording, information, or ideas. Other- 
wise students might innocently misrepresent others' material as their own. 

2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should confer with 
their teachers. 

3. Students are to assume that all course work is "no collaboration" unless 
stated otherwise by the teacher. 

Departmental Policies: 

Some departments, because of the nature of their programs, have 
additional honesty policies which have the same force as those published 
here. Such policies will be presented to students before implementation. 

Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty: 

1. When a teacher suspects academic dishonesty in some form, such as 
cheating or plagiarizing, the teacher must first confront the student with the 
dishonesty. If the student and teacher cannot resolve the situation, or if the 
student's grade will be affected, then the Vice President for Academic 
Administration must be consulted. 

2. In established instances of academic dishonesty, the usual procedures for 
the teacher to follow will be to: 

a. Give the student a failing grade on the exam, assignment or project 
if the magnitude of either is not sufficient for failing the class. 

b. Give the student a failing grade in the class if failing the exam, 
assignment or project would constitute failing the class. The teacher 
will then write up the incident and state the penalty administered, 
giving a copy to both the Vice President for Academic Administration 
and the student. 

3. Two incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible to be 
dismissed from college. However, the student may then appeal the action 
through the established appeal procedures spelled out in the "Grievance 
Procedure" section of this CATALOG. 



Academic Policies 39 



ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

Any student whose GPA does not meet the criteria for graduation is on 
academic probation. The following are four categories of students who are 
on academic probation: 

1. Students whose Southern College or cumulative GPA falls below 
2.00. They are not eligible to hold office in any student 
organization. 

2. Entering freshmen whose high school OPA is below 2.00 or if 
their composite ACT score is less than 18. 

3. Transfer students whose GPA is less than 2.00. 

4. Students in baccalaureate programs completing their sophomore 
year with a GPA in their major field less than the level required 
for graduation. For most degrees the institutional graduation 
requirement is 2.25, but some programs may designate a higher 
GPA 

Students on academic probation are allowed to remain in school but 
most demonstrate progressive improvement to meet graduation 
requirements. 

Candidates for a baccalaureate degree must achieve a minimum GPA 
of J.. 95 before beginning their final 30 hours. Candidates for an associate 
degree must have a GPA of 1.95 before beginning their final year. Students 
in one-year certificate programs must have a GPA of 2.00 before beginning 
their final semester. 

Students are subject to academic dismissal if their Southern College or 
cumulative GPA does not reach the levels indicated in the preceding 
paragraph or the levels in the following table: 



Semester Hours Attempted 


aRA./Subject to Dismissal 


6- 48 


1.50 


49- 64 


1.65 


65- 80 


1.75 


81- 93 


1.85 


94 - 116 


1.95 


117 - up 


2.00 



At the end of each semester the Academic Review Committee reviews 
the records of students who are subject to dismissal and the Vice President 
for Academic Administration will notify students in writing whether or not 
they may continue. A student academically dismissed may be readmitted 
only after demonstrating maturity and motivation for a college career. The 
dismissed student may be required to complete successfully at least one 
term of college-level courses at another institution prior to readmission at 
Southern College. 

Students receiving financial aid must also meet an academic progress 
policy set by the federal government. For further explanation see pages 241 
and 242, "Southern College Academic Progress for Federal and 
Institutional Student Financial Aid." 



40 Academic Policies 



RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students who believe there is a valid reason for requesting variance 
from or exception to an academic policy stated in the CATALOG may make 
a petition to the Vice President for Academic Administration for 
consideration of their case after obtaining the advice and signature of the 
department chair of their major. The petition must contain a statement of 
the request and supporting reasons. Students will be notified in writing by 
the Vice President for Academic Administration of the action on petitions 
within five working days. Petition forms are available from the Records 
Office. 

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 

Students who believe that their academic rights have been infringed 
upon or that they have been treated unjustly with respect to their academic 
program are entitled to a fair and impartial consideration of their cases. 
They should do the following to effect a solution: 

1. Present the case to the teacher or teachers concerned. 

2. If necessary, discuss the problem with the department chair. 

3. If agreement is not reached at this level, submit the matter to the Vice 
President for Academic Administration. 

4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Grievance Committee, chaired 
by the Vice President for Academic Administration or his designee and 
including three other faculty members and two students selected by the 
Academic Affairs Committee. Both the student and the teacher involved 
in the case are entitled to appear before the committee or to present a 
written statement of the case. The decision of the committee shall be 
presented in writing to the individuals involved within three days of the 
committee meeting unless a later time is agreed upon by both parties. 
The decision of the committee is binding and will be implemented by the 
teacher involved or the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

ABSENCES 

Class. Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is expected. 
Teachers prepare an absence policy for each class, which includes an 
explanation of penalties, if any, for absences, and the procedure for making 
up work, if such is allowed. It is the responsibility of teachers to publish 
their policies for each class at the beginning of each semester, but it is the 
students' responsibility to familiarize themselves with the practices of each 
teacher from whom they are taking classes. Generally speaking, teachers 
will not excuse absences for reasons other than illness, authorized school 
trips, or emergencies beyond the students' control. 

Students are not penalized if they incur absences while participating in 
school-authorized activities, but they are held responsible for work they 
miss and it is their responsibility to initiate arrangements to make up their 
assignments. One and one-half absences are given for missing a 75-minute 
class, two for missing a 100-minute class, etc. 

Examination. Because of problems concerning time, expense and 
fairness, final examinations will be taken as scheduled in the official 
examinations schedule. In the case of illness verified by Student Health 
Service or a physician, death in the immediate family, three examinations 
scheduled consecutively in one day, or four or more examinations scheduled 



Academic Policies 41 



in one day, a final exam may be rescheduled upon approval by the teacher 
and the Vice President for Academic Administration. The rescheduled 
examination will be given at a time convenient to the teacher. 

When examinations are rescheduled because of three scheduled con- 
secutively in one day or four in one day, the last examination of the day 
will normally be the one rescheduled. Examinations rescheduled for any 
reason other than those listed above, may require a fee of $63 per 
examination. All rescheduling requests will be made on a form available at 
the office of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

Assembly. Assemblies are held each Thursday at 11:00 a.m. During 
weeks of spiritual emphasis, assemblies are held on Tuesday as well. 
Occasionally, assemblies will be held in the evening or may begin at 10:30 
a.m. on Thursday. All students are required to attend 16 assemblies each 
semester. Failure to meet this assembly requirement may result in 
suspension of registration. Exceptions to the assembly attendance 
requirement are made by the Office of Student Services only for legitimate 
direct work or class conflicts with scheduled assemblies. Any excuses for 
absences from assembly must be approved by the Vice President for 
Student Services. 

A special series of orientation assemblies is scheduled during the fourth 
summer session. 

LIMITATIONS ON CLASS ATTENDANCE 

Classes at Southern College are open to registered students only. 
Information disseminated in the classroom or other places of learning is the 
primary product that the college sells, hence visitors may not enter such 
gatherings unless they are official guests of the institution with legitimate 
business in a classroom or have the permission of the instructor. Visitors 
who attend classes may not engage in the discussions of a class unless 
invited to do so. 

Teachers and the institution reserve the right to remove legitimate 
students from classes if their behavior threatens the purposes of the class 
by exceeding the bounds of normal academic freedom. 

Teachers conducting extension classes from other institutions on the 
Southern College campus share the rights spelled out by this policy. 

WAIVER EXAMINATIONS 

Upon the approval of the department chair and the Vice President for 
Academic Administration, students may obtain a waiver of curricular 
requirements by successfully completing a comprehensive examination — 
written, oral, manipulative, or otherwise, as determined by the department 
involved. A fee of $48 per examination is charged. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE STUDY 

Southern College does not offer a total program in English as a Second 
Language, but maintains course work for a limited number of foreign 
students whose English language skills are marginally below the official 
admission level of a TOEFL score of 550. For details, see the Admissions 
and English Department sections of the Catalog. 



42 Academic Policies 



NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT 

In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting, 
Southern College accepts credit earned by two other means — challenge 
examinations and correspondence courses. 

The goals and objectives of the college emphasize not only facts and 
concepts but also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted 
through correspondence courses or measured by examinations. These 
values and attitudes can best be developed by the student's interacting over 
a period of time with peers and teachers committed to moral excellence, 
critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason, most college 
credits should be earned through class participation. However, the college 
will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit required for a given 
degree to be earned by these nontraditional means. 

College Credit by Examination. The college recognizes three types of 
examinations for credit: challenge examinations prepared by a department 
which must be passed at "B" level or above, approved College Level 
Examination Program (CLEP) subject examinations which must be passed 
at the sixty-fifth percentile or above, and the Advanced Placement 
Examinations which must be passed with a score of three or better. 

Not all classes listed in the catalog are open to challenge examinations. 
Students must obtain clearance from the department chair for the class 
they propose to challenge before petitioning to earn credit by examination. 
Students must also furnish evidence of adequate preparation to challenge 
a class before the department chair assigns a teacher to prepare a challenge 
examination. A student may challenge a given course by examination only 
once. No CLEP or challenge exam may be attempted after the student has 
been enrolled in that course beyond the second week of a semester. No 
course may be challenged as part of the last thirty hours of any 
degree. Grades are recorded for departmental challenge examinations and 
scaled scores are recorded for nationally normed examinations. Permission 
to take a challenge examination while in residence must be obtained from 
both the department chair and the Vice President for Academic 
Administration. 

Students may earn a maximum of twelve hours of credit by examination 
in courses that do not appear in the college catalog if the evaluating tests 
are approved by the Academic Affairs Committee. 

Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be placed on 
a student's permanent record and is, therefore, not transferable until that 
student has successfully completed twelve semester hours in residence at 
Southern College. 

Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under 
"Special Fees and Charges" in the financial section of this CATALOG. 
Additional information concerning challenge examinations may be obtained 
from the Records Office or the Counseling and Testing Center. 

Correspondence. A maximum of twelve semester hours of correspon- 
dence or extension credit may apply toward a baccalaureate degree program 
and eight hours toward an associate degree. 

Griggs University, a department of Home Study International, 
Washington, D.C., is the officially recognized correspondence school. 
Southern College recommends Home Study International for those students 
needing correspondence credit and accepts all such credits when the study 



Academic Policies 43 



program is approved by the college prior to enrollment. The college accepts 
credits from correspondence schools which are accredited by NUCEA 
(National University Continuing Education Association) on the basis that 
credits are accepted from other regionally accredited colleges. 

A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in 
residence only if the required course is unobtainable at the college. 
Correspondence courses, whether taken while in residence or during the 
summer, must be approved in advance by the college. 

Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division requirements 
of the major or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be earned to apply 
on the lower division requirements for a major. A course in which the 
student earned a grade of "D" or "F" while in residence may not be 
repeated by correspondence. No correspondence credit will be entered on 
the student's record until s/he has earned a minimum of twelve hours in 
residence with an average of at least "C." Official transcripts must be in 
the Records Office before a diploma will be ordered. The graduation date 
will be the last day of the month after the official transcript is received. 

TRANSIENT STUDENT 

A Southern College student acquires transient student status when s/he 
is granted permission through the Southern College Records Office to 
enroll for automatically transferrable credit at another accredited 
institution. The credit that students may transfer must meet Southern 
College criteria for transfer credit and residence requirements. 

To receive transient status, a student must: 

1. have completed a minimum of twelve hours in residence at 
Southern College and 

2. be enrolled simultaneously at Southern College for a minimum of 
three hours of class credit. (This condition does not apply to 
summer classes.) 

Students may not receive transient status for more than one semester 
during which the amount of transferrable credit exceeds the amount of 
simultaneous credit earned at Southern College. 

EXTENSION CLASSES 

Extension classes are college classes offered on the campuses of Seventh- 
day Adventist academies in the Southern Union as an opportunity for 
seniors to earn college credit in skills areas that will fulfill part of the 
General Education requirements at Southern College. (See "Extension 
Classes," page 12, for admission criteria.) The classes that Southern College 
accepts are: 

ENGL 101 College Composition 3 hours 
MATH 120 College Algebra 3 hours 

MATH 121 Trigonometry 2 hours 

The extension classes must duplicate as nearly as possible their college 
counterparts in content, degree of difficulty, testing, and grading. Students 
who successfully complete any of these classes will receive credit in Area 
A of the General Education requirements. Instructors are academy teachers 
who are qualified with appropriate credentials and experience. 



44 Academic Policies 



CONTINUING EDUCATION 

Southern College makes continuing education credit available through 
the Records and Advisement Office. Sponsors of organizations wishing to 
offer Southern College continuing education certificates must complete the 
following steps: 

1. Secure approval of the program by 

a. applying at the Records and Advisement Office at least two weeks 
before conducting the workshop/seminar/conference and 

b. submitting with their application the topic of the presentation, an 
outline of the presentation, and the name of the presenter(s) with 
evidence credentials. 

2. File an evaluation of the workshop/seminar/conference following the 
presentation. The college will furnish evaluation forms. 

3. Participants in continuing education events must pay institutional 
processing fees to receive their certificates. 

TRANSCRIPTS 

Students may obtain transcripts of their academic record upon a written 
request to the Office of Records and Advisement. A $5 fee will be charged 
for all transcripts requiring one-day services and individual requests 
requiring an excess of more than five transcripts. Telephone requests from 
students, and telephone and written requests from someone on their behalf 
cannot be honored. 

A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative purposes by 
applying in person at the Records Office. Official transcripts given directly 
to a student will be stamped "Student Copy." No transcript will be issued 
for a student whose account is not paid in full or who is delinquent in 
payment of student loans. For further clarification regarding transcripts, 
diplomas, and test scores see page 235. 

SEQUENCE OF COURSES 

A student may not receive credit for a course which is a prerequisite to 
a course for which s/he has already received credit. 



Departmental Courses of Study 45 



COURSE NUMBERS 

Each course number consists of three figures as follows: 

HIST 354 , Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

The first numeral indicates class year status as follows: 
— Developmental (no credit) 
1 — freshman level (lower division) 
2 — sophomore level (lower division) 
3— junior level (upper division) 
4 — senior level (upper division) 



Within a given 100 sequence there is no significance in one course 
number being higher than another. For instance, 265 does not necessarily 
mean that the course is on a higher level than 235. 

Course numbers separated by a hyphen are two-semester courses in 
which credit for the first course is a prerequisite to the second [e.g., ENGL 
101-102. College Composition]. However, credit is given for the first 
semester when taken alone. 

Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester 
which are complete units. Course numbers separated by a comma [e.g., 
HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions] represent complete 
units, either one of which is counted for graduation without reference to 
sequence. 

Designation in brackets following course titles, [e.g., MATH 103. Survey 
of Mathematics (A-2)1 indicates the General Education area and sub-area 
that the class fulfills. Classes designated with a "(W)" are writing classes 
for General Education credit. 

Students may earn credit for a cross-listed course from only one 
department [e.g. HIST 356 and SOCI 356]. 



COGNATE COURSES 

Required courses related to the major which are not a part of the major 
are called cognate courses [e.g., students majoring in Nursing are required 
to take Microbiology as a cognate course]. 



46 Prefix Glossary 



Prefix Subject Area 

ACCT Accounting 

ART Art 

BIOL Biology 

BMKT Marketing 

BUAD Business Administration 

CHEM Chemistry 

COOP Cooperative Education 

CPTE Computer Technology 

CPTR Computer Science 

ECON Economics 

EDUC Education 

ENGL English 

ENGR Engineering 

ERSC Earth Science 

FDNT Nutrition 

FREN French 

GEOG Geography 

GRMN German 

fflST History 

HLED Health Education 

HMNT Humanities 

HPER Health, Physical Ed, Recreation 

JOUR Journalism 

LIBR Library 

LTCA Long-Term Care Admin 

MATH Mathematics 

MDTC Medical Technology 

MUCH Church Music 

MUCT Music Theory 

MUED Music Education 

MUHL Music History 

MUPF Applied Music 

NOND Nondepartmental 

NRSG Nursing 

OFAD Office Administration 

FEAC General Ed Activity Classes 

PETH Physical Education Theory 

PHYS Physics 

PLSC Political Science 

PREL Public Relations 

PSYC Psychology 

RELB Biblical Studies 

RELL Biblical Languages 

RELP Professional Training 

RELT Religion and Theology 

SOCI Sociology 

SOCW Social Work 

SPAN Spanish 

SPCH Speech 

TECH Technology 



Department Section of Catalog 

Business Administration 

Art 

Biology 

Business Administration 

Business Administration 

Chemistry 

Nondepartmental Courses 

Computer Science/Technology 

Computer Science/Technology 

Business Administration 

Education/Psychology 

English/Speech 

Engineering Studies 

Physics 

Nondepartmental Courses 

Modern Languages 

History 

Modern Languages 

History 

Health, Physical Ed, Recreation 

Nondepartmental Courses 

Health, Physical Ed, Recreation 

Journalism/Communication 

Nondepartmental Courses 

Business Administration 

Mathematics 

Allied Health 

Music 

Music 

Music 

Music 

Music 

Nondepartmental Courses 

Nursing 

Business Administration 

Health, Physical Ed, Recreation 

Health, Physical Ed, Recreation 

Physics 

History 

Journalism/Communication 

Education/Psychology 

Religion 

Religion 

Religion 

Religion 

Behavioral Science 

Behavioral Science 

Modern Languages 

English/Speech 

Industrial Technology 



Allied Health 



Chair: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Faculty: Joyce Azevedo, David Ekkens, Henry Kuhlman 

Adjunct Faculty: Jon Lechler 

Medical Technology: R. A Ramkissoon, Patricia Rogers 

The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of specializa- 
tion within the health care industry. Job openings are plentiful and pay 
scales are comparable to other professionals in health care. The depart- 
ment offers a B.S. degree in Medical Technology and A.S. degrees in a 
number of Allied Health fields (listed on page 50). 

ASSESSMENT 

The Allied Health Department at Southern College is organized to 
coordinate the advising of students who require prerequisite courses for 
entrance into a variety of clinical programs in the medical, dental, and 
health professions. The programs in this department vary extensively 
depending on the particular health career and the requirements of the 
specific schools which offer the clinical programs. Southern College 
continually monitors the requirements of these clinical programs and 
modifies its preprofessional curricula to meet the changes when they are 
made. Continual assessment is made essentially by the advisers in the 
department who measure their effectiveness by their success in structuring 
programs to meet individual student needs and to meet requirements of the 
professional school the student will be transferring to. The entrance rate 
of students into professional programs is also used to assess adequacy of 
class offerings and program requirements. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 
Adviser: Henry Kuhlman 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a mqjor in medical technology 
consists of three years of prescribed study at Southern College and a 12- to 
13-month senior year in a hospital-based medical technology program 
accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation 
(CAHEA) of the American Medical Association. The hospital program 
affiliated with Southern College is Florida Hospital Medical Center. 
Internship in other CAHEA-accredited programs requires prior college 
approval. 

The Medical Technology degree qualifies a person to take a number of 
national certifying examinations, including those offered by the Board of 
Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) and the 
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). 
Certified laboratory professionals work in hospitals, clinics, physicians' 
offices, public health agencies, private laboratories, pharmaceutical firms, 
and research institutions. 

The curriculum prescribed by Southern College is designed to meet the 
requirements of the college and of CAHEA. Hospitals with clinical 
programs may have additional requirements. Students should consult the 
brochures or advisers of the specific hospitals for those requirements. 



48 Allied Health 



Occasionally predental students, pre-medical students, and graduating 
seniors in biology or chemistry may wish to become certified Medical 
Technologists. This is possible if the student plans courses to fulfill the 
requirements of the college and the hospital program. 

During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for 
admission to an approved hospital-based medical technology program. 
Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year program is 
determined by the hospital. To be eligible for admission, a student must 
complete all of the college course requirements prior to beginning the 
clinical year. The overall grade point average must be acceptable to the 
college for graduation. Most hospital programs do not accept students with 
less than a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.0 system. Although hospital 
acceptances are granted during the junior year, they are conditional, 
pending satisfactory completion of the stated admission criteria. 

Written information about the affiliated hospital-based medical 
technology program is available through the college medical technology 
adviser. Acceptance criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, application 
procedures, tuition for the senior year, and. program formats may vary at 
each approved hospital. Southern College charges a $55 recording fee for 
the clinical year. 

• MAJOR 2 

MDTC 225. Introduction to Medical Technology 2 hours 

This course is designed to acquaint prospective medical technologists with the 
profession. The history and standards of medical technology and employment 
opportunities will be surveyed. Elementary clinical laboratory procedures will be 
taught and laboratory tours will be conducted. 

• COGNATES 42 

BIOL including 151-152, 315, 330, 340 17 

♦CHEM including 151-152, 311-314, 16 

CPTR 3 

MATH 120 3 

BUAD 334 3 

♦These must be courses which could apply to a Chemistry major. 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 35 

AREA A 1. ENGL 101, 102 6 

2. (See Cognates) 

AREA B Religion 9 

AREA C History, Political Science, and Economics 6 

AREA D Language, Literature, and Fine Arts, (include SPCH 135) 6 
AREA E (See Cognates) 

AREA F Behavioral, Family, or Health Sciences 3 

AREA G Activity Skills, to include PEAC 225 and 

a computer course, 3 hours 5 



• NOTE: Grades of C- and better are required in the major and cognates. A minimum OPA of 2.25 must 
be earned on the major and cognates. 

Twenty hours of upper division credit, including two writing (W) courses are 
required. One (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a noncognate 
area. 



Allied Health 49 



ELECTIVES 14 

Recommendations include: 
BIOL 316, 415, 417, 418 
CHEM 315, 321, 323 
MATH 215 
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 

TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 93 

HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable 

Individual approved hospital programs should be consulted for their 
specific courses and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given in 
the twelve to fifteen-month clinical programs. Courses taught in approved 
programs include: 

Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, Hematology, Hemostasia, 
Immunology, Immunohematology, Clinical Microbiology, Clinical Mycology, 
Clinical Parasitology, Clinical Biochemistry, Instrumentation, Research. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Medical Technology 

Ut Semester Hour* 2nd Semester Hours 

BIOL 151 "General Biology 4 BIOL 152 *Oeneral Biology 4 

CHEM 151 *General Chemistry 4 CHEM 152 'General Chemistry 4 

ENQL 101 College Composition 3 ENGL 102 College Composition 3 

PEAC 225 Conditioning 1 Area C-l, History 3 

Area C-l, History 3 Electives _2 

Area Q-l/3 Act Skills 1 16 

16 

* An asterisk in front of a subject indicates Med-Tech requirement. 

20 upper division credits, make-up of any admissions deficiencies, and 93 total hours 
must be completed prior to the clinical year. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN ALLIED HEALTH 

The Associate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions prepares 
the student for admission to professional programs at Loma Linda 
University, Andrews University, or other universities. Admission to any 
professional school is dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequisite 
requirements of the individual school. Students should consult the bulletin 
of the school of their choice to ascertain the entrance requirements. 

Students who plan to graduate from Southern College with an Associate 
Degree in Allied Health must meet the AS. degree general education 
requirements of SC as well as the entrance requirements of the clinical 
program to which they will be applying. 

Applications for transfer to the junior year of colleges offering Allied 
Health programs must be made early in the second semester of the final 
year at Southern College. The lowest acceptable grade for courses to be 
transferred is C. A minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required for the 
Associate of Science degree at Southern College, but grade point averages 
between 2.50 and 3.50 are considered minimal for entrance to the junior 
year of most clinical Allied Health programs. Some programs require the 
Allied Health Professions Admissions Test (AHPAT). 



50 Allied Health 



The major Allied health areas in which a two year Associate Degree may 
he earned at Southern College are: 

pre-Cytotechnology pre-Physical Therapy 

pre-Dental Hygiene pre-Physician Assistant 

pre-Nutrition and Dietetics pre-Speech Language Pathology 

pre-Occupational Therapy & Audiology 

pre-Surgeon's Assistant 

The department also offers one-year curricula to meet requirements for 
entrance into the following Allied Health degree programs at Loma Linda 
University and most other university programs: 

Occupational Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree) 
Physical Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree) 
Radiation Technology (Associate and Bachelor of Science Degrees) 
Respiratory Therapy (Associate and Bachelor of Science Degrees) 
Surgical Technology (Associate in Science Degree) 

For details on these or other programs not listed here and for Southern 
College curricula for entrance into them write: 

Chair, Allied Health Department 
Southern College of SDA 
EO. Box 370 
Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 



PRE-CYTOTECHNOLOGY 

Cytotechnologists are specially trained laboratory technologists who work with 
pathologists to detect changes in body cells that may be important in the early 
diagnosis of cancer and other diseases. Using special techniques, cytotech- 
nologists prepare cellular samples for study under the microscope and assist in 
the diagnosis of disease by examination of the samples. Using the findings of 
cytotechnologists, a physician is then able, in many instances, to diagnose 
cancer and other diseases even before they can be detected by other methods. 
Most cytotechnologists work in hospitals or in private laboratories, while some 
prefer to work on research projects or to teach. 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

The program below meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University 
and can be modified to meet the requirements of other schools. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 120 

Area B Religion, 6 hours 

Area C History, 3 hours 

Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hours 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 151-152, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114 

Area F HLED 173; SOCI 150; Psychology/Sociology, 6 hours* 

Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225; Computer Course, 1 hour 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 



•Two areas minimum; may be substituted by a course in Economics, Geography, or Political Science. 



Allied Health 51 







Sample Sequence 






A.S 


L Pre-Cytoteohnology 




YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 




M 2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Phys 


3 3 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 4 4 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 3 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 4 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 


1 1 


HLED173 


Health & Life 2 


ENGL 101-102 


College Corap 


3 3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 1 


MATH 120 


Preoalculua Algebra 


3 




Oeog/Fol ScVEoon/Peyo 3 3 


PSYC124 


Intro to Psychology 






Area B, Religion 3 




OR 


3 




Area C-l, History 3 


PSYC128 


Developmental Psyo 






Area G-2 CPTR Course 1 


SOCI 150 


Cultural Anthropology* 


3 




Area Q-3, Rec Skills 1 




Area B, Religion 


3 
16 16 




Area D, Fbrgn Lang/ 
Lit/Fine Arts 3 



16 16 



NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade. 
♦SOCI 230 can be substituted for this course. 



PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

Dental hygienists provide preventative dental care and encourage patients to 
develop good oral hygiene skills. In addition to carrying out clinical responsi- 
bilities such as cleaning and scaling teeth, hygienists help patients develop and 
maintain good oral health by explaining the relationship between diet and oral 
health. Although most hygienists work with individual patients, some develop 
and promote community dental health programs. In addition to career oppor- 
tunities within dental offices, dental hygienists apply their skills and knowledge 
in other career activities including office management, business administration, 
dental hygiene education, research and marketing of dental related equipment 
and materials. 

Adviser: John Perumal 

The program below meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University 
and can be modified to meet the requirements of other schools. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; Math* 

Area B Religion, 6 hours 

Area C History, 3 hours 

Area D Foreign Lang/IiVFine Arts, 6 hours; SPCH 135 or 136 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114 

Area F HLED 173**; SOCI 125, 150; 6 additional hours of Psychology*** 

Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225; Computer Course, 3 hours 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours 



•MATH course of 100 level or above is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores 

below 22. 

**May be substituted by FDNT 125. 

***May be substituted by a course in Economics, Geography, or Political Science. 



52 Allied Health 





Sample 


Sequence 






A.S. Pre-Dental Hygiene 




YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




lit 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 4 


ENOL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 3 3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math* 




CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Cham Lab 1 1 




OR 3 




HLED 173 


Health and Life-* 2 


MATH 120 


Preoalculus Algebra* 




SOCI150 


Cultural Anthro*** 3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 1 




SOCI125 


Intro to Sociology 3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 






Area B, Religion 3 




OR 


3 




Area D, Forgn Lang/ 


SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Comm 






Lit/Fine Arts 3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G-2, CPTR Course 3 




Hist/Pbl Sd/Eoon/Oeog 3 






13 To 




Area G-3, PE Activity 


1 








Area C-l, History 


3 








Area Fl, Psychology _3 


— 







16 16 

*MATH course of 100 level or above is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22. 

••May be substituted by FDNT 125. 

***SOCI 230 can be substituted for this course. 

NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade. 



PRE -NUTRITION AND DIETETICS 

Dietitians and nutritionists use their knowledge of the principles of nutrition 
to help people develop healthy eating habits. Dietitians may be involved in 
setting up and supervising food service systems for institutions such as 
hospitals, prisons, and schools; and promote sound eating habits through 
education and research. Clinical dietitians provide nutritional services for 
patients in hospitals, nursing homes, clinics, or doctors' offices. Community 
dietitians counsel individuals and groups on nutritional practices designed to 
prevent disease and promote good health. Management dietitians are 
responsible for large scale meal planning and preparation in such places as 
hospitals, nursing homes, company cafeterias, and schools. 

Adviser: Stephen A* Nyirady 

The program below meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University 
and can be modified to meet the requirements of other schools. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; Math* 

Area B Religion, 6 hours 

Area C History, 3 hours; Geography/Political Science, 3 hours 

Area D SPCH 135; Foreign Lang/Literature/Fine Arts, 3 hours 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 151-152 

Area F FDNT 125; HLED 173; PSYC 124; SOCI 125, 150 

Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225; Computer Course, 3 hours 

Required professional courses: Food Selection and Preparation, 3 hours; Meal 
Management, 3 hours. (Both courses are available at LLU in September, prior to 
Fall quarter.) 



Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 



•MATH course of 100 level or above is required fay Southern College of students with ACT math scores 
below 22. 



Allied Health 53 





Sample 


Sequence 






A.S. Pre-Nutrition and Dietetics 


YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 4 


ENGL 101-102 


CollogG Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chem 4 4 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 1 




FDNT 125 


Nutrition 3 


SOCI125 


Intro to Sociology 3 




HLED 173 


Health and Life 2 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


PSYC124 


Intro to Psychology 3 




Math Course* 0-3 




SOCI150 


Cultural Anthropology* *3 




Area B, Religion 3 






Area B, Religion 3 




Area C-l, History 


3 




Area C, Geog/Pol Sci 3 




Area G-2. CPTR Course 


3 




Area D, Fbrgn Lang/ 




Area G-3, Bee Skills 


1 




lit/Fine Arts 3 




Electives 0-3 






16 16 




16 


16 







•MATH course 100 level or above is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22. 
**SOCI 230 may be substituted for this course. 
NOTEi C is the lowest acceptable grade, 

PRE-OCCUPATTONAL THERAPY 

An occupational therapist works with people whose lives have been disrupted 
by physical injury or illness, developmental problems, the aging process, and 
social or psychological difficulties . Occupational therapists use selected 
educational, vocational and rehabilitative activities to help individuals reach the 
highest functional levels possible, become self reliant and build a balanced 
lifestyle of work and leisure. 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

The program below meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University 
and can be modified to meet the requirements of other schools. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 215 

Area B Religion, 6 hours 

Area C History, 3 hours 

Area D SPCH 135; Foreign Lang/LhVFine Arts, 3 hours 

Area E BIOL 101-102; CHEM 111, 113; PHYS (with applications) 137, 138 

Area F HLED 173*; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125, 150; Psychology/Sociology, 

3 hours 
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225; Computer Course, 3 hours. 

Recommended: ART 235 or TECH 154. 
Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 

A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an employee) in 
an occupational therapy department is required. 



♦Waived if high school health course taken. 



54 Allied Health 





Sample Sequence 








A.S. Pre-Occupational Therapy 




YEAKl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




let 


2nd 




M 


2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy ft Physiology 3 


3 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 3 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 113 


Survey of Chem Lab 1 




PSYC124 


Intro to Psychology 3 




HLED 173 


Health ft Life 2 




SOCI125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 1 






Area B, Religion 3 




PHYS137 


Intro to Physics 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


PHYS138 


Intro to Phys Appl 


1 




Area Q-2, CPTR Coune 3 




PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 




Area G-3, Ree Skills 


I 


SOCI150 


Cultural Anthro 3 






Elective 1 






Area B, Religion 


3 




16 


16 




Area D, Forgn Lang/ 

Lit/Fine Arts 
Area F-l or -2, 

Psyc/Sooi 1 
Elective.* 3 


3 



16 16 



♦ART 235 or TECH 154 recommended. 
**SOCI 230 may be substituted for this course. 
NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade. 



PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Physical therapists work to improve the mobility, relieve the pain, and prevent 
or limit the permanent disability of patients suffering from injuries or disease. 
Their patients include accident victims or handicapped individuals with such 
conditions as nerve injuries, amputations, low back pain, arthritis, and heart 
disease. Some physical therapists treat a wide variety of problems and others 
specialize in such areas as pediatrics, orthopedics, and sports physical therapy. 
The working environment of physical therapists varies from specially equipped 
facilities in hospitals or clinics to schools, private offices, and private homes. 

Requirements for entrance to the junior year of a Physical Therapy course will 
depend on the college selected. Requirements for Andrews University and Loma 
Linda University are outlined below. Students who complete one of these 
programs will be awarded an Associate of Science degree by Southern College. 
Students planning to attend other colleges should contact them to obtain their 
requirements. 

Adviser: David Ekkens 

Program below meets Andrews University admission requirements. 

Area A 
AreaB 
Area C 
AreaD 
AreaE 



AreaF 
AreaG 



ENGL 101-102; MATH 215 

RELB or RELT, 3 hours; RELT 255 or 225 

HIST 174 or 175; Geog/Political Science/Economics, 3 hours 

SPCH 135; Fine Arts, 3 hours 

BIOL 101-102 or BIOL 151-152, 225; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212, 

PHYS 213-214 

PSYC 124, 128 

PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225; CPTR 120 



Electives to make a minimum total of 64 hours 



•HIST 154 required if not taken in high school. 









Allied Health 55 



Andrews University Admission and Degree Requirements: Andrews Uni- 
versity requires 3.00 GPA in science prerequisites and total credits. C is the lowest 
acceptable grade for science and cognate courses. Also required is the Nelson-Denny 
Reading test and 80 hours of observation or work experience with a Registered 
Physical Therapist. This 80 hours must include at least 16 hours in each of two 
physical therapy settings plus 20 hours in a general acute care hospital. The settings 
to choose from are: home health agency, pediatric therapy outpatient clinic, 
rehabilitation center, nursing home, and specialized clinic. 



3 



ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 

YEAR 1 Semester 

lft 2nd 

BIOL 101-102 Anatomy & Physiology* 9 3 
ENGL 101-102 College Composition 3 
HIST 175 World Civ** 3 

PEAC 225 Conditioning 1 

PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psych 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Spkg 

Area B, Religion 

Elective! 



3 



16 16 



YEAR 2 Semester 

1st 2nd 

BIOL 225 Basic Microbiology 4 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 4 4 

CPTB 120 Computer Based $yst 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

BELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 



BELT 225 



or 
Lost Day Events 
Area D-3, Music or 

Art Appreciation*** 
Area Q-3, Rec Skills 
Pol Sci, Geog, or Econ 
Electives 



3 
_3 
16 



Note: A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance into the program. This is offered at 
Andrews University immediately preceding their first quarter. PHYS 211-212 and 213-214, 8 semester 
hours at SC, will fulfill this requirement. 

•BIOL 151-152, General Biology may be substituted. 

** American History required only if not taken in high school. 

***A two-semester sequence in a music organization may be substituted. 



Program below meets Loma Linda University admission requirements. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 120, 215 

Area B Religion, 6 hours 

Area C HIST 174, 175, 154, or 155, 3 hours 

Area D Fine Arts* or Foreign Language or Literature, 3 hours; SPCH 135 

Area E BIOL 101-102 or 151-152, 225; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 137, 138 

Area F HLED 173; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 150; Psychology/Sociology, 3 hours 

Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225; CPTR 120 

Electives to make a minimum total of 66 hours 



Loma Linda University Admission and Degree Requirements: Loma Linda 
University requires a 3.00 GPA in science prerequisites and for total credits. Also 
required is a minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or employee) in a 
physical therapy department, 20 of which are in a general, acute-care hospital. 



♦MUHL 115 or ART 218 may be selected. 



56 Allied Health 



LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 






YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 




M 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology* 3 


3 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


MATH 120 


Proonlouhu Algebra 3 




CPTR 120 


Computer Based Syst 3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 1 




HLED 173 


Health ft Life 


2 


PSYC124 


Introduction to Psych 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


PHYS137 


Intro to Physios 


3 


SOCI150 


Cultural Anthro*** 3 




PHYS138 


With Applications 


1 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 






Area D, Fine Arts** 


3 




Area O-S, Rec Skills 


1 




P^yo/Soci 


3 




16 


16 






17 16 


SUMMER 


Area C, History 3 











♦BIOL 151-152, General Biology, may be substituted. 
**MUHL 115 or ART 218 recommended. 
***SOCI 230 may be substituted for this course. 



NOTE: A total of 66 semester hours Is required for admission. Other entrance 
requirements are the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test and a minimum of 
80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an employee) in a physical therapy 
department. C is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. 

NOTE: PHYS 137 and 138, 4 semester hours at SC, fulfills the requirement of physics 
sequence with laboratory. 

PRE-PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT 

Physician assistants are trained to perform many of the essential tasks involved 
in patient care. They take medical histories, perform physical evaluations, order 
laboratory tests, make preliminary diagnoses, prescribe appropriate treatments, 
and recommend medications and drug therapies. They also treat minor prob- 
lems such as lacerations, abrasions, and burns. Physician assistants work in a 
variety of practice settings and specialty areas. The most important practice 
setting is in a physician's office. They also work at hospitals and clinics. 
Specialties using PA's are family practice, internal medicine, general and 
thoracic surgery, emergency medicine, pediatrics, and various medical sub- 
specialties. 

Adviser: Stephen A* Nyirady 

Program below meets requirements for Union College and can be modified to 
meet the requirements of other schools. 

AREA A ENGL 101-102; MATH 215 

AREA B RELT 225, KELT 373 

AREA C HIST 174 or 175 

AREA D SPCH 135; Literature, 3 hours 

AREA E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114 

AREA F PSYC 124, 128 

AREA G PEAC 225; HLED 173; Computer Course, 3 hours 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours 



Work or volunteer service in a health care setting and a minimum cumulative 
GPA of 2.5 are required. 



Allied Health 57 



Sample Sequence of Courses 

To Meet Union College Requirements 

A.S. Pre-Physician Assistant 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 Semester 






1st 2nd 


1st 2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy ft Physiology 3 3 


BIOL 225 Basic Microbiology 4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CHEM 111-112 Survey of Chemistry 3 3 


HIST 174 


World Civ 


3 


CHEM 113-114 Survey of Chem Lab 1 1 


HLED 174 


Health and Life 


2 


MATH 215 Statistics 3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 


1 


PSYC 128 Developmental Psych 3 


PSYC124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 


RELT 373 Christian Ethics 3 


RELB255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 


Computer Course 3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


D-2, Literature 3 




Elective* 


1 4 


' Elective* 2 3 






16 16 


16 16 



The program below meets admission requirements for Trevecca Nazarene 
University, Nashville, and can be modified to meet requirements of other 
schools. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 or 120 

Area B RELB 125, RELT 255 

Area C HIST 174, 175 

Area D SPCH 135, ENGL 216 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 151-152 

Area F PSYC 124, 128 

Area G PEAC 225; Computer Course, 3 hours 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 

NOTE: A class in Medical Terminology is highly recommended. 

Work or volunteer service in a health care setting and a minimum 
cumulative GPA of 3.25 are required. 







Sample 


Sequence 








A.S 


I. Pre-Physician Assistant 






YEARl 


i 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 


2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology~~3 3 


BIOL 225 Basic Microbiology 


4 




CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


ENGL 216 Approaches to Lit 


3 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


HIST 174/175 World Civ 


3 


3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 


1 


MATH 103/120 Surv Math/Coll Alg 




3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 


PSYC 128 Developmental Psych 


3 




RELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 


3 


RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 




3 




Electives 


3 2 


SPCH 135 Intro to Public Spkg 




3 






16 16 


Computer Course 




3 








Electivea 


3 
16 


1 
16 



58 Allied Health 



PRE-SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY & AUDIOLOGY 

Speech language pathologists identify, assess, and treat persons with speech and 
language disorders while audiologists assess and treat hearing impaired indivi- 
duals. Because both occupations are concerned with communication, individuals 
competent in one area must be familiar with the other. The duties of speech 
language pathologists and audiologists vary. Most, however, provide direct clinical 
services to individuals with communication disorders. In speech, language, and 
hearing clinics they may independently develop and implement a treatment pro- 
gram. In private medical centers and other facilities, they may be part of a team 
that develops and executes a treatment plan. In schools they may help adminis- 
trators develop individual or group programs, counsel parents on prevention of 
hearing disorders, and assist teachers with classroom activities. 

Adviser: Stephen A* Nyirady 

The program below meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University and 
can be modified to meet the requirements of other schools. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; Math* 

Area B Religion, 6 hours 

Area C History, 3 hours 

Area D SPCH 135; Foreign Lang^Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hours 

Area E BIOL 101-102; PHYS 137 

Area F HLED 173; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 150 or 230, Sociology Course, 3 hours** 

Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 225; Computer Course, 3 hours 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 



♦MATH 100 level or above is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22. 
**May be substituted by a course In Economics or Geography. 



Sample Sequence 
A.S. Pre-Speech Language Pathology & Audiology 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 




1st 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


HLED 173 


Health & Life 


2 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 




1 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 3 




PHYS 137 


Intro to Physics*** 




3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 






Math Course* 0-3 




SOCI 150 


Cultural Anthro** 


3 






Area B, Religion 3 






Area B, Religion 




3 




Area 0-1, History 


3 




Area D, Porgn Lang/ 








Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Lit/Fine Arts 


3 






Electives 1-4 


3 




Area G-2, CPTR Course 


3 




16 


16 




Soci/Eoon/Geog 
Electives 


5 
16 


3 

3 

16 



♦Math course 100 level or above is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22. 

**SOCI 230 may be substituted for this course. 

***Strongly recommended 

NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade. 






Allied Health 59 



PRE-SURGEON'S ASSISTANT 

The surgeon's assistant is qualified to assist the surgeon in his patient care 
activities. Functioning under the direction of the surgeon, the surgeon's 
assistant is capable of obtaining accurate medical history and physical examina- 
tion data, carrying out preoperative procedures to prepare the patient for 
surgery, assisting the surgeon during operations, participating in the care and 
evaluation of the patient in the postoperative period, assisting in the manage- 
ment of the traumatized patient, and caring for minor injuries. Surgeon's 
assistants may be involved with patients in any medical setting for which the 
surgeon is responsible including the operating room, recovery room, intensive 
care unit, and the surgeon's office. 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

The program below meets admission requirements for University of Alabama at 
Birmingham, and can be modified to meet requirements of other schools. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 120 

Area B KELB, KELT, 6 hours 

Area C History or Political Science, 6 hours 

Area D SPCH 135; 6 hours of literature; 6 hours of Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 151-152, 330; CHEM 151-152 

Area F Psychology/Sociology, 6 hours 

Area G PEAC 225; Computer Course, 2 hours 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours. 

Recommended, 6 hours of electives from the following areas: Statistics, 
Cell Biology, Genetics, Histology 

Work or volunteer service in a health care setting is highly recommended. 





Sample 


Sequence 








A.S. Pre-Surgeon's Assistant 






YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




M 2sd 




1st 


2nd 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy ft Physiology 3 3 


BIOL 330 


General Microbiology 


4 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 4 4 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 4 


4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 3 


MATH 120 


Preoalculus Algebra 3 






Area C, History/Pol Sci 3 3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 1 






Area D, Fbrgn Lang/ 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 


3 




Fine Arti 3 3 




Area B, Religion 3 






Area G-2, CPTB Course 1 1 




Area D, Literature 3 


3 




17 17 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 3 
17 


3 
17 


SUMMER 


Area B, Religion 3 









Art 



Chair: Robert Garren 
Faculty: Adan Saldana 

Basic to the philosophy of the Department of Art is the provision for the 
quality of environment most conducive to spiritual, aesthetic, and technical 
growth. The instructors desire to help all students become aware of their 
options in the field of art and to prepare them systematically to meet the 
needs of their respective choices, whether they are oriented commercially 
or aesthetically. 

ASSESSMENT 

Students majoring in Art or Art-Computer Graphic Design will keep a 
portfolio of their work from their freshman year onward. The art faculty 
will evaluate the portfolio at the end of the sophomore and senior years. 
The evaluation, which is designed to aid the department in student 
advisement and in determining the effectiveness of its teaching and course 
offerings, will not affect graduation. 



Major— B.A. Art (31 Hours) 



Required Courses 

ART 104 Drawing I 

AKT105 Drawing II 

ART 125 Graphic Design Principles 

ART 499 Senior Project 

Art Elective* 


Hours 

3 
3 
3 

1 
IS 


Select 2 of the Following: 

ART 318 Art Appreciation (W) 
ART 344 Art History (W) 
ART 345 Contemporary Art (W) 


Hours 

3 
3 
3 


Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
BJLArt 




1st Semester 

ART 104 Drawing I 

ENGL 101 College Composition 
Art Elective* 
Inter Foreign Language 
Area B, Religion 


Hours 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
15 


2nd Semester 

ART 105 Drawing II 

ART 125 Graphic Design Principles 

ENGL 102 College Composition 

PEAC 225 Conditioning 

Inter Foreign Language 
Area C-l, History 


Hours 

3 
3 
3 
1 
3 
3 
16 



Major — B.S. Art-Computer Graphic Design (48 Hours) 



Required Courses 

ART 104 Drawing I 

ART 119-120 

ART 125-128 

ART 219-220 

ART 319-320 

ART 326-327 

ART 330-331 

ART 400 



ART 318 



ART 344 



ART 345 
ART 



Publication Design 
Graphic Design Principles 
Intro to Computer Graphics 
Adv Computer Graphics 
Illust with Computers 
Illustration Method* 
Intro to Multi-media Design 
Art Appreciation (W) 

OR 
Art History (W) 

OR 
Contemporary Art (W) 
Electives 



Hours 

3 
6 
6 
6* 
6 
6 
6 
3 



Select 9 Hours From: Hours 

CPTE 251 Computer-Aided Design 3 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 

CPTE 249/349 Computer-Aided Drafting 3 

JOUR 125 Intro to Photography 3 

JOUR 315 Photojournalism 2-3 

JOUR 227/327 Video Production 3 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 



PREL 354 Advertising Copywriting 



2 



Art 61 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Art-Computer Graphic Design 



1st Semeatei 


Hours 

Drawing I 3 


2nd Semester Hours 


ART 104 


ART 126 


Graphic Design Prin II 3 


ART 125 


Graphic Design Prin I 3 


ART 220 


Intro to Computer Graphics II 3 


ART 210 


Intro to Computer Graphic* 3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning . 1 




Area B, Religion 3 




Area C-l, History 3 




15 




Area E, Natural Sci 3 
16 



Minor— Art (18 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

ART 104-105 Drawing I, II 6 

ART 125 Graphic Design Principles 3 

ART 344 History of Art 3 

Upper Division Electives 8 



Minor— Art-Computer Graphic Design (18 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

ART 104 Drawing I 3 

Comp Graphic Design Electives 12 



Select 1 of the Following : 

ART 218/318 Art Appreciation 
ART 344 Art History 

ART 345 Contemporary Art 



STUDIO ART 

ART 104-105. Drawing (G-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory course in drawing, composition, and design. Emphasis on the basic 
art elements and their functions in composition using various media. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 119-120. Publication Design (G-l) 3,3 hours 

Graphic designers, desktop publishers and production artists will benefit from this 
comprehensive class. Issues to be addressed include developing master pages and 
style sheets; setting type, test and frame attributes; importing images; working with 
spot color; and using typesetting techniques such as hyphenation, kerning, and 
tracking. Software: QuarkXpress. 

ART 125-126. Graphic Design Principles (G-l) 3,3 hours 

Students learn techniques and design theory related to graphic design with hands- 
on practical applications. 

ART 219-220. Introduction to Computer Graphics 3,3 hours 

An introductory, creative imaging course for artists, illustrators, and designers. 
Combining a survey of imaging technology with creative investigation and artistic 
expression, this course will introduce students to the technical solutions that will 
expand their creative vision. Software: Factual Design Painter. 

ART 221-222. Painting 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student experience in using painting materials applied 
to compositional organizations. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 230. Introduction to Art Experiences 2 hours 

A course designed to give students hands-on experience with a variety of art media 
and materials. Study will be given to how artists use media in their expression of 
design and composition. (Spring) 



62 Art 

ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours 

Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication from hand 
building to wheel-thrown wares, chemistry and application of glazes, and stacking 
and firing of kilns. May be repeated for credit A $20 fee is applied toward necessary 
supplies. (Fall) 

ART 300. Printmaking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the art major experience in printmaking media. Relief, 
intaglio, and silk-screen will be covered. Course will be taught in odd years. 

ART 310. Painting HI 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor. 
Advanced problems in painting and the usage of various media. 

ART 319-320. Advanced Computer Graphics 3,3 hours 

This course is designed for the student, designer, photographer, or educator who 
is interested in both the creative and the technology within digital imaging. This 
course will address color correction, scanning resolution, image restoration, hand- 
coloring photographies, collage and montage techniques, masking and effective use 
of niters and special effects. Software: Adobe Photoshop. 

ART 326-327. Illustration With Computers 3,3 hours 

This course is an intensive study on how to creative two-dimensional illustrations 
and typographic arrangements. The program uses paths made of curves and 
straight line segments to define areas which may be filled with color or patterns, 
used for masking or for framing type and objects. Students will manipulate 
typefaces, trap and knock out color, generate clean printable files, and move files 
to page-layout or image-editing applications. Software: Adobe Illustrator. 

ART 325. Sculpture 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104 or permission of instructor. 

Introduction to the problems of form in sculpture and three-dimensional design 
using various media such as clay, plaster, wood, and metal casting. Course will be 
taught in even years. 

ART 330-331. Illustration Methods 3,3 9 hours 

Students will learn illustration techniques using pencils, ink, markers, colored 
pencils, air brush, and photo retouching. 

ART 400. Introduction to Multi-media Design 3 hours 

This course covers the steps and issues in creating a formalized multimedia design 
and publishing onto CD. Areas covered are story boarding for graphical look, inter- 
active story-boards, flowcharting brainstorming, dealing with software and hard- 
ware constraints, and preparation of a design document Emphasis is on shaping 
an idea into a well-thought-out design that works as a multimedia experience. 

ART 410. Painting IV 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor. 
Advanced problems in painting and the usage of various media. 

ART 497. Graphic Design Practicum 1-3 hours 

Students will work in a graphics-related business for a minimum of 40 clock hours 
per credit hour with employer evaluation. Students must maintain a log sheet and 
samples of work. 



Art 63 

ART 295/495* Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the teacher must be obtained. 
ART 495 is for majors and minors only. 

The course is designed for students who wish directed study or for a group of 
students who wish a special course not taught under the regular class offering. 
Students taking the class as directed study may choose from art history, ceramics, 
design, drawing, painting, printniaking, and sculpture. (Students must have had 
maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes credit offered by the 
Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated for credit up to four 
times. Writing emphasis for ART 495 only. 

ART 499. Senior Project 1 hour 

Major projects in area of interest for seniors and preparation of permanent portfolio 
of college art work. 

ART HISTORY 

ART 218/318. Art Appreciation (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

Lecture and travel seminar. One class is offered in the fall semester, with two hours 
per week lecture, and the week of Thanksgiving spent in and New York City 
visiting major art museums. When offered in the first summer session, there will 
be one week of two-hour lectures and two weeks of travel and museum visits. There 
is an additional charge for travel Students will be required to write a summary 
paper. Students taking the class for upper division credit will be required to write 
a research paper. 

ART 344. History of Art (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid- 1800 's with an 
emphasis on pivotal figures in art history. (Fall) 

ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

Nineteenth- and twentieth-century developments in European and American arts. 
(Spring) 

(D-3) (O-l) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 



Behavioral Science 



Chair: Ed Lamb 

Faculty: Terrie Ruff, Larry Williams (Social Work Program Coordinator) 

Adjunct Faculty: Sherri Craig, Ellen Gilbert 



The Behavioral Science faculty fully support the educational philosophy 
and objectives of Southern College. More specifically, this faculty embraces 
the following beliefs: 

(1) God is not only the Creator and Sustainer of all life, but also the ultimate 
Source of all knowledge. 

(2) Man is created in the image of God, and possesses harmonious physical, 
mental, spiritual, and social attributes. 

(3) A loving God seeks to restore His image in humanity, thus preparing 
them for personal fellowship with Himself. 

We understand a redemptive education must focus on the growth of the 
whole person. The Behavioral Science faculty commits itself, therefore, to 
achieving the following objectives: 

Spiritual 

Behavioral Science majors will acquire an understanding of the basic 
beliefs and values of Christianity as presented by the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church. We, as their teachers, will provide class devotionals, 
Christian-service applications, and the encouragement for them to commit 
themselves to such ideals. 

Intellectual 

Those studying Behavioral Science at this college will perceive themselves 
as Christian scholars beginning a lifelong pursuit of knowledge. We have 
designed course-related activities and investigations to aid them in achiev- 
ing intellectual and career goals, and in acquiring the necessary tools for 
future learning. The Behavioral Science curriculum is structured so as to 
encourage critical thinking, perceptive discussion, intellectual curiosity, and 
cultural awareness. 

Social 

Behavioral Science students are expected to develop positive 
interpersonal skills, communication techniques, and decision-making 
approaches. The teachers in this program strongly emphasize the attitudes 
of acceptance, caring, patience, and service. 

Physical 

Students in Behavioral Science are encouraged to develop a holistic view 
of mankind in appreciation for the interactive nature of our physical, 
mental, social, and spiritual being. They are expected to establish balanced 
programs of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recreation. The faculty 
promotes such positive values and practices through example and 
instruction. 



Behavioral Science 65 



PROGRAMS IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

The Behavioral Science Department offers a degree in Family Studies and 
in Social Work. Minors are also available in Behavioral Science, Family 
Studies, and Sociology. 

The curricula for both the Behavioral Science and the BSW degrees 
include computer content and hands-on experience intended to enable 
majors to develop elementary skills including word processing, Internet, CD 
ROMs, video-interactive, and statistical analysis. Majors are encouraged to 
have their own personal computer (PCs) if possible. 

Family Studies: The Behavioral Science major with a Family Studies 
emphasis is for those students wishing to prepare for graduate study in 
community and/or family counseling, law, personnel work, sociology of the 
family, or family life education. 

Social Work: The Bachelor of Science in social Work (BSW) is offered 
for those students seeking preparation for entry-level generalist baccalau- 
reate practice positions. The BSW is the foundation degree leading to 
possible careers in mental health, child welfare, health care, public welfare, 
schools, family service, developmental disabilities, services to the aged, 
industry, business and labor, and justice. The BSW is also the preferred 
preparation for the terminal graduate practice degree, the Master of Social 
Work (MSW). Job opportunities in the social work profession are projected 
to grow at a rate considerably above the average during the coming decade. 
Official application to the BSW program is expected during the second 
semester of the sophomore year, although the social work major may be 
declared at any time during the college experience. 

ASSESSMENT 

To help the graduates in Behavioral Science evaluate their academic 
progress and to aid the department in evaluating teaching effectiveness, 
each senior is required to: 

1. Take an oral exam during the fall semester of the senior year that 
will be based on assigned readings and coursework material. 

2. Take a standardized achievement test (PACAT) in the spring semes- 
ter of the senior year. 

3. Present a personal portfolio of papers and case material to the depart- 
mental faculty. 

Information gained from the above assessments is used to evaluate 
departmental programs, but it will not affect graduation eligibility. 

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT STUDY TOURS 

The Behavioral Science Department sponsors a study tour to New York 
City yearly during Thanksgiving vacation and a study tour to Europe every 
other year. The objectives of these tours are to facilitate a better under- 
standing of peoples and cultures and to enable the participants to work 
with people more effectively. Academic credit is given for these tours and 
each requires classroom time (see SOCI, SOCW 296/496). 



66 Behavioral Science 



M*yor— B.S. Behavioral Science (Family Studies Emphasis) 
(45 Hours) 



Required Courses 



PSYC 124 
PSYC128 
PSYC 207 
PSYC 315 
PSYC 497 
SOCI 125 
SOCI201 
SOCI 223 
SOCI 233 
SOCI 349 
SOCI 360 
SOCI 365 
SOCI 424 
SOCI 495 
SOCW211 
SOCW212 



Hoot 
3 



Intro to Psychology 

Developmental Psych 3 

Research Design & Stat I 3 

Abnormal Psychology 3 

Research Design & Stat II 3 

Intro to Sociology 3 

Parenting 3 

Marriage and the Family 2 

Human Sexuality 3 

Aging and Society (W) 3 

Family Life Education 3 

Family Relations 3 

Contemp Social Problems 3 

Directed Study 1 

Intro to Social Work 3 

Social Welfare as an Instit 3 



Required Cognate* Hours 

CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing 1 
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 1 

CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base 1 

OR 
EDUC 250 Technology in Education 3 
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 

OR 
SPCH 136 Interpersonal Com 
Area E-l, Biology 



3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Behavioral Science 

(Family Studies Emphasis) 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ENGL 101 College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 


SOCW211 Intro to Social Work 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


Area B, Religion 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 




AreaO 


3 




OR 


3 




15 


SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Com 
Area E-l, Biology 
Area Q, Act Skills 


3 
16 



Major— B.S.W., Social Work (49 hours) 



Required Courses 


Hours 


Reaulred Cosnates Hours 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 


CPTR 105 


Intro to Word Processing 1 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheets 


PSYC 297 


Research Design & Stat I 


3 




AND 2 


PSYC 497 


Research Design & Stat II 


3 


CPTR 107 


Intro to Data Base 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 




OR 


SOCW211 


Intro to Social Work 


3 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Education 2 


SOCW212 


Social Welfare as Inst 


3 


PLSC254 


American Natl and State Gov 


SOCW 213 


Interviewing Skills 


1 




OR 3 


SOCW230 


Race Relations 


3 


ECON213 


Survey of Economies 


SOCW 313 


Human Behavior 


4 


RELT 373 


Christian Ethics 3 


SOCW 314 


Social Work Meth I (W) 


3 


SOCI 150 


Cultural Anthropology 3 


SOCW 315 


Social Work Meth II (W) 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


SOCW 424 


Contemp Social Problems 


3 




OR 3 


SOCW 434 


Social Welfare Issues 


3 


SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Communication 


SOCW 435 


Social Work Practicum I 


4 




Any human biology course 3 


SOCW 436 


Social Work Practicum II 


4 







Behavioral Science 67 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S.W., Social Work 



lit Semester 


Hour* 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


CPTR 105 Intro to Word Prooauing 


1 


ENGL 102 College Composition 


3 


ENGL 101 College Composition 


3 


PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 


3 


PSYC 128 Developmental Psych 


3 


SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 


3 


SOCI 150 Cultural Anthropology 


3 


SOCW 230 Race Relations 


3 


SOCW 211 Intro to Social Work 


3 


Area G, Act Skills 


2 


Area B, Religion 


3 


Elective* 


2 




16 




16 



Minor— Behavioral Science (18 hours) 

Required Courses 

PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 
SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 
SOCW 211 Intro to Social Work 
'Elective* 

* An additional nine hours selected from any Behavioral Science areas with a minimum 
of six hours of upper division Behavioral Science classes. 

Minor— Family Studies (19 hours) 



Required 


Courses 

Parenting 


Hours 

3 


Select 8 hours from following 


Hours 


SOCI 201 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


SOCI 223 


Marriage and Family 


2 


NBSQ265 


Women'i Issues 


3 


SOCI 233 


Human Sexuality 


3 


SOCI 349 


Aging and Society 


3 


SOCI 365 


Family Relations 


3 


SOCI 360 


Family Life Education 


3 








PSYC 367 


Adolescent Psychology 


3 








PSYC 479 


Family Counseling 


3 



Minor— Sociology (18 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 3 

SOCI 150 Cultural Anthropology 3 

SOCI 424 Contemp Social Problems 3 

Sociology Electives 9 



SOCIOLOGY 

SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours 

An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social world. 
Consideration is given to the dynamic nature of American society and social 
institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study of social groups including the family, 
its history and current place in society. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

SOCI 150. Cultural Anthropology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of culture and cultural variation. The contemporary beliefs, values, 
institutions, and material dimensions of people in North America are contrasted 
with those of people living in other regions of the world today and in the past (Fall) 



68 Behavioral Science 



SOCI 201. Parenting (F-2) 3 hours 

A study of the family system in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics of 
parent-child interaction. Attention is given to family planning, the childbirth 
experience, child development, techniques for developing close relationships and 
communication between parent and child, understanding and relating to children's 
individuality, common child rearing problems, and methods of modifying behavior. 
(Spring) 

SOCI 223. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours 

A course in the ethics of human relationships, including the place of the family in 
society and a Christ-centered approach to marital and familial conflicts. (Fall, 
Spring) 

SOCI 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

See PSYC 224 for course description. 

SOCI 230. Race Relations (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of interactional patterns between various human groups. Consideration is 
given to the theoretical bases of race relations and to class activities which promote 
awareness and understanding. (Spring) 

SOCI 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in the 
Christian cultural setting. (Spring) 

SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the process of 
aging and the increasing influence of "mature citizens" in contemporary society. 
Historical, demographic, and future trends are explored. A balance between the 
theoretical and the applied is sought. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

SOCI 356. Natives and Strangers (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 356 for course description. 

SOCI 360. Family life Education 3 hours 

A study of existing family life education programs, including computer generated 
resources. Focus is also given to the design and development of original family life 
education materials. (Fall) 

SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours 

A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will be given 
to courtship, family organization and interaction, family disorganization and 
reorganization, and the post-parental family. Emphasis will be given to findings of 
recent family studies. (Spring) 

SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenomenon, of 
criminals, and of penal treatment The relationship of law and crime to other trends 
in the social order. Research in prevention and treatment of crime. (Fall, odd years) 



Behavioral Science 69 



SOCI 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

Attention is given to the major forces shaping cultural and subcultural changes 
today. Changes are particularly viewed as to their effectiveness in bringing about 
group and mass adjustment (Spring) 

SOCI 265/465. Topics in Sociology 1-3 hours 

Study of special topics pertinent to the field of sociology. Content will vary among 
various topics, based on the interests or needs of students and the department This 
course may be repeated for credit. 

SOCI 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor. 

Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology and family studies. Open 
to qualified students who want to follow a program in independent study. This 
course can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than three hours credit. 

SOCI 296/496. Study Tbur (F-l) 1-3 hours 

A tour is scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of behavioral 
science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during Thanksgiving vacation 
and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social agencies (1 
hour). A European tour to study social policy and selected cultures is taken every 
other summer or as needed. An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses. 

SOCIAL WORK 

SOCW 101. Orientation to College (G-2) 3 hours 

A course designed for all freshmen, focusing on the theory and practice of attitudes 
and skills necessary to adjust to college life. Class assignments include but are not 
limited to the study of career choices, academic skills, time relationships with peers 
and professors, management, and sources of assistance to resolve problems common 
to a Christian campus. All freshmen are encouraged to enroll. (Fall, Spring) 

SOCW 211. Introduction to Social Work (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the profession of social work, its historical roots, its values, and 
its fields of practice. A lab fee may be assessed to cover the expenses of off-campus 
field trips. (Fall) 

SOCW 212. Social Welfare as an Institution (F-l) 3 hours 

Social welfare systems are viewed from both historical and philosophical perspec- 
tives. The role of the Seventh-day Adventist Church in meeting human need is also 
examined. A lab fee may be assessed to cover the expenses of off-campus field trips. 
• (Spring) 

SOCW 213. Interviewing Skills 1 hour 

Focuses on the development of interviewing and communication skills. Course is 
experientially based. (Spring) 

SOCW 230. Race Relations (F-l) 3 hours 

See SOCI 230 for course description. 

SOCW 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours 

See SOCI 233 for course description. 



70 Behavioral Science 



SOCW 313. Human Behavior and the Social Environment 4 hours 
Prerequisites: BIOL 101; SOCI 125; PSYC 124, 128; SOCW 212 or permission of 
instructor. 

A study of the interaction between human behavior and the social environment 
Relevant concepts from the behavioral sciences will be reviewed to provide students 
with a holistic view of human behavior. Includes such topics as systems theory, 
roles, reference groups, and social stratification* To be taken prior to or 
concurrently with SOCW 314. (Fall) 

SOCW 314. Social Work Methods I (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 212 or permission of instructor. 

Provides students with theoretical framework for generalist social work practice. 
Topics include the establishment of relationship, assessment, contracts, inter- 
vention, utilization of resources, social work values and ethics. Work with individ- 
uals and families is emphasized in the first semester of a two-semester sequence. 
(Fall) 

SOCW 315. Social Work Methods U (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of SOCW 314. The primary focus is on working with small groups 
and the community. Public policy development and implementation are also 
studied. (Spring) 

SOCW 349. Aging and Society (W) 3 hours 

See SOCI 349 for course description. 

SOCW 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours 

See SOCI 374 for course description. 

SOCW 375. Introduction to Family Intervention (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the various theoretical orientations of family intervention. The 
family is viewed as a unit, with focus on programs and crisis techniques designed 
to maintain and re-establish family equilibrium. 

SOCW 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

See SOCI 424 for course description. 

SOCW 434. Social Welfare Issues and Policies 3 hours 

A study of contemporary issues and policies that influence the delivery of social 
services. Course requirements include a several-day social policy field trip to 
Washington, D.C. A lab fee will be assessed to cover the expenses of the Washington 
trip. (Fall) 

SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314. 

This course provides opportunity for students to apply practice theory to develop 
skills for generalists social work practice. Through participation in the social service 
delivery system, the student becomes familiar with agency structures, functions, 
and programs. A minimum of 200 hours will be spent working in an agency setting 
for each four hours of course work. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, 
calculated according to the policy on page 235. 



Behavioral Science 71 



SOCW 436. Social Work Practicum II 4 hours 

This course builds on the experiences of the first semester practicum and 
progresses to more difficult and varied tasks. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to 
this class, calculated according to the policy on page 235. 

SOCW 265/465. Tbpics in Social Work (F-l) 1*3 hours 

Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary among 
various topics based on the interests or needs of students and the department This 
course may be repeated for credit 

SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 212 or permission of the instructor. 

A study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary 
among such topics as child welfare, income maintenance, values and ethics of social 
work practice, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the entire semester. This course 
can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than three hours credit 

SOCW 296/496. Study Tbur (F-l) 1-3 hours 

A tour is scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of behavioral 
science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during Thanksgiving vacation 
and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social agencies (1 
hour). A European tour to study social policy and selected culture is taken every 
other summer or as needed. An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses. 
A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy 
on page 235. 

SOCW 497. Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

An introduction to common research design and methodology. Descriptive and 
relational designs are examined. A semester research proposal and completed 
project is expected of each student. (Fall) 

(F-l) (F-2) (G-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 



Biology 



Chair: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Faculty: Joyce Azevedo, David Ekkens, Ann Foster, John Perumal, Keith 

Snyder 
Adjunct Faculty: Edgar Grundset 
Summer Faculty: Laura Nyirady 
Adjunct Research Faculty: Ron Carter, John Henson 

The study of Biology constitutes one of the most exciting and important 
fields of scientific investigation, since it provides abetter understanding of 
ourselves and the living things around us. Even the casual observer of 
Biology who pauses long enough to take a course may derive a lifetime of 
pleasure and fulfillment from a hobby such as bird watching, shell collect- 
ing, or wild flower photography. 

More importantly, a major in Biology is an excellent starting point for 
numerous careers which are both rewarding and challenging. With a B.S. 
degree in Biology, one may pursue graduate study leading to research in 
the basic sciences (anatomy, physiology, ecology, microbiology, cytology, 
etc.), teaching at the college or graduate level, or employment in industry 
or government. The B.A degree is the degree of choice in preparation for 
high-school teaching, medicine, dentistry, optometry, careers in wildlife, 
forestry or zoo management, health education, public health, biostatistics, 
epidemiology, and environmental health, to name a few. 

The Biology Department makes available a number of experiences, both 
curricular and extracurricular, to enrich its students' academic programs. 
Being within relatively easy access to a number of major biome types, it 
offers courses which include field experiences in such places as the 
Bahamas, Belize, Smoky Mountains, and the Okefenokee Swamp. The 
newly constructed Tennessee Aquarium provides additional learning 
resources. The department is also affiliated with two biological field 
stations (see page 21). 

Extracurricular opportunities include membership in the Beta Beta Beta 
national biological honor society, a yearly lecture series on natural history 
and research topics (see page 20), as well as a premedical preceptorship 
program (see page 222). 

ASSESSMENT 

In order to help evaluate its teaching effectiveness and the academic 
achievements of its graduates, all seniors are required to pass the ETS 
Major Field Achievement Test in Biology during their final semester. The 
results of these exams are used by the department staff to evaluate class 
offerings as well as program requirements. 

DEGREES IN BIOLOGY 

Biology Core Courses (20 Hours) 

Core Hours Core Hours 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Sci/R el (W) 3 

BIOL 316 Genetics 4 BIOL 485 Biology Seminar <W) 1 

BIOL 412 Cell and Molecular Biology 4 



Biology 73 



Areas : 

Botany: 
BIOL 408 
BIOL 409 
BIOL 419 

Ecology: 
BIOL 226 
BIOL 317 



Flowering Plants and Ferns 
Smoky Mountain Flora 
Plant Physiology 

Environmental Conservation 

Ecology 

Marine Biology Courses 



Microbiology: 

BIOL 315 Parasitology 

BIOL 330 General Microbiology 

BIOL 340 Immunology 



Zoology Field Courses: 

BIOL 312 Vertebrate Natural History 

BIOL 314 Ornithology 

BIOL 319 Herpetology 

BIOL 320 Entomology 

BIOL 411 Mammalogy 



Basic Zoology: 

BIOL 313 Embryology 

BIOL 415 Comparative Anatomy 

BIOL 417 Animal Histology 

BIOL 418 Animal Physiology 



Major — B.A. Biology (Chemistry Minor Recommended) (32 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 


Required Cognates Hours 


BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 


CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8 


BIOL 316 Genetics 4 


CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry 8 


BIOL 412 Cell and Molecular Biology 4 


MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 3 


BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Sd/Rel 3 


SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 


BIOL 485 Biology Seminar (W) 1 


Computer Courses) 3 



One course minimum from four of the five biology 
core areas 

MATH 121 Precalculus Trigonometry, 2 hours; PHYS 211-212 and 213-214 General Physics 
and General Physics Laboratory, 8 hours; are highly recommended. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Biology 

(Chemistry Minor Recommended) 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


BIOL 151 General Biology 


4 


BIOL 152 General Biology 


4 


ENGL 101 College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 College Composition 


3 


MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 


3 


MATH 121 Precalculus Trigonometry 


2 


PEAC 225 Conditioning 


1 


Area B-2, Religion 


3 


Area B-l, Religion 


3 


Area G 1/3, Skills 


1 


Area F-2/3, Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 


- Electives 


3 




16 




16 



Major— B.S. Biology (41 Hours) 



Reauired Courses 


Hours 


Required Cognates Ho 


iurs 


BIOL 151-152 General Biology 


8 


CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 


8 


BIOL 316 Genetics 


4 


CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry 


8 


BIOL 412 Cell and Molecular Biology 


4 


CPTR Computer Courses 


3 


BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Sci/Rel 


3 


MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 


3 


BIOL 465 Biology Seminar (W) 


1 


MATH 121 Precalculus Trigonometry 


2 


' 




MATH 215 Statistics 


3 






PHYS 211-212 General Physics 


6 






PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 


2 






SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 


3 



BIOL 397, Introduction to Research (W), 1 hour; BIOL 497, Research in Biology (W), 1-2 
hours; and MATH 181, Calculus I, 3 hours, are highly recommended. Forty-one hours 
minimum including Biology core of 20 hours, plus one course from each of the five areas. 



74 Biology 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Biology 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


BIOL 151 General Biology 
ENGL 101 College Composition 
MATH 120 Preealcului Algebra 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area F-2,3 Fam/Hlth Sci 


4 
3 
3 
3 

A 
15 


BIOL 152 General Biology 
ENGL 102 College Composition 
MATH 121 PraoalculuB Trigonometry 

Area D, Lang/Lit/ 
Fine Arts 

Area F-l, Beh Sci 


4 
3 
2 

3 
3 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
16 



Major— B.A. Biology, Teacher Certification, 7-12 

Secondary certification in Biology requires a baccalaureate degree 
consisting of 36 credits of specified biology courses, a minor in chemistry, 
specified cognates, and completion of professional education courses (page 
118) for licensure. See explanations in the Education and Psychology 
section, beginning on page 107. 



Required I 


Course* Hours 


Chemistry Minor 


Hours 


BIOL 151-152 General Biology 


8 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


8 


BIOL 226 


Environmental Conservation 


3 


CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry 


8 


BIOL 316 


Genetics 


4 


CHEM 323 


Biochemistry 


4 


BIOL 330 


General Microbiology 


4 








BIOL 408 


Flowering Plants & Ferns 




Required Cognates 






OR 


3 


ERSC 105 


Earth Science 


3 


BIOL 409 


Smoky Mt. Flora 




RELT 424 


Issues in Natural Sci/Rel 


3 


BIOL 412 


Cell and Molecular Biology 


4 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


BIOL 418 


Animal Physiology 




MATH 120 


Preoalculus Algebra 


3 




OR 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


BIOL 419 


Plant Physiology 




PHYS137 


Intro to Physics 


3 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar (W) 


1 








One Coune from the following: 










BIOL 312 


Vartebrate Natural History 


3 








BIOL 314 


Ornithology 


3 








BIOL 319 


Herpetology 


3 








BIOL 320 


Entomology 


3 








BIOL 411 


Mammalogy 


3 









Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Biology 

(Leading to Licensure 7-12) 



1st Semester 

BIOL 151 
CHEM 151 
EDUC 135 
ENGL 101 
RELT 138 



General Biology 
General Chemistry 
Intro to Education 
College Composition 
Adventist Heritage 



Hours 
4 

4 

2 

3 

_3 

16 



2nd Semester 

BIOL 152 General Biology 
CHEM 152 General Chemistry 
EDUC 250 Technology in Education 
ENGL 102 College Composition 
MATH 120 Preoalculus Algebra 



Hours 

4 



3 
_3 
16 



Minor— Biology (18 Hours) 

Required Courses 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology 
♦Biology Elective* 






*An additional ten hours with a minimum of six hours must be in upper division. 



Biology 75 



NON-MAJOR, NON-MINOR COURSES 

BIOL 101-102. Anatomy and Physiology (E-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. The first semester 
covers basic cytology, histology, the musculoskeletal, integumentary, nervous, and 
endocrine systems. The remainder of the body systems are studied the second 
semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Does not 
apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

A basic general education biology course designed to give the student a modern 
treatment of the fundamental processes and principles of plant and animal life. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or 
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 225. Basic Microbiology (E-l) 4 hours 

A study of the principles of microbiology, disinfection, sterilization, elementary 
immunology, and microorganisms emphasizing their relationship to health and 
disease. Three lectures and two one and one-half hour laboratory periods each week. 
Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

CORE COURSES 

BIOL 151-152. General Biology (E-l) 4,4 hours 

This is a rigorous introductory course in Biology primarily for Biology majors, 
minors, and pre-professional students. The course is designed to give the student a 
solid foundation in the fundamental processes of plant and animal life. It is 
prerequisite to most all other Biology major courses. Three lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 316. Genetics 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 225 or 151, or consent of instructor. 

A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and an 
investigation of gene structure and function. Three lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 412. Cell and Molecular Biology 4 hours 

Prerequisite* BIOL 151-152; BIOL 316. 

This course, designed for advanced Biology and Chemistry majors, deals primarily 
with cell structure and function. Building on cellular principles learned in BIOL 
151-152, the student is exposed to methods of cellular research while learning about 
the appearance and operation of cellular organelles. The exciting details of cell 
integration and control provide the framework for this interdisciplinary study. Three 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 424. Issues of Natural Science and Religion (E-l) (W) 3 hours 
Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

A study of the philosophical basis of modern natural science as it relates to current 
issues in origins, biotechnology, bioethics, and environmental responsibility. Special 
attention is given to Christian perspectives of the issues discussed. Credit can be 
applied toward either Biology or Religion (see RELT 424). Three lectures each week. 
(Fall) 



76 Biology 



BIOL 485. Biology Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Biology major or minor with senior standing. 
Reports are made on some specific problem in the field of Biology and on current 
literature in the field. To be taken in the senior year or with approval of Department 
Chair. (Fall, Spring) 

BOTANY 

BIOL 408. Flowering Plants and Ferns 3 hours 

Prerequisite*: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

This field study of trees, flowering plants and ferns emphasizes species identifica- 
tion with the aid of botanical keys, recognition of plant families and noting habitats 
where various species occur. Other taxonomic methods will be introduced. Students 
will prepare a collection of herbarium specimens. Two lectures and one field trip or 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall, odd years; Summer, even years) 

BIOL 409. Smoky Mountain Flora 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 152 or consent of instructor. 

A field study of the wild flowers, shrubs and trees in the Great Smoky Mountain 
National Park, which contains the world's finest examples of temperate deciduous 
forest. Plants are identified by means of botanical keys, and observation lists are 
kept Special attention is given to the different forest types and their associated 
plants. Involves a 10-day to three-week camping study experience. Field trips daily. 
(Summer, odd years) 

BIOL 419. Plant Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 and CHEM 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A study of the functions of seed plants. Topics covered include water relations, 
mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, transpiration, translocation, respiration, and 
growth. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, odd 
years) 

ECOLOGY 

BIOL 226. Environmental Conservation (E-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

This very relevant course introduces the student to the very complex interlocking 
environmental problems facing us today. Beginning with basic ecological principles, 
the course goes on to examine population dynamics, energy utilization, resource 
consumption, the various forms of pollution, and conservation methods to preserve 
our natural resources, natural areas, and native species. On field trips we will 
evaluate how efficiently our natural resources are being monitored, utilized, and 
conserved. Two lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each 
week. (Spring) 

BIOL 250. Introduction to Tropical Marine Biology (E-l) 3 hours 
A study of the major invertebrates and fish of the tropical coral reef and seashores. 
Emphasis is placed on the life habits of the organisms and their ecological niches. 
Habitats studied are coral reefs, rocky shores, sandy beaches, thalassia beds and 
mangrove swamps. Involves two weeks of on-campus classwork and 7-10 day field 
laboratory experience in the Bahamas. There is an additional charge for the 
Bahamas trip. (Summers) 



Biology 77 



BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their environ- 
ment. This course will examine these interactions in the context of energy flow, 
nutrient cycles, limiting factors, succession and population dynamics. Field work will 
introduce various ecological sampling techniques and the student will participate in 
ecological analysis of various local communities as well as extended field trips. Two 
lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall) 

ZOOLOGY FIELD COURSES 

BIOL 312. Vertebrate Natural History 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Natural history of the vertebrate classes including ecology, physiology, behavior, 
classification and identification, with emphasis on local species. Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory each week. An extended weekend field trip will be required as 
part of laboratory credit (Fall, even years) 

BIOL 314. Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours 

A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features, taxonomy, 
nesting and feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which applies toward laboratory 
credit, is planned during spring vacation. There is an additional charge for the trip. 
(Spring, odd years) 

BIOL 319. Herpetology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Natural history, ecology, physiology, behavior, classification and identification of 
amphibians and reptiles, with emphasis on local species. Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory each week. An extended field trip will be required as part of 
laboratory credit (Fall, odd years) 

BIOL 320. Entomology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A systematic study of the insects of the world considering anatomy, physiology, 
behavior and relation to humans. In the laboratory, emphasis will be placed on' 
identifying local insects and a representative collection will be turned in. Short field 
trips are planned as part of the laboratory work. Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period each week (Fall, odd years) 

BIOL 411. Mammalogy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America. Includes 
classroom and field study of systematica, distribution, behavior and ecology. A small 
collection will be required in the laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory each week. (Fall, even years) 

MICROBIOLOGY 

BIOL 315. Parasitology (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic animals. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, even years) 



78 Biology 



BIOL 330. General Microbiology 4 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their morphology, 
physiology, genetics and methods of control Study will be given to immunology 
topics: antigen-antibody properties, hostrantigen interactions, humoral and cellular 
immune systems. The importance of microorganisms in environmental and applied 
fields will be considered. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each 
week. (Spring) 

BIOL 340. Immunology 2 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A study of the basic aspects of the human immune system including topics such as 
antigen and antibody structure and reactions, humoral and cell mediated immunity, 
hypersensitivity, immune disease and transplantation immunology. Two lectures 
each week. (Spring) 

BASIC ZOOLOGY 

BIOL 313. Embryology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

An introduction to embryonic development from the formation of germ cells to the 
development of major organs and parturition with special reference made to humans. 
Laboratory includes microscopic study and experiments with sea urchin, frog, and 
chick embryos. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 415. Comparative Anatomy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A comparison of the anatomy of the various organ systems of vertebrates. The 
dogfish shark, mud puppy, cat, and/or fetal pig are used for laboratory study. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A descriptive study of normal tissues, primarily those of man. The microscopic 
identification and characteristics of stained sections are emphasized in the 
laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, 
odd years) 

BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152; CHEM 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
Functional processes used by animals in adjusting to their external environment and 
controlling their internal environment Laboratories involve analysis of functions of 
major organ systems. Two lectures and one three-hour, laboratory period each week 
(Spring, even years) 

SPECIAL COURSES 

BIOL 365. Topics in Biology 1-3 hours 

Formal coursework designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty 
areas of Biology not covered in regular courses. May be repeated in different 
specialized areas. 



Biology 79 



BIOL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors onfy. 

Designed for the individual student or group of students who wish to do independent 
study in an area of biology not listed in the regular offerings. Content and method 
of study must be arranged for prior to registration. This course may be repeated for 
credit (Fall, Spring, Summer— on demand) 

BIOL 387. Animal Behavior 3 hours 

Prerequisite* BIOL 151-152 or PSYC 124 and 128. 

The behavior of animals is studied with a focus on both proximate causes of behavior 
(mechanisms) as well as ultimate causes of behavior (survival strategies). Special 
importance will be placed on understanding techniques of experimental study and 
hypothesis testing. Topics covered include: genetic, developmental, and physiological 
bases of behavior; instinct and learning; communication; habitat selection; feeding, 
antipredatory, reproductive, and parenting strategies; mating systems, social 
behavior and human sociobiology. Three lectures each week. (Spring, even years) 

BIOL 397. Introduction to Biological Research (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

An introduction to the principles of scientific research, including the function of the 
scientific method, literature searches, research techniques, writing of grant 
proposals, and how to publish results. (Fall) 

BIOL 497. Research in Biology (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 397 or consent of instructor. 

Individual research under the direction of members of the staff. Problems will be 
selected according to the interest and experience of the student Prior to registra- 
tion, students are urged to contact all biology staff members with respect to the 
choice of available research problems. This course should be taken not later than the 
first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring, Summer— on demand) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Biology 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, testing, and 
evaluating student performance; and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 

ROSARIO BEACH 
MARINE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION 

The Rosario Beach Marine Station is a teaching and research facility 
operated by Walla Walla College in affiliation with Southern College and other 
Adventist colleges. Located seven miles south of Anacortes, Washington, the 
station occupies 40 acres of beach and timberland. In addition to some of the 
biology courses listed in this catalog, the following are among those taught 
during the summer at Rosario Beach: 

BIOL 200. Introduction to Marine Biology 3 hours 

An overview course designed to introduce general education students to the biology 
and ecology of the marine environment. Course not applicable to Biology majors. 



80 Biology 



BIOL 460. Marine Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

Study of interspecific, intraspecific, and community relationships demonstrated by 
marine organisms. 

BIOL 463. Marine Botany 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

Systematic study of plants found in Puget Sound, with a survey of marine plants 
from other areas. 

BIOL 468. Comparative Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152, BIOL 412. 

Comparative study of the physiology and life processes of animals with emphasis on 
invertebrates. 

BIOL 475. Marine Invertebrates 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152. 

A description of selected groups of marine invertebrates. The course will involve 
extensive collection, classification, and study of the marine invertebrates of the 
Puget Sound. 

BIOL 516. Behavior of Marine Organisms 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 and Animal Behavior or Introduction to Psychology. 
A study of intra- and interspecific behaviors of marine animals and their behavioral 
responses to the physical environment The course involves laboratory experiences, 
field observation, and a research project. 

(E-l) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 



Business Administration 



Chair: Jim Segar 

Faculty: Herbert Coolidge, Peg Elkins, Richard Erickson, Lisa Gano, 

Jeff Leeper, Cliff Olson, Dan Rozell, Vinita Sauder, Jon Wentworth 
Adjunct Faculty: Clay Crosson, Letitia Erdmann, David Henderson, Rick 

Mountz, Wayne VandeVere 
Advisory Councils: 

Accounting: Richard Center, Rhonda Champion, Richard Green, Bo Just, 

Calvin Wiese 
Long-Term Care Administration: Glen Choban, Clay Crosson, Letitia S. 
Erdmann, Mark Gibson, David Henderson, Richard J. Henry Jr., Jan 
Rushing 
Marketing: Barry Anthony, Brian Bergherm, Barb Edens, Franklin Farrow, 
Danny Fell, Rob Fulbright, Chris McKee 

The courses and programs offered by the department are designed to 
prepare students for business-related careers with the church, government, 
industry, and in long-term health care and to train students for secretarial, 
office work, and office administration in the modern office. 

The objectives of the department are: 

1. To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free 
enterprise system within a framework of moral and ethical guidelines. 

2. To assist the student to develop a sound Christian philosophy toward 
our current economic environment and the ever-changing business 
world of the future. 

3. To provide the student with a quality academic program with basic 
business skills required for initial job placement. 

4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as workers and 
in positions of business leadership with organizations sponsored by this 
denomination. 

5. To train office managers, administrative assistants, executive secre- 
taries, and word processing operators and managers. 

6. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into most 
graduate degree programs in business. 

The department offers a Bachelor of Business Administration degree 
(B.B.A.) with majors in Accounting, Management, Marketing, and 
Computer Information Systems and a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) 
with majors in Business Administration, Long-Term Care Administration, 
and Office Administration. 

For those who desire a two-year program, Associate of Science degrees 
(A.S.) are available in Accounting and Office Administration. 

ASSESSMENT 

To help the graduates in Business Administration to evaluate their aca- 
demic progress and to aid the department in evaluating teaching effective- 
ness, students who major in business related fields will be required to: 

1. Participate in the college-wide testing program in general 
education. 

2. Take the area test in business prepared by the Educational 
Testing Service (ETS) during the last semester of their academic 
program. 



82 Business Administration 



3. Accounting majors who plan to enter public accounting will be 
evaluated by their performances on the national CPA exam. 

PROGRAMS IN 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

B.B.A. Core Requirements: The B.B.A. degree requires a basic core of 
business courses plus a major in Accounting, Management, Marketing, or 
Computer Information Systems. The basic core course requirements are as 
follows: 

B.B.A. Core (43 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 


Required Cognates 


Hours 


ACGT 221-222 


Principles of Aooaunting 


6 


MATH 120 


Preoalculus Algebra 


3 


ACCT321 


Managerial Accounting 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 


3 


PSYC 


Any 3-hour class 


3 


BUAD 216 


Computer Spreadsheet Appli 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


BUAD 314 


Quant Meth for Bus Decision 


3 








BUAD 315 


Business Finance (W) 


3 








BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 


3 




* 




BUAD 339 


Business Law 


3 








BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical and Social 
Environment of Bus 


3 








BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 








BMKT326 


Intro to Marketing 


3 








ECON 224 


Prin of Economics (Macro) 


3 








ECON225 


Prin of Economics (Micro) 


3 








OFAD 315 


Business Communications (W) 3 









Major— B.B.A. Accounting (66 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

BBA Core 43 

ACCT 311-312 Intermediate Accounting 8 

ACCT 316 Government & Fund Aootng 3 

ACCT 322 Cost Accounting 3 



Required Courses, cont. Hours 

ACCT 417 Auditing 3 

ACCT 421 Federal Taxes I 3 

Electives in Accounting 3 



For Accounting majors who wish to sit for the CPA examination in Tennessee or 
any other state that requires 150 semester hours to sit for the examination, the 
following courses are recommended in addition to the 124 hours for the BBA in 
Accounting degree (choose 26 hours that are not included in the 124 hours above): 



Suggested Courses 

ACCT 415 Advanced Accounting 

♦ACCT 432 Auditing Applications 
♦ACCT 422 Federal Income Taxes II 
ACCT 443 Accounting Systems 
BUAD 495 Accounting Internship 



Suggested Courses, cont. Hours 

CPTR 131 Fund of Programming 3 

CPTR 217 COBOL Program Language 3 

ENGL 313 Expository Writing 3 

SPCH 136 Inter Communication 3 



♦These courses are required by the state of Tennessee as part of the 150 hours 
required for C.RA. candidates. 



Major— B.B.A. Management (64 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

BBA Core 43 

BUAD 344 Human Resource Mgt 3 

BUAD 353 Management of a Small Bus 3 



Required Courses, cont. 

BUAD 354 Principles of Risk Mgt 
BUAD 363 International Business 
BUAD 414 Business Strategies (W) 

Electives in ACCT, BMKT, 
BUAD/OFAD/LTGA 



Business Administration 83 



Mitfor— B.B.A. Marketing (64 Hours) 



Required Courses Houn 

BBACore 43 

BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 3 

BMKT 328 Solas Management 3 

BMKT 423 Promotional Strategy 3 



Required Courses, cont. Hour* 

BMKT 424 Marketing Strategy 3 

BMKT 425 Marketing Research 3 

BMKT 407 Marketing Internship 3 

CPTB 345 Computer Aided Publishing 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.BJV. Accounting, B.B.A. Management, B.B.A. Marketing 



1st Semester 


Houn 
3 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


BUAD 126 Intro to Business 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 


3 


ENGL 101 College Composition 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 


1 


MATH 120 Preoalculus Algebra 


3 


CPTR116 


Spreadsheet Application 


2 


Area B-l, Religion 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


Area C-l, History 


3 




Area F-l, Psychology 


3 


Area 0-3, Red Skills 


1 




Area C-l, History 


3 




16 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
16 



Major— B.B.A. Computer Information Systems (65 Hours) 



Required Courses 



CPTR 106 
CPTR 116 
CPTR 131 
CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 
CPTR 318 
CPTR 319 
CPTR 324 
CPTR 325 
CPTR 326 
CPTR 485 



BBACoret 

Intro to Spreadsheets 1 

Spreadsheet Applications 2 

132 Fund of Programming 6 

COBOL Programming Lang 3 

Intro to File Processing 3 

Data Structures 3 

Data Base Management Sjys 3 

Systems Analysis 2 

Systems Design 2 

Systems Management 2 

Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 



Hours Required Cognates Hours 

37 MATH 120 Preoalculus Algebra 3 

MATH 181 Calculus I 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 

Psychology Course 3 



tCore requirements BUAD 315 and BMKT 326 are not required for the Computer Information Systems major. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.B.A. Computer Information Systems 



1st Semestei 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 


1 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 


3 


CPTR 116 


Spreadsheet Applications 


2 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


CPTR 132 


Fund of Prog II 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 




Area O-lJG-3, Skills 


A 




Area C-l, History 


3 






16 




Area O-l, G-3, Skills 


1 
16 



Major— B.S. Business Administration (46 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

ACCT 221-222 Prin of Accounting 6 

ACCT 321 Managerial Accounting 3 

BUAD 216 Computer Spreadsheet Appli 3 
BUAD 314 Quant Mthds for Bus Decisions 3 
BUAD 315 Business Finance (W) 3 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 

BUAD 339 Business Law 3 

BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical, Social 

Env of Business 3 



Required Courses, cont. Hours 

BUAD 414 Business Strategies (W) 3 

BUAD 488 Sem in Business Admin 1 

BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing * 3 

ECON224 Prin of Economics (Macro) 3 

ECON 225 Prin of Economics (Micro) 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 
Elective* in ACCT, BMKT, 

BUAD, OFAD, or LTCA 3 

Required Cognates Hours 

OFAD 315 Business Communications (W) 3 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 



84 Business Administration 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Business Administration 



1st Semeatei 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 


3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 


3 


ENGL 101 
MATH 120 


College Composition 
Preoalculus Algebra 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area G-l, G-3, Skills 


3 
3 

• 3 
3 
1 

16 


CPTB106 
CPTR 116 
ENGL 102 
SPCH 135 


Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet Applications 
College Composition 
Intro to Public Speaking 
Area C-l, History 
Area O-l/G-3, Skills 


1 
2 
3 
3 
3 
1 
16 



Mfgor — B.S. Long-Term Care Administration (53 hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

ACCT 221-222 Prin of Accounting 6 

ACCT 321 Managerial Accounting 3 

ECON 224 Prin of Economics (Macro) 3 

ECON 225 Prin of Economics (Micro) 3 

BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3 

BUAD 216 Computer Spreadsheet Appli 3 

BUAD 315 Business Finance (W) 3 

BUAD 334 Prin of Management 3 

BUAD 339 Business Law 3 
BUAD 358 Legal, Eth, Social 

Environment of Bub 3 



Required Courses, cont. Hours 

LTCA431 General Admin of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 

LTCA 432 Technological Aspects of 

Long-Term Care 3 

LTCA 434 Financial Management of 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 

LTCA 435 Human Res Mgt and Marketing 

of Long-Term Care Facility 3 
LTCA 497 Long-Term Care Admin Intern 8 



Required Cognates Hours 

SOCI 349 Aging and Society 3 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Long-Term Care Administration 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ENGL 101 College Composition 
MATH 120 Preoalculus Algebra 
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 
Area B-l, Religion 


3 
3 
3 
3 


ENGL 102 College Composition 
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheet 
CPTR 116 Spreadsheet Applications 
Area E ( Natural Science 


3 
1 
2 
3 


Area C-l, History 
Area G-l/G-3, Skills 


3 

1 
16 


Area C-l, History 
Area F-l, Psychology 
Area G-l/G-3, Skills 


3 

3 

1 

16 



Students who have previously earned a bachelor's degree from an accredited 
college or university and who have completed all classwork required for a long- 
term health care major other than the specialized long-term health care classes, 
may receive a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in long-term health care 
upon the completion of 20 hours of long-term health care classes (LTCA 431, 
432, 434, 435, 497). 

This exception to the 30-hour residence requirement applies only to those 
who have completed all other major course requirements for the long-term 
health care degree at another institution and have received a bachelor's degree. 
Regular admission to the LTCA program is subject to receipt of an official tran- 
script showing completion of the bachelor's degree from the former accredited 
institution. 



Business Administration 85 



Major— B.S. Office Administration (56 Hours) 

Required Courses 



Houra 

ACCT 221-222 Principle* of Accounting ~ 6 
BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 

BUAD 216 Computer Spreadaheet Appti 3 

BUAD 334 Principle* of Management 3 

BUAD 339 Business Law 3 

BUAD 344 Human Resource Management 3 

ECON 213 Survey of Economics 

OR 3 

ECON 224 Principles of Economics 

OFAD 115 Document Formatting 3 

OFAD 213 Information Resource Mgt 3 

OFAD 216 Business English 3 

OFAD 218 Bus Math Calculations 2 

OFAD 221 Office Transcription 3 

OFAD 223 Office Systems Technology 3 

OFAD 228 Speedwriting Techniques 3 

OFAD 315 Business Communications (W) 3 

OFAD 317 Office Admin Procedures 3 

OFAD 345 Computer- Aided Publishing 3 

Upper division eleotives in 

ACCT/BMKT/BUAD/OFAD 3 



Required Cognates Houra 

CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing 1 

CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 1 

CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base 1 

CPTR 120 Intro to Computer-Based Sys 3 
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Office Administration 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 


3 


OFAD 115 


Document Formatting 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


OFAD 213 


Information Res Mgmt 


3 


OFAD 218 


Business Math Cal 


2 


OFAD 216 


Business English 


3 


OFAD 221 


Office Transcription 


3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 


I 


OFAD 223 


Office Systems Tech 


3 




Area B. Bible 


3 
16 




Area C, History 


3 
17 



Major— A.S. Accounting (32 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 


ACCT 221-222 Prin of Accounting 6 


ACCT 311-312 Intermediate Accounting 8 


ACCT 321 


Managerial Accounting 3 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 3 


BUAD 216 


Computer Spreadsheet Appli 3 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Eth and Social 




Environ of Business 3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 




OR 3 


ECON 224 


Prin of Eoon (Macro) 



Required Cognate 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 



Houra 

3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.S. Accounting 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester Hours 


ACCT 221 


Prin of Accounting 


3 


ACCT 222 


Prin of Accounting 3 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 


3 


BUAD 216 


Computer Spreadsheet Appli 3 


ECON 224 


Prin of Economics 




ENGL 102 


College Composition 3 




OR 


3 




Area F-l, Psychology 3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 






Area A-2, Math 0-3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 




Elective* 4-1 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 




16 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
16 







86 Business Administration 



Msgor— A.S. Office Administration (41 Hours) 



Required Course* Hours 

ACCT 103 College Aooounting 

OR 3 
ACCT 221 Prin of Aooounting 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 

BUAD 216 Computer Spreadsheet AppU 3 

CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing 1 

CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 1 

CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base 1 

OFAD 115 Document Formatting 3 

OFAD 213 Information Resource Mgt 3 



Required Courses, cont. Hours 

OFAD 216 Business English 3 

OFAD 218 Business Math Calculations 2 

OFAD 221 Office Transcription 3 

OFAD 223 Office Systems Tech 3 

OFAD 228 Speedwriting Techniques 3 

OFAD 315 Business Communications (W)3 

OFAD 317 Office Admin Procedures 3 

OFAD 345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 



Required Cognate Hours 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
AS. Office Administration 



1st Semester 


Hours 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


OFAD 115 


Document Formatting 


3 


OFAD 213 


Information Res Mgmt 


3 


OFAD 216 


Business English 


3 


PEAC225 


Conditioning 


1 




Area B, Bible 


3 
16 



2nd Semester 


Hours 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


OFAD 218 


Business Math Cal 


2 


OFAD 221 


Office Transcription 


3 


OFAD 223 


Office Systems Tech 


3 




Area C, History 


3 
17 



MINORS IN BUSINESS, MARKETING, 
AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

Minor — Business Administration (18 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 


ACCT 221-222 Prin of Accounting 6 


BUAD 334 


Prin of Management 




OR 3 


BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgt 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 




OR 3 


ECON224 


Prin of Economics (Macro) 




Upper Division Elective* 




in ACCT/BMKT/BUAD 6 



Minor — Marketing (18 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3 

BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 3 

BMKT 424 Marketing Strategy 3 

Elective! in Marketing 9 

Minor — Office Administration (18 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

OFAD 115 Document Formatting 3 

OFAD 216 Business English 3 

OFAD 221 Office Transcription 3 

OFAD 223 Office Systems Technology 3 

OFAD 315 Business Communications (W) 3 

OFAD 345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 



The following courses MUST BE TAKEN in residence at Southern 
College in various Business Department majors: 



Business Administration 8 7 



B.BjV. Degree Hours 


B.S. Deieree:Hour» 


BBA Core: 

BUAD 315 Business Finance (W) 3 
BUAD358 Legal/Eth/Social 

Envir of Bus 3 
BUAD 488 Business Seminar 1 

7 


Business Administration Major: 

BUAD 315 Business Finance (W) 3 
BUAD 358 LegaJ/Eth/SociaJ 

Envir of Bus 3 
BUAD 414 Business Strategies (W) 3 
BUAD 488 Business Seminar 1 

10 



Accounting Major: 

ACCT417 Auditing 3 

Management Major: 

BUAD 414 Business Strategies (W) 3 

Marketing Major: 

BMKT424 Marketing Strategy 3 
BMKT 425 Marketing Management JJ 



LTCA Major: 

LTCA 431 Gen Admin LTC Facility 3 
LTCA 432 Tech Aspects of LTC 3 
LTCA 434 Fin Mgmt LTC Facility 3 
LTCA 435 Human Resource Mgmt & 
Marktg LTC Facility 3 
LTCA 497 LTC Internship J* 

20 



Office Administration Majors 
(4 year and 2 year): 

OFAD 317 Office Admin Proced 



ACCOUNTING 

ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours 

This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the book- 
keeping and accounting functions for the small business, professional offices, 
merchandising firms and service organizations. This course does not apply toward 
a bachelor's degree offered by the Department of Business and Office 
Administration. (Fall) 

ACCT 221-222. Principles of Accounting (G-2) 3,3 hours 

A course designed to introduce the student to the "Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles." The theory of debit and credit, transaction analysis, financial statement 
preparation, analysis of basic balance sheet accounts, income recognition, and basic 
management accounting concepts are covered. Usually not open to freshmen. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

ACCT 311-312. Intermediate Accounting 4,4 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 221-222. 

An advanced course in accounting principles and theory including preparation of 
financial statements, intensive study and analysis of the classification and 
evaluation of balance sheet accounts and their related income and expense accounts. 
(Fall, Spring) 

ACCT 316. Governmental and Fund Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 221-222. 

A course designed to provide an in-depth coverage of the concepts of fund 
accounting as they apply to governmental units and not-for-profit institutions 
including schools and hospitals. Attention will be given to the pronouncements of 
the Governmental Accounting Standards Board. (Fall) 

ACCT 321, Managerial Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221-222. 

A study of cost accounting fundamentals with emphasis on accounting as a 
managerial tool. Special attention is given to cost-volume-profit relationships, job- 
order costing, budgeting, standard costing, capital budgeting, cost behavior patterns, 
transfer pricing, and divisional performance measurement. (Fall) 



88 Business Administration 



ACCT 322. Cost Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 321 and MATH 215. 

An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of cost accounting systems, 
including cost allocations, joint product and by-product accounting, actual, standard, 
and direct cost methods. Process cost is emphasized. The more quantitative aspects 
of management are covered including decision-making under uncertainty, inventory 
control, cost behavior and regression analysis, the variance investigation decision, 
and mix and yield variances. (Spring) 

ACCT 415. Advanced Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 311-312. 

A course designed to study the problems concerned with consolidated financial 
statements, partnerships, business firms in financial difficulty, estates and trusts, 
foreign exchange, segment reporting. (Spring) 

ACCT 417. Auditing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 311-312. 

A course designed to study auditing and its related types of public accounting work 
including generally accepted auditing standards, professional code of ethics of the 
AICPA, and auditing procedures. (Fall) 

ACCT 421. Federal Income Taxes I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221. 

An introductory course designed to provide training in the application of the 
Federal Internal Revenue Code to the tax problems of individuals. Primary 
emphasis is on Federal Income Taxes but Social Security Taxes will also be 
included. (Fall) 

ACCT 422. Federal Income Taxes II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 421. 

A course designed to provide training in the application of the Federal Internal 
Revenue Code to the tax problems facing corporations, partnerships, estates, trusts. 
An introduction to tax research will also be included. (Spring) 

ACCT 437. Auditing Applications 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 417. 

An advanced course in auditing with emphasis on auditing in the EDP environment 
and the use of statistical techniques. A practice set will be required. (Spring) 

ACCT 443. Accounting Systems I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

A study of accounting information systems. Internal control, reporting systems, 
computer based systems and systems development will be covered. (Fall) 

MARKETING 

BMKT 326. Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

A study of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing institutions, 
basic problems in the marketing of commodities and services, price policies, and 
competitive practices. (Fall, Spring) 

BMKT 327. Consumer Behavior 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

An analysis of the consumer decision making process where behavioral science is 
combined with marketing theory to enable the marketer to understand and predict 
consumer behavior in the various stages of the buying decision. (Fall) 



Business Administration 89 



BMKT 328. Sales Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

An examination of the basic sales processes necessary to achieve organizational 
objectives and the professional techniques used in the management of the sales 
force ranging from planning-recruiting to day-to-day management (Fall) 

BMKT 423. Promotional Strategy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

An analysis of integrated marketing communications, with an emphasis on the role 
of advertising, promotion, direct marketing, and public relations. Topics include 
setting advertising objectives and budget, media strategy, creative strategy, and 
evaluating promotional effectiveness. Focus is on the design and management of a 
complete promotional strategy for an organization. (Spring) 

BMKT 424. Marketing Strategy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

A case study approach to the solving of major marketing problems of various 
organizations and the ability to formulate appropriate strategies in responding to 
the presented case problems. (Spring) 

BMKT 425. Marketing Research 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 326. 

A study of the role of research in marketing decision-making; research design, 
implementation, and analysis and interpretation of research findings. Students will 
do research for a real business organization, concluding with a research and 
marketing recommendation report to the sponsoring organization. (Spring) 

BMKT 497. Marketing Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Junior or senior status and departmental approval 
Students obtain on-the-job experience working at an ad agency, marketing depart- 
ment, marketing research company, wholesaler, retailer, or company sales 
department. A minimum of 130 clock hours of work experience is required. A two- 
thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on 
catalog page 235. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BUAD 126. Introduction to Business (G-2) 3 hours 

A course designed to provide a basic understanding of the American business 
system and free enterprise concepts. Business practices, business terminology and 
contemporary business issues are covered. Students who have 18 or more hours of 
credit in business courses are ineligible to take this course for credit (Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 128. Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours 

A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and practices 
designed to provide the techniques to manage personal finances. Budgeting, 
consumerism, insurance, home ownership, and investments are included in the 
topics covered. (Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 216. Computer Spreadsheet Applications 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 116 or equivalent 

A course using a microcomputer spreadsheet to present common business data 
using a hands-on environment In these business situations a spreadsheet will be 
the vehicle for classifying, summarizing, analyzing, and presenting data to enhance 
management's decision-making capability. 



90 Business Administration 



BUAD 314. Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions 3 hours 
Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

Linear Programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, transportation 
problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics. Game theory, 
inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program Evaluation and Review 
Technique (PERT). (Spring) 

BUAD 315. Business Finance (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite* ACCT 221-222. 

A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis on 
instruments of finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining to working 
capital, and corporate expansion and reorganization. (Fall, Summer) 

BUAD 334. Principles of Management 3 hours 

A beginning course designed to study business management including an analysis 
of business policies viewed from the standpoint of the functional characteristics of 
the management process and current ethics. (Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 339. Business Law 3 hours 

A course designed to study the nature and social functions of law including social 
control through law and the law of commercial transactions (uniform commercial 
code) and business organizations. (Spring) 

BUAD 344. Human Resource Management 3 hours 

An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of 
employees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at high levels. 
Among topics covered are selection, training, compensation and financial incentives, 
work standards, techniques of supervision and leadership. (Spring) 

BUAD 353. Management of a Small Business 3 hours 

A course on the principles and problems of organizing and operating a small 
business. Topics covered will include a procedural system for establishing a new 
business, providing physical facilities, financing, organizing, and the management 
of the small business. (Fall) 

BUAD 354. Principles of Risk Management 3 hours 

An introductory study in the field of risk management Material covered includes 
Insurance categories covered include liability, property, health and life. The primary 
emphasis will be on business applications, but some consideration will be given to 
the personal risk. (Spring) 

BUAD 358. Legal, Ethical, and 

Social Environment of Business 3 hours 

A study of how business should operate within the legal, ethical and political 
environment, its relationship to government agencies and control, and how 
individuals in leadership should relate to various social and ethical problems. (Fall) 

BUAD 363. International Business 3 hours 

A survey of the world environment of business including aspects of economics, 
cultures, trade theories, governments, exchange and finances, multinational firms' 
strategies. The impact on business operations of each of these is considered. (Fall) 



Business Administration 91 



BUAD 414. Business Strategies (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite* ACCT 222; BMKT 326; BUAD 334, 315. 

This course of study is designed to give the student experience in decision-making 
and problem-solving through the case method. Students learn to identify, analyze, 
propose alternative solutions and make satisfactory decisions about business 
problems. Attention will be given both to internal problems and the external 
competitive nature of business. (Spring) 

BUAD 425. Fundamentals of Investments 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential investor of 
institutional or personal funds through the use of problems, readings, and cases. 
Topics covered will include stocks and bonds in the security market, real estate, and 
fixed equipment investments. (Spring) 

BUAD 488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour 

This course will include the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business. Top men 
and women in their field will present lectures in insurance, real estate, finance, 
retailing, production management, etc. Attendance at ten lectures will be required. 
This course may be repeated for credit (Spring) 

BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be arranged. 
Approval must be secured from Department Chair prior to registration. 

BUAD 296/496. Business Administration Study Tour 1 hour 

A trip designed to acquainted the student with important large business centers and 
faculties. Focus will be on financial, merchandising, advertising, and cultural 
organizations. An additional fee will be required to cover travel expenses. 

ECONOMICS 

ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours 

A course designed for the general education student It provides an understanding 
of the United States' mixed economy through a study of the market system, the role 
of money, the government's fiscal policy, and the impact of the foreign sector. This 
course does not apply on a major in accounting, management, or marketing. No 
credit is available if ECON 224 or 225 has been taken. (Fall) 

ECON 224, 225. Principles of Economics (C-2) 3,3 hours 

ECON 224 (Macroeconomics) deals with total employment, output and income, with 
inflation and recession, and with the variables that influence these conditions. 
ECON 225 (Microeconomics) deals with scarcity and choice, individual goods and 
markets, and the price mechanism showing how it automatically directs the 
society's resources into the most desirable uses. (Fall, Spring) 

LONG-TERM CARE ADMINISTRATION 

LTCA 431. General Administration of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of management tools and techniques including theories of organization and 
management, mechanisms for planning, organizing, directing, and controlling, 
including a review of the history and philosophy of facilities. A review of licensing 
requirements, insurance, business law, human relations and public relations will 
also be included. (Summer) 



92 Business Administration 



LTCA 432. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Care 3 hours 

A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration. Their 
relationship to other health care facilities in the total health care system, and 
technically related medical relationships and services. A complete review of OBRA 
is also included. (Summer) 

LTCA 434* Financial Management of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for management 
decision-making in the long-term care facility. (Summer) 

LTCA 435. Human Resource Management and 

Marketing of the Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of the organization, training, motivation, and direction of employees with 
a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at a high level Selection, 
compensation, financial incentives, work standards, and leadership are the topics 
that will be covered. Marketing functions, problems, services, and competitive 
practices will also be covered. (Summer) 

LTCA 497. Long-Term Care Administration Internship 8 hours 

A tailored program of management experience in a selected long-term care facility 
will include 400 clock hours of on-the-job experience. For a fee of $1 per clock hour, 
students may take additional on-the-job experience required for national examina- 
tions in some states. The internship will be limited to an area within 600 miles of 
Southern College, and if it is beyond that additional fees may be imposed to cover 
the cost The number of on-site visits by college personnel will depend on the past 
experience between the college and the facility and on the qualifications of the 
preceptor involved. To maintain college control, two visits per internship will be 
normal. With good past experience and a highly qualified preceptor, one visit will 
be expected. Three visits may be needed if difficulties arise. The number of required 
visits is at the discretion of the college. A 50 percent tuition waiver, based on the 
summer tuition rate, applies to this class. 

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

OFAD 115. Document Formatting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Timed writing placement test required. 

This course builds on the computerized keyboarding competencies students have 
developed. Emphasis is placed on increasing speed, improving accuracy, developing 
formatting skills, and learning production skills. Not open to challenge examination. 
(Fall) 

OFAD 213. Information Resource Management 3 hours 

Basic principles and procedures of storage and control of records involving a study 
of rules for alphabetic and numeric filing, with projects on methods of storage. An 
intensive study of automated filing, using computer software. Study of the criteria 
by which records are created, stored, used, and transferred. (Fall) 

OFAD 216. Business English 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisite: ENGL 101. 

An intense study of basic grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, spelling, and word 
usage as necessary for the fundamentals of business communication. (Fall) 

OFAD 218. Business Math Calculations (G-2) 2 hours 

The use of the electronic calculator to solve basic business arithmetic operations, 
such as percentages, interest, discounts, fractions, merchandising, payroll, deprecia- 
tion, use of credit, and understanding of the use of and graphic presentation of 
statistical business data. (Spring) 



Business Administration 93 



OFAD 221. Office Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ENGL 101 and OFAD 216. 

Development of skill in producing business documents, using cassette dictation. 
Focuses on the development of word usage and correct punctuation and document 
formats used in office transcription. (Spring) 

OFAD 223. Office Systems Technology (G-2) 3 hours 

An intensive study of a current word processing software such as Microsoft Word, 
WordPerfect 6.0, or Wordperfect 6.0 for Windows. Begins with the basic functions 
and extends to a wide variety of special and advanced features. (Spring) 

OFAD 225. Professional Development (G-2) 2 hours 

A program designed to provide an awareness of the "People" skills essential for job 
success. Topics include developing a positive self-image, ethics, time management, 
human relations and communications skills, organization dynamics, and 
professional development. (Spring) 

OFAD 228. Speedwriting Techniques (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: OFAD 115, 216, 221, or permission of instructor. 
This course provides instruction in an abbreviated writing system based on letters 
of alphabet Designed to provide a fast method of notetaking. Fundamental princi- 
ples presented and applied, together with transcription practice. (Fall) 

OFAD 315. Business Communications (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ENGL 101-102. 

A study and application of the modern practices in oral and written business com- 
munications. Accuracy in grammar, spelling and punctuation, and the writing of 
well-knit sentences and clear paragraphs are taught as a means of effective 
expression in business writing. (Fall, Spring) 

OFAD 317. Office Administration Procedures 3 hours 

Prerequisites: OFAD 213 and 223. 

A study of the integration of skills learned in previous office administration courses, 
together with emphasis on decision-making ability, judgment, business ethics, and 
initiative used in the profession. (Spring) 

OFAD 345. Computer-Aided Publishing (G-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with CPTE 2451345, Computer Science and Technology 
Deportment. A student may receive credit for this course from only one department. 
An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing materials 
such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in the preparation 
of camera-ready services using specialized desktop publishing software such as 
Aldus PageMaker and Xerox Ventura to do page layout (Fall, Spring) 

OFAD 230/430. Office Administration Internship 3 hours 

Pre- or eorequisite: OFAD 317. 

Supervised on-campus work program in an administrative office of the college or 
related industries. Conferences scheduled with instructor during semester for 
guidance and evaluation. Arrangements to be made in advance with department 
instructor. Open only to AS. senior/B.S. junior or senior Office Administration 
majors, (fall, Spring) 

OFAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Open only to majors in Office Administration. 

Research studies related to the field of Office Administration are assigned according 
to the experience and interest of the student Length of project determines credit. 
This course may be repeated for credit 

(C-2) (F-2) (G-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 



Chemistry 



Chair: Steven Warren 
Faculty: Sterling Sigsworth 

Since we and everything we touch, eat, wear, or use are made of 
chemicals, the study of chemistry is an exciting and yet practical pursuit. 
A major in Chemistry can be your key to a rewarding and challenging 
career in a wide variety of areas such as the basic sciences or industrial 
research, pharmacology, toxicology, chemical engineering, forensic 
chemistry, chemistry education, medical and paramedical careers, as well 
as many business applications such as pharmaceutical and chemical sales, 
patent research and patent law, marketing and consulting, to name just a 
few. 

The B.S. degree in Chemistry is recommended in preparation for 
graduate study leading to research oriented careers, professional applica- 
tions of chemistry, or post-secondary education. The B.A. degree is the 
preferred degree for high-school teaching, premedicine, or pre-paramedical 
fields and possibly for some of the business applications. 

ASSESSMENT 

To aid the Chemistry Department in evaluating teaching effectiveness, 
nationally standardized tests prepared by the American Chemical Society 
for each of the various classes are administered at the end of each course. 
The test results are evaluated, and teaching procedures and methods are 
changed as needed. 

Major— B.A. Chemistry (30 hours) 

Required Courses Hours Required Course*, oont. Hour* 

CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8 CHEM 321 Instrumental Analysis " 4 

CHEM 311-312 Organic Chemistry 6 CHEM 485 Chemistry Seminar (W) 

CHEM 313-314 Organic Chemistry Lab 2 OR 1-2 

CHEM 315 Analytical Chemistry 4 CHEM 407 Intro to Research (W) 

Chemistry Elective* 4-5 

CHEM 411-412, 413-414 Physical Chemistry and Physical Chemistry Lab may 
be substituted for CHEM 315, 321. The first course in Calculus is a cognate 
requirement. CPTR 131 Fundamentals of Programming I is strongly recommended. 
If CHEM 485 is not taken, then a speech class must be taken. 





Sample 


s Freshman Year Sequence 






B.A. Chemistry 




1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester Hours 


CHEM 151 


General Chemistry 


4 


CHEM 152 


General Chemistry 4 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 3 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 


MATH 121 


Precalculus Trigonometry 2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area E, Biol/Phys/ 




Electives or Minor 


3 

16 




Earth Science 3 

Area G-3, Reo Skills 1 

Electives or Minor 2 

16 



Chemistry 95 



Major— B.S. Chemistry (40 Hours) 



Required Course* 
CHEM 151-152 
CHEM 311-312 
CHEM 313-314 
CHEM 315 
CHEM 321 
CHEM 411-412 
CHEM 413-414 
CHEM 425 
CHEM 485 
CHEM 497 



Houn 

General Chemistry 8 

Organic Chemistry 6 

Organic Chemistry Lab 2 

Analytical Chemistry 4 

Instrumental Analysis 4 

Physical Chemistry 6 

Physical Chem Lab 2 

Advanced Organic Chem 3 

Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 

Intro to Research (W) 1-2 

Chemistry Electives 2-3 



Required Cognates Hours 

CPTR 131 Fund of Programming I 3 

MATH 181 Calculus I 3 

MATH 182 Calculus II 4 

MATH 315 Diff Equations 3 

PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6 

PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 2 



German or French is highly recommended. This course of study is designed 
for the professional chemist. Note that Physical Chemistry will be offered one 
year and Analytical and Instrumental Chemistries the following year. The 
student should plan accordingly. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Chemistry 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester Houn 


CHEM 151 


General Chemistry 


4 


CHEM 152 


General Chemistry 4 


CPTR 131 


Funds of Prog I 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 3 


ENGL 101 


CollegB Composition 


3 


MATH 121 


Precalculus Trigonometry 2 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 




Area C, History 


3 
16 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 
Health Sci 3 
16 



Mqjor — B.A. Chemistry, Teacher Certification (30 Hours) 



Required Courses 


Hours 


Required Cognates Hours 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


8 


ERSC 105 


Earth Science 3 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


6 


CPTR 120 


Intro to Comp- Based Sys 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chemistry Lab 


2 




OR 3 


CHEM 315 


Analytical Chemistry 


4 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Programming 


CHEM 321 


Instrumental Analysis 


4 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 3 


CHEM 323 


Biochemistry 


4 


PHYS 137 


Intro to Physics 3 


CHEM 485 


Chemistry Seminar (W) 

OR 
Intro to Research (W) 


1 


PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy 3 


CHEM 497 








Chemistry Elective 


1 







Students preparing for secondary teacher certification must include CHEM 
323 in the major and must also take ERSC 105 and PHYS 137. See Education 
Department for listing of professional requirements (28 hours, listed on page 
118) and general education requirements (44-47 hours). 



Minor— Chemistry (18 Hours) 

Eighteen hours, six of which must be upper division. 



96 Chemistry 



CHEMISTRY 

CHEM 103. Pre-General Chemistry (E-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of two years of high school algebra or MATH 
090. 

Basic concepts in chemistry and mathematics as needed to begin General 
Chemistry. Two hours of lecture each week. Does not apply on a major or minor 
in chemistry. Taught second semester only. (Spring) 

CHEM 111-112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: A course in high school algebra. A ininimum Mathematics ACT 
score of 16 or a minimum grade of u C n in MATH 080 are also required. 
A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic principles of 
inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each week. Does not 
apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

CHEM 113-114. Survey of Chemistry Lab (E-2) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111-112. 
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM 111- 
112. Two and one-half hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major 
or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 151-152. General Chemistry (E-2) 4,4 hours 

Prerequisites: High school chemistry and mathematics through Intermediate 
Algebra. 

An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories along with applica- 
tions to the various fields of chemistry. Three hours of lecture and three hours of 
laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 311-312. Organic Chemistry 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 151-152 or its equivalent 
Many of the fundamental functional groups of both aliphatic and aromatic carbon 
compounds are studied. Attention is also given to spectroscopy, relative reactivities, 
reaction mechanisms and physical properties of these compounds. There are three 
hours of lecture each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 313-314. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 311-312. 
Experiments are done to acquaint the student with the basic organic chemistry 
laboratory techniques; melting points, boiling points, recrystallization, distillation, 
separations, etc. The exercises also illustrate reactions that are discussed in CHEM 
311-312. Four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 315. Analytical Chemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of determina- 
tions, sampling, handling of data, and the detailed chemistry involved is studied in 
terms of quantitative determinations. Three hours of lecture and three hours of 
laboratory each week. This class is offered alternate years. (Fall, odd years) 

CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 315. 

A study of the theories, techniques and instruments involved in spectrometry, 
chromatography, electrochemistry and radiochemistry. Three lectures and one 
laboratory session per week. This class is offered alternate years. (Spring, even 
years) 



Chemistry 97 



CHEM 323. Biochemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

The compounds, mechanisms, and end products of the processes of life under 
normal and pathological conditions are studied. Also some of the techniques for 
studying these areas are considered. There are four hours of lecture each week and 
no lab. Up to two hours of credit can be counted toward a biology major. (Spring) 

CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry I 3 hours 

Prerequisite*: CHEM 151-152; CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 211-212; MATH 315, or 
permission of instructor. 

Oases, kinetic theory, thermodynamics and reaction kinetics are studied with the 
main emphasis on thermodynamics. There are three hours of lecture each week. 
This class is not open to students who have taken PHYS 411. This is taught 
alternate years. (Fall, even years) 

CHEM 412. Physical Chemistry II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PHYS 211-212; MATH 315; CPTR 131 or 218, or permission of 
instructor. 

Areas to he studied include: Schroedinger's equation as an operator form of the 
energy equation; boundary-matching solutions for square wells and barriers; 
separation-of -variables method for the hydrogen atom; electron spin and the Pauli 
requirement for antisymmetric wave functions, with applications to stateB of light 
atoms; variation techniques for small atoms and molecules, Hueckel and LCAO 
methods, or other apparatus not including perturbation theory. There are three 
hours of lecture per week. This class is not open to students who have taken PHYS 
412. This class is offered alternate years. (Spring, odd years) 

CHEM 413, 414. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 315, also CHEM 411 and 412 must be taken concurrently 
or previously. 

Experiments chosen to illustrate material in CHEM 411, 412. One laboratory 
period each week. This class is offered alternate school years. (Fall, even years; 
Spring, odd years) 

CHEM 425. Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 312. 

Compound types, reactions, and intermediates not considered in Organic Chemistry 
will be studied. Once a sufficient background has been established, an introduction 
to medicinal chemistry and synthesis of medicinal compounds will be studied. (Fall) 

CHEM 485. Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

Written and oral reports are made on specific topics in the chemistry field. To be 
taken in the junior or senior year. (Fall) 

CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

Designed for junior and senior students who wish to do private study or for a group 
of students who wish a special course on topics not taught under the regular class 
offerings. (Fall, Spring) 



98 Chemistry 



CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry or permission of the instructor. 
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. Problems are 
assigned according to the experience and interest of the student Prior to registra- 
tion, two semesters before graduation, students are urged to contact all chemistry 
staff members with respect to choice of available problems. This should be taken 
no later than the first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring) 



EDUCATION 



EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Chemistry 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 

(E-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 









Computer Science 
and Technology 



Interim Chain Merritt MacLafferty 

Faculty: Jared Bruckner, John Durichek, Rick Halterman, Bradley Hyde, 

Timothy D. Korson 
Adjunct Faculty: John Beckett, Judy Delay, Rodney Dixon, Clifford 

Williams 



Computer Science deals with the design and programming of electronic 
digital computers. In today's society, it is rare that the average person goes 
through a day without using a computer in some way. Computers are used 
in cars, microwave ovens, VCR's, TVs and even washing machines. On 
Wall Street and at NASA, huge banks of computers display the current 
status. Almost everyone who writes now uses a word processor and even 
grade-school students are being taught computer usage. 

With the growing use of computers has come a growing shortage of 
computer professionals. While some companies must hire untrained appli- 
cants, most are seeking employees with the training, skill, and knowledge 
of a graduate in Computer Science. Graduates from a computer science pro- 
gram find jobs in industry, health care, financial institutions, education, 
and research. 

The student should choose his area of interest and select courses from 
computer science and other fields that will fit well with his intended career. 
Some job titles are: Programmer, Systems Programmer, Systems Analyst, 
Team Leader, Data Base Administrator, Data Processing Manager, Soft- 
ware Engineer, Applications Engineer, Training Specialist, and Technical 
Writer. 

ASSESSMENT 

In the spring of the senior year all BA, BS, and BBA students in 
computer science will be required to take a written two-hour exam. The 
results of this exam are used by the department staff to evaluate class 
offerings as well as program requirements. 

CODE OF COMPUTER CONDUCT 
AT SOUTHERN COLLEGE 

1. Users must use only those computer accounts which have been 
authorized for their use. 

2. Users must use their computer accounts only for the purposes for which 
they were authorized, as arranged with the Information Services 
Department. 

3. Users should minimize the impact of their work on the work of other 
users. It is the responsibility of the user to learn efficient means of utiliz- 
ing the computer. 

4. Users of campus computers must not make or use unauthorized copies 
of copyrighted software. Shareware may be freely copied, but students 
who continue to use it should register and pay the specified fee. Violation 
of copyright is a serious crime and penalties can be severe. 



100 Computer Science and Technology 



Planting "virus" programs or otherwise misusing campus computers in 
a way that might destroy the work others are doing is thoughtless 
vandalism and will be dealt with as any other destructive activity on 
campus. 



PROGRAMS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 



Mqjor — B.A. Computer Science (30 Hours) 



Required Courses 


Hours 


Required Cognates 


Hours 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Programming I 




3 


BUAD 334 Prin of Management 


3 


CPTR 132 


Fund of Programming II 




3 


MATH 120 Precalcului Algebra 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Prog Language 




3 


MATH 215 Statistics 


3 


CPTR 219 


Symbolic Assembler Lang 




3 


SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 


3 


CPTR 280 


Discrete Structures 




3 






CPTR 317 


Intro to File Processing 




3 






CPTR 318 


Data Structures 




3 






CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgt Systems 




3 






CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 
OR 




2 






CPTR 325 


Systems Design 










CPTR 485 


Computer Science Seminar (W) 
Upper Div Computer Electives 


1 
3 







Only 3 hours of CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing, CPTR 106 Intro to 
Spreadsheets, CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base, CPTR 116 Spreadsheet Applications, 
and CPTR 117 Database applications now apply to a major in Computer Science. 

M^jor — B.S. Computer Science (40 Hours) 

Required Courses 

CPTR 131 
CPTR 132 
CPTR 217 
CPTR 219 
CPTR 280 
CPTR 317 
CPTR 318 
CPTR 319 
CPTR 324 

CPTR 325 

CPTR 485 



Fund of Programming I 
Fund of Programming II 
COBOL Prog Language 
Symbolic Assembler Lang 
Discrete Structures 
Intro to File Processing 
Data Structures 
Data Base Mgt Systems 
Systems Analysis 

OR 2 

Systems Design 

Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 
Computer Electives 13 

(6 must be upper division) 



Hours 


Required Coanates 


Hours 


3 


BUAD 334 Prin of Management 


3 


3 


MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 


3 


3 


MATH 215 Statistics 


3 


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 


3 



Only 3 hours of CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing, CPTR 106 Intro to Spread- 
sheets, CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base, CPTR 116 Spreadsheet Applications, and 
CPTR 117 Database applications now apply to a major in Computer Science. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. or B.S. Computer Science 



1st Semester 

CPTR 131 Fund of Prog I 
ENGL 101 College Composition 
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 
OR 
MATH Elective 


Hours 

3 
3 

3 


2nd Semester 

CPTR 132 Fund of Prog II 
CPTR 219 Sym Assembler Lang 
ENGL 102 College Composition 
Area B, Religion 

Math Elective 


Hours 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 


Area C-l, History 

Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Science 


3 

3 
15 




15 



Computer Science and Technology 101 



Major— B.B.A. Computer Information Systems (65 Hours) 

Required Cognates Hours 

MATH 120 Preoalculus Algebra 3 

MATH 181 Calculus I 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 
Psychology course 



Required Courses 



BBACoref 
CPTB 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 
CFTR 116 Spreadsheet Applications 
CPTR 131-132 Fund of Programming 
CPTR 217 COBOL Program Lang 
CPTR 317 Intro to File Processing 
CPTR 318 Data Structures 
CPTR 319 Data Base Mgmt Sys 
CPTR 324 Systems Analysis 
CPTR 325 Systems Design 
CPTR 326 Systems Management 
CPTR 485 



1 
2 
6 
3 
3 
3 
3 
2 
2 
2 
Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 



fCore requirements BUAD 315 and BMKT 326 are not required for the Com- 
puter Information Systems major. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.B.A. Computer Information Systems 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 


1 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 


3 


CPTR 116 


Spreadsheet Applications 


2 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


CPTR 132 


Fund of Prog II 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 


3 




Area G-1./G-3, Skills 


1 




Area C-l, History 


3 






16 




Area G-l, G-3, Skills 


1 
16 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREES 
Major— A.S. Computer Science (24 Hours) 



Required Courses 


Hours 


CPTR 131 


Fundamentals of Prog I 


3 


CPTR 132 


Fundamentals of Prog II 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Prog Language 


3 


CPTR 219 


Symbolic Assembler Lang 


3 


CPTR 317 


Introduction to File Proc 


3 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Management SystemsS 




CPTR Electives 


3 



Required Cognates Hours 

ACCT 221-222 Principles of Accounting " 3 
ACCT 321 Managerial Accounting 3 

BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.S. Computer Science 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ACCT 221 


Principles of Accounting 


3 


ACCT 222 


Principle* of Accounting 


3 


CPTR 131 


Fundamentals of Prog I 


3 


CPTR 132 


Fundamentals of Prog II 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


CPTR 219 


Symbolic Assembler Lang 


3 


MATH 090 


Intermediate Algebra 




MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 




OR 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




MATH Elective 








15 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 










Electives 


3 
16 









102 Computer Science and Technology 



Major— A.S. CADD Applications (34 Hours) 

The CADD Applications degree requires two of the three emphasis: 



Required Courses Houri 

ART 104 Beginning Drawing I 3 

ENGL 101 College Composition I 3 

ENGL 102 College Composition II 3 

MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 3 

PEAC 225 Conditioning 1 

PHYS 137 Introduction to Physios 3 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 

Area B, Religion 6 

Area C-l, History 3 

Area F, Behov/Fam, 

Health Science 2 

Computer Elective* 4 



Architectural Emphasis Hours 

ART 330 Illustration Methods 3 

CPTE 147 Intro to Archit & Interiors 3 

CPTE 251 CADD Architecture I 3 

CPTE 281 CADD Architecture II 3 

TECH 151 Intro Archit Drafting/GADD 3 

Graphics Emphasis 

ART 125, 126 Graphic Design Principles 6 

ART 219 Intro to Computer Graphics 3 

CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 

TECH 145 Into to Graphic Arts 3 

Mechanical Emphasis 

CPTE 240 CADD Mechanical I 3 

CPTE 270 CADD Mechanical II 3 

TECH 149 Intro Mechanical Draw/CADD 3 

TECH 376 Automation/Robotic* (CIM) 3 

TECH 174 General Metals 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
AS. CADD Applications 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ART 104 


Beginning Drawing 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Comp II 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


CPTE 147 


Intro to Arch & Interiors 


3 


MATH 120 


Precalcuhis Algebra 


3 


CPTE 251 


CADD Architecture I 


3 


TECH 149 


Intro Mech Drawing/CADD 


3 


CPTE 249 


CADD Mechanical I 


3 


TECH 151 


Intro Archit Drafting/GADD 


3 


PEACH 225 


Conditioning 


1 






15 




C-l, History 


3 
16 



Minor — Computer Science (18 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

CPTR 131 Fund of Programming I 3 

CPTR 132 Fund of Programming H 3 

CPTR 318 Data Structures 3 

Of the remaining nine elective hours, three must be upper division The minor is an 
excellent background for those whose profession is outside of data processing, but who 
will have to use the computer in their job or work closely with DP personnel. The minor 
is also appropriate for any student who simply has an interest in computers. 



COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 

CPTE 147. Introduction to Architecture and Interiors 3 hours 

An examination of the scope and interrelationships of the professions of architec- 
ture and architectural interiors. The role of the designer in society is discussed with 
consideration of the opportunities for pursuing a rewarding career. Students are 
introduced to components of the faculty, each describing his or her teaching area. 
Information sources in architecture are outlined and methods of collecting, 
structuring and presenting data and ideas are included. Field trips are made to 
professional offices, manufacturers, and significant buildings and interiors. Open 
to all students. 






Computer Science and Technology 103 



CPTE 249. CADD Mechanical I (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 149 or equivalent 

An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an aid in 
drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architectural and 
electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods of laboratory each week. 
Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring) 

CPTE 251. CADD Architecture I 3 hours 

Through tutorials, exercises, and projects the student gains working knowledge of 
the drafting and design capabilities of computer-aided design. Introduction to three- 
dimensional programs using DataCAD and other architectural programs. 

CPTE 279. CADD Mechanical II 3 hours 

Prerequisites: TECH 149, CPTE 249. 

This course is sequential to CPTE 249 and continues the use of CADKEY. Areas 
covered are full model-to-drawing associativity, full 3-D design and drafting, fast 
3-D rendering with smooth hidden-line removal shading, volumetric and mass 
property calculations, assembly design and digital prototyping. 

CPTE 281. CADD Architecture II 3 hours 

Prerequisites: TECH 151, CPTE 251. 

This course is sequential to CPTE 251 and continues the application of CADD to 
the study of architecture, using the advanced features of DataCAD in problem 
solving in the design process of structures — single or multistory — using such 
features as cost estimating, roofing, framing, square foot calculations, pictorial 
renderings and templates, multi-levels, and walk through to enhance the 
presentation of plans to the customer. 

CPTE 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing materials 
such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in the preparation 
of camera-ready documents without conventional paste-up and typesetting services 
using specialized desktop publishing software such as Aldus PageMaker and Xerox 
Ventura to do page layout (Fall, Spring) 

CPTE 376. Automation and Robotics 4 hours 

Prerequisites: TECH 149, 183, 249/349 or equivalent 

Basic elements and principles of computer integrated manufacturing including 
terminology, computer hardware/software and interfacing, system integration, 
flexible manufacturing and robotic applications. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CPTR 102. Introduction to the Internet 1 hour 

Basic skills required for navigating the worldwide Internet including: UNIX 
commands, electronic mail, FTP, downloadin^uploading, Telnet, Gopher, USENET, 
and the World Wide Web. Configuring a PC for Internet access using shell and 
dialup IP connections. Fundamental citizenship/ethics issues will be discussed. 



104 Computer Science and Technology 



CPTR 104. Introduction to PC-DOS Usage (G-2) 1 hour 

Limited to students with no computer background or permission of the instructor. 
It is designed to introduce the student to the functions and features of the PC -DOS 
as a preparation for other computer application courses. Some general information 
about the hardware will be presented so students may feel less intimidated about 
adding a new board to the computer or hooking up a new mouse. Students will 
learn how to format disks, manipulate files, and use many PC -DOS utilities. Does 
not apply toward a major or minor in computer science or satisfy the cognate 
requirements of other majors. 

CPTR 105. Introduction to Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: A typing course or permission of instructor. 

Word processing on a microcomputer including techniques for creating form letters, 
and using an electronic dictionary to check spelling. (Spring) 

CPTR 106. Introduction to Spreadsheets (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: MATH 090 or 103 or Math ACT of 22. 

A course using microcomputer spreadsheet programs. The most commonly used 
functions will be described with simple lab problems. 

CPTR 107. Introduction to Data Base (G-2) 1 hour 

A course using microcomputers as electronic filing cabinets. Information retrieval, 
report generation, adding, deleting, and updating information. (Spring) 

CPTR 116. Spreadsheet Applications (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 106. 

The use of spreadsheet software on a microcomputer as an aid to financial planning 
and management (Spring) 

CPTR 117. Database Applications 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 107 
The use of database software including writing programs in the database language. 

CPTR 120. Introduction to Computer-Based Systems (G-2) 3 hours 

An overview of computer information systems. This survey course introduces com- 
puter hardware, software, procedures, systems, and human resources and explores 
their integration and application in business and other segments of Bociety. The 
fundamentals of computer problem solving and programming in a higher-level pro- 
gramming language are discussed and applied. This course does not apply on a 
major in Computer Science. (Fall, Spring) 

CPTR 131. Fundamentals of Programming I (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 090, or MATH ACT of 22, or permission of instructor. 
Control structures, data types, data representation, compiling, debugging, modular- 
ity, and standard programming algorithms are introduced, using a structured lan- 
guage. (Fall) 

CPTR 132. Fundamentals of Programming II (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

An introduction to software technology including elementary data structures for the 
development of reliable, modifiable programs. (Spring) 

CPTR 217. COBOL Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Semantics and syntax of COBOL. Emphasis is placed on business problems using 
the COBOL Language. (Fall) 



Computer Science and Technology 105 



CPTR 219. Symbolic Assembler Language 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Computer structure, machine language, instruction execution, addressing tech- 
niques, and digital representation of data. Computer systems organization, symbolic 
coding and assembly systems and program segmentation and linkage. Systems and 
utility programs and programming techniques. Several computer projects to illus- 
trate basic machine structure and programming techniques. (Spring) 

CPTR 280. Discrete Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 120; 

Recommended: Familiarity with a programming language. 

An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to 
computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory, 
combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof techniques, 
and finite state automata. (Fall) 

CPTR 317. Introduction to File Processing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 217. 

Tape and disc operations. Includes coverage of sequential and random access files 
and processing techniques. Development of programs and systems of programs for 
batch and interactive environments. (Spring) 

CPTR 318. Data Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 132 and MATH 120. 
Stacks, recursion, queues, lists, trees, graphs, sorting and searching. (Fall) 

CPTR 319. Data Base Management Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 318, 217; Recommended: CPTR 317. 
Introduction to relational, hierarchical, and network approaches. Design, implemen- 
tation, and management issues. (Spring) 

CPTR 324. Systems Analysis 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

System development life cycle, system documentation through the use of both 
classical and structured tools and techniques for describing data flows, process 
flows, input and output necessary for defining logical system requirements. 
Structured techniques for dealing with complexity in the development of computer 
based information systems. 

CPTR 325. Systems Design 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

Logical and physical system design. Hardware/Software selection and evaluation. 
Logical Data Base Design. Theories relating to module design, module coupling, and 
module strength. Techniques for reducing a system's complexity. 

CPTR 326. Systems Management 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

This course presents management principles unique to the data processing environ- 
ment. Emphasis is placed on site preparation, security, software version control, 
and user services. 

CPTR 365. Operating Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

Computer systems components, main storage organization, instruction sets, data 
representation, task management and scheduling, secondary storage concepts, 
multi-processor systems, microprogramming, and array procedures. (Fall, odd 
years) 



106 Computer Science and Technology 



CPTR 366. Microcomputer Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

A class with a large lab component The student will assemble on a plug-board a 
complete working microcomputer. The class will cover the information necessary 
to design a microprocessor based computer with static or dynamic memory, ROM, 
interrupts, DMA, and various types of I/O. Reading manufacturers specifications 
and working within the timing parameters is an important part of the course. 
(Spring, even years — enrollment limited to 10 due to lab equipment.) 

CPTR 376. Automation and Robotics 4 hours 

See CPTE 376 for course description. 

CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 217, 219. 

Develops understanding of the organization of programming languages and their 
run time behavior. A comparative study, introducing the student to a variety of 
languages. (Spring, odd years) 

CPTR 425. Computer Graphics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 132; MATH 120 and 121; Recommended: MATH 181. 
This course teaches the principles of generating graphical images on a computer 
with an emphasis on the underlying mathematical theory and its programming 
implementations. Topics include graphics primitives (points, lines, polygons, circles, 
ellipses), windowing techniques, clipping, 2-D and 3-D transformations, projections, 
3-D viewing techniques, cubic interpolating and approximating curves (Bezier, B- 
spline, Catmull-Rom curves), bicubic 3-D surface patches, light and color, fractal 
curves and surfaces, hidden line and surface removal, depth sorting techniques, 
reflections, shading, surface mapping, .ray tracing, animation techniques. (Fall, even 
years) 

CPTR 485. Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CPTR 318 and 3 hours of CPTR credit numbered 319 or above. 
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics treated in current computer 
science literature. Resume* writing, interviewing, application to graduate school, 
GRE testing, witnessing on the job and at graduate school are also discussed. The 
major Field Test in Computer Science by ETS will be taken as a class requirement 
(Spring) 

CPTR 190/490. Topics in Computer Science 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of Computer Science staff. 

Topics selected from areas of computer science not covered in other courses. May 
be repeated with permission. 

CPTR 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and department chair. 
Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer science 
students. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 

(G-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 



Education and Psychology 



Chair: George Babcock 

Faculty: Fern Babcock, Alberto dos Santos, Robert Egbert, Jon Green, 

Leona Gulley, Carole Haynes, Carl SwafFord 
Adjunct Faculty: John Baker, Ben Bandiola, Krystal Bishop, LaVona 

Gill ham, Kay Kuzma, Ruth Ann Wang Liu, Rita Henriquez-Roark, 

All K-12 staff serving as Cooperating Teachers 

1996/97 Teacher Education Council: George Babcock, Chair; John Baker, 
Marcia Brashears, J. Carlos, Ted Evans, LaVona Gillham, Jon Green, Floyd 
Greenleaf, Jan Haluska, Carole Haynes, Lynelle Howson, Bob Moore, Debbie 
Perdue, John Peramal, Dennis Fettibone, Maiy Jayne Hies, Marvin 
Robertson, Kermise Rowe, Carl Swafford, Gordon Swanson, William Wohlers 

DEGREES OFFERED 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

During the summer months the department offers a master of science 
in education degree. Students select one of three specialties: inclusive 
education, multiage/multigrade teaching, and outdoor education. Degree 
requirements are described in a separate Graduate Catalog , available by 
writing to the Office of Graduate Admissions or the Education and 
Psychology Department. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY 

Psychology has been a stand-alone major at Southern College for more 
than a decade, with graduates later pursuing study in such fields as 
marriage and family counseling, community and school counseling, school 
psychology, counseling and clinical psychology, and industrial and 
experimental psychology — as well as business, law, dentistry, and medicine. 
Statistical and simulation computer software enhance student research 
practice and training. 

At Southern College the psychology major is considered preprofessional 
and serves as preparation for later study at the master's and doctoral 
degree levels. In order to improve their chances for admission to graduate 
programs, students will want to (a) achieve well in psychology and general 
education courses, (b) take as many psychology electives as possible, (c) 
obtain a competitive score on graduate admission tests (usually the ORE) 
taken during the fall of the senior year, and (d) apply to 10 or more specific 
schools for graduate study. 

Assessment 

The comprehensive assessment of senior psychology majors (including 
education students who major in psychology for teacher licensure) takes 
place during their last academic year. Students are required to take the 
16PF test, prepare a portfolio, write a position paper, and have an oral 
interview by the psychology or psychology and education faculty. This 
senior assessment must be completed to have departmental recommenda- 
tion for graduation. The final assessment is graded on an Honor, Pass, or 
Fail basis. Results of student assessment are evaluated by the faculty with 
a view to changing course content as needed. A more detailed listing of 
requirements entitled "Senior Psychology Assessment" may be obtained 
from the main Education/Psychology office. 



108 Education and Psychology 



Mtyor— B.A. Psychology (32 Hours) 



Required Courses 

PSYC124 Intro to Psychology 

PSYC128 Developmental Psychology 

PSYC 315 Abnormal Psychology 

PSYC346 Intro to Personality Theories 

PSYC 357 Psychological Testing 

PSYC 377 Fund of Counseling (W) 



Required Courses, oont. Hours 

Hist & Sys of Psychology (W) 3 

Psychology Practicum 1 

Psychology Seminar 1 

Research Design & Stat II 3 

Elective! 6 



Required Cognates Hours 

BIOL Biology Electives 3 

CPTR Computer Electives 3 

EDUC 297 Research Design & Stat I 3 



3 


PSYC 415 


3 


PSYC 485 


3 


PSYC 490 


3 


PSYC 497 


3 


PSYC 


3 





♦Six (6) hours of foreign language are required for this major. Students with 2 units of high school 
foreign language can complete this degree in 124 semester hours. Students without 2 units of high 
school foreign language can complete this degree program in 130 semester hours. 

For students interested in nonclinical work, six hours of electives may be 
selected from the following courses: 



PSYC 224 Social Psychology 3 

PSYC 233 Human Sexuality 3 

PSYC 326 Physiological Psychology 3 

PSYC 349 Aging and Society (W) 3 

PSYC 387 Comparative Phenology 3 



PSYC 384 Experimental Psychology 3 

PSYC 432 Industrial/Org Psychology 3 

PSYC 465 Topics in Psychology 3 

PSYC 495 Directed Study 1 



For students interested in clinical work, six hours of electives may be selected 
from the following courses: 



PSYC 224 Social Psychology 3 

PSYC 233 Human Sexuality 3 

PSYC 422 Behavior Mgmt for Adolescents 2 

PSYC 460 Group Processes 3 



PSYC 465 Topics in Psychology 
PSYC 479 Family Counseling 
PSYC 495 Directed Study 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
BA. Psychology 



1st Semester 

ENGL 101 College Composition 
HIST 154 Amer Hist & Institutions I 

OR 
HIST 174 World Civilizations I 
MATH 103 Survey of Math 
PEAC Area G-3, Elective 

PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 
RELB 125 Life & Teachings 



Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


3 
3 


CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing 
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 
CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base 


1 
1 
1 


3 


ENGL 102 College Composition 
HIST 155 Amer Hist & Institutions II 


3 


1 


OR 


3 


3 


HIST 175 World Civilizations II 




3 
16 


PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 
Elective 


3 

3 

15 



Minor— Psychology (18 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

PSYC Electives 12 

(6 hours must be upper division) 









Education and Psychology 109 



DEGREES FOR TEACHING LICENSURE 

Major— B. A. Psychology (32 Hours) 
Leading to Licensure B-8 

Major 32 

Cognates 4 

General Education 56-62 

Professional Education 34 

Total 126-132 

While this degree program is open to anyone, it is required for all those 
who desire to teach Kindergarten and/or lower elementary grades. 



Required Courses 

PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 

Developmental Psychology 

PsycFoundofEd 

Prin & App of Cog Dcrv 



PSYC 128 
PSYC 217 
PSYC 230 
PSYC 240 
PSYC 297 
PSYC 315 



Psyc of Eatosp Child & Youth 
Research Design & Stat I 
Abnormal Psychology 



Hours 
3 
3 
2 
2 
2 
3 
3 



Required Courses, cont. Hours 

PSYC 336 Lang Acquisition & Dev 2 

PSYC 356 Classroom Assessment 2 

PSYC 377 Fund of Counseling (W) 3 

PSYC 421 Behavior Management 2 

PSYC 485 Psychology Practicum 1 

PSYC 490 Psychology Seminar 1 

PSYC 497 Research Design & Stat II 3 

Required Cognates Hours 

PETH 463 Phys Ed in Elem School 2 

LIBR 325 Lib Materials for Children 2 



General Education (56-62 Hours) 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102; MATH 103 9 

AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELT 138, 255; U.D. RELB or KELT, 3 hrs 12 

AREA C HIST 154, 175, 356; GEOG 204 12 

AREA D ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 135; ENGL 216, Foreign Lang. 0-6 . 10-16 

AREA E BIOL 103; CHEM 111; ERSC 105 9 

AREA F HLED 173 2 

AREA G PEAC 225; PEAC elective, lhr 2 

Professional Education (34 Hours) 

EDUC 135 Intro to Education 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 

EDUC 325 Phil of Christian Ed (W) 

EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading 

EDUC 426 Kindergarten Methods 

EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods 

EDUC 454 Science & Health Methods 



2 


EDUC 455 


Bible Methods 2 


2 


EDUC 456 


Language Arts Methods 2 


2 


EDUC 457 


Social Studies Methods 2 


3 


EDUC 461 


Pract in Multicultural Ed 1 


2 


EDUC 463 


Small Schools Seminar 2 


2 
2 


EDUC 466 


Enhanced Student Tchg K-8 10 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Psychology 

Leading to Licensure K-8 



1st Semester 

£tfdl 101 

MATH 103 
PEAC 225 
PSYC 124 
RELB 125 



College Composition 

Survey of Math 

Conditioning 

Intro to Psychology 

Life & Teachings of Jesus 

•Area D-l, Foreign Lang 



Hours 

3 

1 
3 
3 

16 



2nd 

M6L103 

EDUC 135 
ENGL 102 
HIST 175 
HLED 173 



~Prin of Biology 
Intro to Education 
College Composition 
World Civilizations II 
Health and Life 
*Area D-l, Fbreign Lang 



Hours 

2 
3 
3 
2 
_3 
16 



*A student who has 2 units of high school foreign language can complete this degree program in 126 semester 
hours. 



1 10 Education and Psychology 



Major— B.A. Social Science (33 Hours) 
Leading to Licensure 1-8 
(With Language Arte Emphasis) 

Major 33 

Cognates 2 

General Education 47-53 

Professional Education 40 

Elective 2-0 

Total 124-128 

This degree program is required for those who wish to teach grades 1 
through 8 and who want a Language Arts emphasis; however, the program 
is open to anyone. 



Required Courses Hours Required Courses, oont. Hours 

ENGL 205 Grammar & Ling for Tchra " 3 HIST 356 Native and Strangan 3 

ENGL 216 Approaches to Literature 3 LIBR 325 Libr Material* for Children 2 

ENGL 313 Expository Writing PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 3 

OR 3 PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

ENGL 314 Creative Writing PSYC 230 PrincA AppofCogDev 2 

ENGLUD. Lit Elective (upper div-W) 3 PSYC 297 Research Design & Stat I 3 

HIST 154 American Hist & Inat 3 PSYC 336 Lang Acq & Dev 2 

Required Cognate Hours 

PETH 463 Phye Ed in Elem School 2 

General Education (47-53 Hours) 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102; MATH 103 9 

AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELT 138, 255; U.D. RELB or RELT, 3 hours 12 

AREA C HIST 175; GEOG 204 6 

AREA D ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 135; Foreign Lang. 0-6 7-13 

AREA E BIOL 103; CHEM 111; ERSC 105 9 

AREA F HLED 173 2 

AREAG PEAC 225, PEAC course, 1 hr. 2 

Professional Education (40 Hours) 



EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


2 


EDUC 453 


Mathematics Methods 


2 


EDUC 217 


P»yc Foundations of Ed 


2 


EDUC 454 


Science & Health Methods 


2 


EDUC 240 


Ed for Exceptional Children 


2 


EDUC 455 


Bible Methods 


2 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Education 


2 


EDUC 456 


Language Arts Methods 


2 


EDUC 325 


Phil of Christian Ed (W) 


2 


EDUC 457 


Social Studies Methods 


2 


EDUC 332 


Teaching of Reading 


3 


EDUC 461 


Pract in Multicultural Ed 


1 


EDUC 356 


Classroom Assessment 


2 


EDUC 463 


Small Schools Seminar 


2 


EDUC 421 


Behavior Management 


2 


EDUC 467 


Enhanced Student Tohg 1-8 
Elective* 


10 
2 




Sample Freshman Year Sequence 






B.A. in Social Science 








Leading to Licensure 1-8 








(Language Arts Emphasis) 






1st Semester 


Hours 

College Composition 3 


2nd Semester 


Hoi 

Prin of Biology 


urs 


EN6L 161 


616L iod 




MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


2 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning * 


1 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 


HIST 175 


World Civilisations II 


3 


RELT 125 


Life & Tchgs of Jesus 


3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 




•Area D-l, Foreign Long 


3 




•Area D-l, Foreign Long 


3 



15 

*A student who has 2 units of hij£i school foreign language may take 2 hours of electives in place of additional 
foreign language. Some of the hours listed for the summer session may betaken during the time when foreign 
language would normally be taken. 



Education and Psychology 111 



Major— U.S. Science and Math Studies (40 Hours) 
Leading to Licensure 1-8 

Major 40 

Cognate 2 

General Education 44 

Professional Education 38 

Total 124 

This degree program is required for those who wish to teach grades 1 
through 8 and who want a Science/Math emphasis; however, the program 
is open to anyone. 



Required Courwi Hour* 

BIOL 103 Prin of Biology 3 

BIOL 424 Issues of Net Boi/Religion 3 

CHEM 111 Survey of Chemistry 3 

ERSC 105 Earth Science 3 

HIST 356 Natives and Strangers 3 

LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 2 

MATH 103 Survey of Mathematics 3 

MATH 120 Preoalculus Algebra 3 



Required Courses, oont. 

MATH 121 Preoalculus Trigonometry 

Mathematics in the Sciences 

Intro to Physics 

Prin ft Appls Cog Dev 

Psyc of Exoep Children & Youth 

Research Design & Stat I 

Classroom Assessment 

Behavior Management 



MATH 475 
PHYS137 
PSYC 230 
PSYC 240 
PSYC 297 
PSYC 356 
PSYC 421 



Required Cognate Hours 

PETH 463 Phys Ed in the Elem School 2 



General Education (44 Hours) 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102 6 

AREAB RELB, 3 hours; KELT 138, 255; U.D. RELB or RELT, 3 hrs 12 

AREA C HIST 154, 175; GEOG 204 9 

AREA D ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 135; ENGL 216 , 10 

AREA E Included in the major 

AREA F HLED 173; PSYC 128 5 

AREA G PEAC 225, PEAC elective (1 hour) 2 



Professional Education (38 Hours) 

EDUC 135 Intro to Education 

EDUC 217 Piyc Foundations of Ed 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 

EDUC 299 Outdoor Ministries 

EDUC 325 Phil of Christian Ed (W) 

EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading 

EDUC 364 Environmental Ed 

EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods 



2 


EDUC 454 


Science & Health Methods 


2 


2 


EDUC 455 


Bible Methods 


2 


2 


EDUC 456 


Language Arts Methods 


2 


2 


EDUC 457 


Social Studies Methods 


2 


2 


EDUC 461 


Pract in Multicultural Ed 


1 


3 


EDUC 463 


Small Schools Seminar 


2 


2 
2 


EDUC 467 


Enhanced Student Tchg 1-8 


10 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Science and Math Studies 

Leading to Licensure 1-8 



1st Semester Hours 

ENGL 101 College Composition 3 

HIST 154 American Hist & Institutions I 3 
MATH 103 Survey of Math 3 

PEAC 225 Conditioning 1 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psych 3 

RELB 125 life & Tchgs of Jesui J* 

16 



2nd 



Hours 



BIOL 103 


Prin of Biology 


3 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


2 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


HIST 175 


World Civilizations II 


3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 


KELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 
16 



1 12 Education and Psychology 



Minor— Education (18 Hours) 

Required Course* Hours 

EDUC 135 Intro to Education 2 

EDUC217 Psyc Foundations of Ed 2 

EDUC 240 Ed for Eicep Childr & Youth 2 
EDUC Elective* 11 

(6 hours must be upper division) 

This minor does not automatically lead to either elementary or secondary 
certification, both of which require a baccalaureate degree and completion of 
professional education courses for licensure. See the Requirements for 
Certification beginning on page 118. 

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS 

Southern College has approved teacher certification programs at four 
levels: 
K-8 

B.A. in Psychology Leading to Licensure 

BA in Social Science Leading to Licensure 
(Language Arts Emphasis) 

B.S. in Science and Math Studies Leading to Licensure 
K-12 

Health/Physical Education 

Music Education 
7-12 

Biology Education 

Chemistry Education 

English Education 

History Education 

Mathematics Education 

Physics Education 

Religious Education 

Assessment 

Assessment of senior Education majors takes place during their full 
semester of student teaching. It involves continuous monitoring of the 
student's classroom performance in both verbal and written feedback. 
Senior assessment consists of two phases. 

Phase One, Formative Evaluation, consists of continual daily monitoring 
and feedback. The cooperating teacher provides informal conferences and 
a one-hour weekly formal conference with anecdotal records. The Southern 
College Formative Evaluation Form is completed by the college supervisor 
and the cooperating teacher. 

Phase Two, Summative Evaluation, is completed by both the 
cooperating teacher and the college supervisor. The instrument used to 
record the student's skills and behaviors is the Southern College 
Summative Evaluation Form . The student teacher is also evaluated by 
his/her students when they complete the Student Evaluation of the Student 
Teacher . A self-evaluation is completed by the student through a video- 
taped lesson. The student and the college supervisor critique his/her 
videotaped performance. 



Education and Psychology 1 13 



The final letter grade for the student's performance is decided by the 
Education Faculty. Failure to complete student teaching with a satisfactory 
grade of G or above results in students being reassigned for an additional 
practicum. 

Graduate follow-up is carried out through the Southern College Teacher 
Education Evaluation instrument completed by the first-year teacher. The 
Supervisor Evaluation of Southern College Graduates is completed by the 
student's employer. Feedback from these instruments is used by the 
Education Department staff to make necessary program changes. 

In addition to the above, education students obtaining a psychology 
degree must fulfill the assessment procedures listed on page 107. 



Philosophy and Objectives 

The Department of Education and Psychology is the unit duly 
authorized to prepare teachers who meet certification requirements for 
public, church related, and other private elementary and secondary schools. 

The unit subscribes to the philosophy that man was created in the 
image of God but as a result of willful disobedience sin has marred his 
God-given attributes and divine likeness. This philosophy recognizes that 
the object of education is also the object of redemption — to restore in man 
the image of his maker and bring him back to the perfection in which he 
was created. Thus the work of redemption is also the work of education, 
involving the development of the whole person — physical, mental, 
spiritual, and social. 

The teacher education programs in the unit are founded upon the basic 
assumption that there is a body of information, research, and practice that 
make up the knowledge base for the teaching profession and that acquisi- 
tion of this knowledge is a significant part of the teacher's preparation. The 
unit further confirms the belief that a teacher should be a good example in 
health, intellect, and character. This program of teacher education is 
guided by the following statement of mission: 

Statement of Mission 

The mission of the Department of Education and Psychology at 
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is to prepare, primarily for the 
Seventh-day Adventist school system, professional educators at both 
undergraduate and graduate levels who can function effectively in a 
culturally pluralistic society and who are dedicated to assisting students in 
reaching their maximum potential in service to God and man. Additionally, 
it is the mission of the Department of Education and Psychology to prepare 
psychology students for graduate school to become Christian counselors and 
psychologists who are professionally equipped to deal ethically and with 
empathy and love to those who need healing of mind and soul. 

Objectives of the Teacher Education Program 

The teacher education program at Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists is designed to help the teacher candidate develop personal 
values and acquire the knowledge, skills, and competencies needed to 
function effectively in the teacher's role as a person, a facilitator of 
learning, a practitioner, and a professional. 



114 Education and Psychology 



The Teacher As a Person 

To promote the personal development of the prospective teacher (which 
includes physical, aesthetic, intellectual, and moral values) by guidance and 
advisement through general education which results in: 

1. an understanding, appreciation, and eryoyment of man's creative 
activity in the humanities, social, and natural sciences; 

2. a development of personal values that recognize our pluralistic 
cultural heritage as well as individual worth and integrity and 
brotherhood of mankind under God; 

3. the ability to communicate ideas clearly and effectively in reading, 
writing, speaking, and listening; 

4. an appreciation of the value of health and the importance of 
health practices in home and family life. 

The Teacher As a Facilitator of Learning 

To provide a set of educational experiences that will enable the teacher 
candidate to master the skills in: 

5. planning curriculum encounters with learners with appropriate 
materials and instructional strategies; 

6. identifying learning objectives at appropriate levels; 

7. using diagnostic and evaluation strategies; 

8. handling classroom management and reinforcement strategies; 

9. applying principles of human growth and development and 
theories of learning to classroom situations; 

10. integrating faith and learning, along with emphasizing character 
development; 

1 1 . recognizing and encouraging creativity and the maximum possible 
development of student abilities. 

The Teacher As a Practitioner 

To maintain a learning environment that is conducive to acquiring the 
knowledge, skills and competencies that characterize successful practi- 
tioners through: 

12 . enhancement of positive attitude toward self, intellectual 
curiosity, and independent critical thinking; 

13. continuing experimentation and innovation with new pedagogical 
practices and basic tools of learning; 

14. utilization of translatable research; 

15. on-campus instruction and off-campus field experiences in public 
said private schools. 

The Teacher As a Professional 

To provide a social-emotional climate and opportunities for the develop- 
ment of leadership skills while encouraging attitudes and experiences that 
foster professional growth by: 

16. participating actively in the campus student education association; 

17. becoming familiar with the professional organizations and their 
journals and the nature of the articles reported in them; 

18. keeping abreast with developments in education, school reform 
and legislation; 

19. participating in activities that enhance church, home, and 
community relationships; 



Education and Psychology 115 



20. demonstrating a genuine interest and concern for the physical, 
mental, social, and spiritual development of the learner. 

Advisement 

The major goal of the advisement process is to orient the teacher 
candidate with the total teacher education program, with major emphasis 
on its three components, namely, general education, professional education, 
and specialty studies. This is accomplished by the academic adviser as s/he 
interacts with his/her advisees during advisement sessions. 

ADMISSION PROCEDURES 

Admission to Southern College does not automatically enroll the student 
into teacher education . There are three stages that students must go 
through to be fully accepted in the teacher education program. 
A Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 

Each student accepted at Southern College who indicated that 
teaching is his/her professional objective is assigned an educational 
program adviser by the Chair of the Department of Education and 
Psychology in cooperation with the advisement coordinator in the 
Records Office. The advisers assist in planning a student's academic 
program each year and guide their advisees through the stages of the 
Teacher Education Program. Advisers and advisees should work closely 
to follow the professional sequence of courses. Students assume 
responsibility for making necessary applications, meeting the 
requirements, and other relevant deadlines. 

The first semester of the sophomore year, but not later than the 
second semester of the sophomore year, the student should file a 
formal application for initial admission to the Teacher Education 
Program. Application forms may be obtained from the department 
secretary in Summerour Hall. Transfer students wishing to enter the 
Teacher Education Program should file an application after the first 
year in residence. Upon application, a file is set up for each applicant 
containing relevant information to the student's candidacy. To be 
initially admitted, all the following criteria must be met: 

1. Be in residence at the College. 

2. Submit an autobiography in your own handwriting 
containing anecdotal information on why you decided 
to pursue a career in teaching. 

3. Have an overall grade point average of 2.50. 

4. Have completed ENGL 101-102 with a minimum 
grade of C-. 

5. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral fitness. 

6. Have successfully completed EDUC 135 with a 
minimum grade of C-. 

7. Have passed the PRAXIS I (Pre-Professional Skills 
Test) which is the entrance competency test required 
by the State of Tennessee. An enhanced ACT 
composite score of 22 or above will EXEMPT the 
student from the Pre-Professional Skills Test. 

8. Have taken the 16 Personality Factor Test. 

9. Have obtained recommendations from the Vice 
President of Student Services and the student's 
academic adviser. 



116 Education and Psychology 



10. Have received a score of 20 or higher on the Reading Section of the 
ACT, or passed the Nelson-Denny Reading Test with a standing 
score in the 50th percentile, or, in consultation with the 
department chair, satisfactorily completed a remedial program. 

Applicants meeting the above criteria are recommended by the Education 
faculty to the Teacher Education Council. The student will be informed in 
writing as to the status of the application for admission following the action 
of the Teacher Education Council. 

B. Candidacy and Retention in Teacher Education 

After the applicant has been admitted to the Teacher Education 
Program, his/her progress will be reviewed by the Candidacy 
Committee, consisting of the adviser, a departmental representa- 
tive, and one elementary or secondary teacher. As a teacher 
candidate, the applicant will be given an opportunity to interact 
with the Candidacy Committee in a non-threatening atmosphere. 
During the interview the candidate can strengthen his/her 
commitment to teaching or express his/her concerns and questions 
about the teaching profession. 

Retention in the teacher education program is contingent 
on successful completion of courses attempted and 
maintenance of the academic standard required for initial 
admission to the program. Teacher candidates are expected 
to maintain consistent personal representation of the 
standards and objectives of Southern College and the 
teacher education program. 

C. Authorization to do Student Teaching 

After acceptance into the Teacher Education Program and before 
the first semester of the senior year, the teacher candidate must file 
a formal application with the faculty of the Department of Education 
and Psychology for authorization to do student teaching. Application 
forms may be obtained from the department secretary in Summerour 
Hall. A late application may delay the student teaching experience. 
Student teaching is regarded as the culminating experience of the 
Teacher Education Program. 

The following criteria are considered for each applicant: 

1. Completion of all professional education courses 

2. Cumulative GPA of 2.50 

Major Studies GPA of 2.50 
Professional Education GPA of 2.50 

3. Evidence of good physical and mental health 

4. Adherence to standards and objectives of Southern College and the 
Teacher Education Council 

5. Formal application for student teaching at least one semester in 
advance 

6. Proof of current certification in First Aid/CPR 

7. Recommended by the Education faculty 

8. Approval of the Teacher Education Council 

Teacher candidates who meet the above criteria are recommended by the 
Education and Psychology faculty to the Teacher Education Council. Candi- 
dates are informed in writing as to the status of their application following 
the action of the Teacher Education Council. 



Education and Psychology 117 



APPEAL PROCEDURES 

Criteria and standards for admission to teacher education are explicit, but 
allow for second chance attempts. Courses may be repeated to raise GPA or 
students may follow the Grievance Procedures found under Academic Policies 
(page 40). Also, students who do not meet all the criteria required to do 
Student Teaching may appeal to the Appeals Committee. The applicant who 
has to take this alternative route will be evaluated on the bases of eminence 
and outstanding strengths in several other criteria rather than minimal 
meeting of those criteria. The Appeals Committee makes recommendation to 
the Teacher Education Council who determines the final action. Any applicant 
who determines to follow this alternative policy must seek counsel from the 
Chair of the Department of Education and Psychology. 

TEACHER LICENSURE 

Licensure and certification are synonymous terms for the process of 
granting legal authorization to teach in the public or private elementary or 
secondary schools of a state or of the Seventh-day Adventist Church based 
on meeting predetermined qualifications. Certification has been established 
to give professional status to qualified teachers and to assure school boards 
and parents that the teacher is well prepared. 

WHO CAN OBTAIN CERTIFICATION? 

Every student who successfully completes the requirements for teaching 
in the elementary or secondary school and graduates from Southern College 
will receive recommendation for certification based upon the following 
criteria: 

A Successful completion of student teaching assignment(s) 

B. Satisfactory completion of all credential requirements 

C. Recommendation of major departments 

D. Satisfactory scores on the core battery and appropriate specialty area 
of the PRAXIS National Teacher Examinations 

Certification is not automatic. The eligible candidate must make the 
necessary application to the appropriate union conference for denomi- 
national certification and to the specific state department of education 
where the candidate expects to teach. Information regarding certification 
is available through the Southern College certification officer. Since teacher 
certification regulations are always in the process of change, graduating 
teacher education candidates are urged to make their applications for 
certification immediately. If the candidate does not make application within 
two years for denominational certification, or within three years for 
Tennessee State certification, s/he will have to take additional courses 
before certification can be issued. 

WHAT CERTIFICATES MAY BE OBTAINED? 

A Teacher's Certificate (Tennessee) 

A certificate is issued on the basis of a minimum of a Bachelor's Degree 
with a major in at least one subject teaching field and the completion of an 
approved teacher education program. 



1 18 Education and Psychology 



B. Basic Certificate (SDA denominational) 

Required by the Department of Education of the North American Division 
of Seventh-day Adventists. This three-year denominational certificate is 
issued on the basis of completing the following courses in addition to the 
above requirements: 

KELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELB Biblical Studies 3 hours 

REL Upper division elective 3 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours 

REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION 

Candidates for state certification must complete the appropriate teacher 
preparation curriculum. This consists of three components: general 
education, professional education, and major studies. 

A. General Education: 

This component represents that portion of the total teacher education 
program designed to foster the development of those competencies that 
are basic to all life's responsibilities and provide intellectual foundation 
in the liberal arts. Students pursuing a teacher education curriculum 
must work closely with their advisers for guidance in the selection of 
general education courses that are appropriate to their individual needs. 
Relevant courses are listed in this catalog under the seven main areas of 
the general education requirements, pages 25-29. 

B. Professional Education: 

Elementary : The courses for the three elementary programs are 
included with the degree requirements listed on pages 109-111 of this 
catalog. 

Secondary : The following courses are required for secondary teaching 
certification. In order to be eligible for certification, students must have a 
minimum grade point average of 2.50 in the major, professional education, 
and cumulative. 

EDUC 135 Intro to Education 2 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 2 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Children and Youth ... 2 hours 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Education (W) 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 2 hours 

EDUC 422 Behavior Management for Adolescents 2 hours 

EDUC 434 Reading in Content — Secondary 2 hours 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 ... 1 hour 

EDUC 438 Curriculum and Content Methods, Grades 7-12 . . 1 hour 

EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 or 

EDUC 469 Enhanced Student Teaching K-12 10 hours 

TOTAL 28 hours 

C. Major Studies: 

Major studies requirements: Preparation for teaching in the elementary 
school requires a B.A. in Psychology leading to licensure K-8, B.A in Social 
Science leading to licensure 1-8, or a B.S. in Science and Math Studies 
leading to licensure 1-8. See listings of course sequences on pages 109-111 
of this bulletin. 



Education and Psychology 1 19 



The following departments offer majors that can be combined with 
professional education courses resulting in licensure to teach: 

Biology History 

Chemistry Mathematics 

Education & Psychology Music 

English Physics 

Health/Physical Education Religion 

Students are to complete the degree requirements as specified by 
their chosen major plus the professional education courses as listed 
under B above. 

D. Miscellaneous Information Relative to Teacher Training: 

1. Because of time commitments during the student teaching experience, 
no additional courses may be taken. The Education faculty will endeavor 
to provide the opportunity for student teachers to teach in off-campus 
student teaching centers. It is expected that any student entering 
student teaching will have completed all other courses. 

2. Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one-fourth of the 
credit required for the certificate provided that no more than four 
semester hours in education are applied on the professional education 
requirement. If personal circumstances demand a correspondence course, 
a petition must be filed with the Department of Education and 
Psychology and its approval obtained before registering for the course. 
The course must be completed and the grade filed in the Records Office 
before student teaching is begun. 

3. A major is not always required for additional endorsements. A minor 
may be acceptable as a second field for SDA certification. 

4. Students should contact the Department of Education and Psychology 
for information on specific requirements in the area(s) of endorsement 
sought. 

PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT 
FOR INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS 
FOR SECONDARY CERTIFICATION 

Twenty semester hours selected from the courses listed below are 
required. A minimum of 12 semester hours from these courses must be 
completed after the date the applicant became eligible for the original 
certificate endorsed in a subject area in grades 7-12 or in a subject area 
in grades K-12. Grades must be C- or better. 

A. Required Courses: 

EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading . 3 

EDUC 463 Mathematics Methods 2 

EDUC 465 Bible Methods 2 

EDUC 456 Language Arts Methods 2 

EDUC 457 Social Studies Methods 2 

B. Six semester hours to include three of the following four areas: 

ART 230 Intro to Art Experiences 2 

EDUC 454 Science and Health Methods in Elem School 2 

MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 

PETH 463 Physical Education in the Elementary School 2 



120 Education and Psychology 



C. Two semester hours must be in Education of Exceptional Children if 
not previously successfully completed. If Education of Exceptional 
Children or any of the above required courses in Section A or Section 
B have been previously completed, the remaining semester hours must 
be taken from the following courses: 

a. Library Materials for Children 

b. Health 

c. Geography 

D. Two to three semester hours of student teaching. 

PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT 
FOR INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS 
FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CERTIFICATION 

The student must take ten hours of credit after the date the original 
certificate was earned. Six semester hours of the ten must be in specialized 
professional education appropriate to grades 7-12 and must include a 
minimum of 2 semester hours of appropriate methods. The credit for at 
least one area of endorsement in grades 7-12 may have been earned at any 
time prior to the application for adding the endorsement. Grades must be 
C- or better. The student must also fulfill the following: 

1. Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for endorsement in 
at least one teaching field (this will vary from 18 to 51 hours). 

2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional education 
including: 

A EDUC 437 or EDUC 438. 

B. Any other courses designated by the Department of Education and 
Psychology. 

3. Four semester hours of electives. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 134. Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

An overview of the purposes, administrative organizations and operations of school 
systems, identified as Christian in purpose, with particular emphasis on the 
Seventh-day Adventist educational system. 

EDUC 135. Introduction to Education 2 hours 

Required of all students seeking elementary or secondary licensure. Designed to 
acquaint the student with the experiences, qualifications, and duties of the 
classroom teacher. Students will spend at least twenty (20) hours during the 
semester observing and participating in local elementary or secondary classrooms. 

EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours 

The study of psychological information and its application to the processes of 
teaching and learning. The course covers subjects such as theories of learning, pupil 
characteristics, pupil variability, motivation, classroom management, information 
processing and assessment. 

EDUC 240. Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

A course in the education of exceptional children in the regular classroom. It 
includes a study of the wide range of factors contributing to the exceptionality, the 
identification of exceptional children and youth by the classroom teacher and the 
consequent classroom implications. Twenty (20) hours of clinical and field 
experience will be required. 



Education and Psychology 12 1 



EDUC 250. Technology in Education (G-2) 2 hours 

An introduction to applications of technology which will assist in efficient 
management and effective learning within the school environment Experience will 
be gained in the development and use of audio-visual materials including computers 
and educational software. 

EDUC 297. Research Design and Statistics I 3 hours 

See PSYC 297 for course description. (Credit not permitted if PSYC 297 has been 
taken.) 

EDUC 299. Outdoor Ministries 2 hours 

This course is designed to assist teachers and youth leaders in the development of 
relationships between children and nature for the purpose of enriching the spiritual 
life of children and youth. The student will learn to plan object lessons from nature, 
leadership in pathfindering, summer camp ministries and how to enliven Sabbath 
School programs with nature. A variety of laboratory skills will be required in area 
school and church programs (up to 30 hours). A knowledge of nature is suggested 
but not required. 

EDUC 325. Philosophy of Christian Education (W) 2 hours 

A study of the scriptural principles and philosophic base of Christian education as 
expounded by E. G. White and implemented by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

EDUC 332. leaching of Reading 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Survey of the materials and methods used in teaching reading in the elementary 
grades. It emphasizes the approaches to teaching reading including phonics instruc- 
tion. 

EDUC 356. Classroom Assessment 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of department chair. 
The development of the preservice teachers' ability to make sound educational 
decisions in the assessment of classroom learning and testing. Discussion will 
include current and future trends, test construction, and appropriate use of test 
results. An additional 15 hours of clinical and field experience are required. 

EDUC 364. Environmental Education 2 hours 

This course is designed to give M hands-on n learning in the use of the outdoor 
classroom. Recent trends in methods, materials, strategies, laboratory techniques, 
assessment, and professional guidelines for the elementary, junior, and senior high 
school curriculum will be covered. Up to four (4) days field experience will be 
required as a part of the class project There will be a charge for the trip. 

EDUC 421. Behavior Management 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Examines basic principles of discipline applicable to elementary school children. It 
reviews a variety of philosophical approaches to discipline, and identifies and role 
plays practical procedures for administrators and practitioners by which to attain 
and maintain acceptable management practices. In addition, the course seeks to 
probe the concept of discipline as a way of life in which the individual is assisted 
in developing a satisfactory and fulfilling lifestyle. This course requires five (5) 
hours of clinical experiences and ten (10) hours of field experiences. (Credit not 
permitted if PSYC 421 has been taken.) 



122 Education and Psychology 



EDUC 422. Behavior Management for Adolescents 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A Btudy of basic principles of discipline applicable to the teenage years. It reviews 
a variety of philosophical approaches to discipline, and identifies practical 
procedures for administrators and practitioners to attain and maintain acceptable 
management practices. In addition, the course seeks to probe the concept of 
discipline as a way of life in which the individual is assisted in developing a 
satisfactory and fulfilling lifestyle. This course requires five (5) hours of clinical 
experiences and ten (10) hours of field experiences. (Credit not permitted if PSYC 
422 has been taken.) 

EDUC 426. Kindergarten Methods 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program 
planning, materials, and strategies for teaching in preschool Emphasis is given to 
application of the principles of child development and learning to promote 
harmonious physical, mental, social, and emotional growth. At least ten (10) houra 
of observation and participation required. 

EDUC 434. Reading in Content — Secondary Emphasis 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for the needs 
of each student. It will include modeling the process necessary for reading and 
learning concepts in a subject area and instructing students so they can become 
independent learners. Additionally, the development of vocabulary, comprehension 
and study/reference skills in grades 7-12 will be covered. Causes of reading 
problems, assessment procedures, and organization of a sound reading program are 
stressed. Principles learned will be applied in classroom settings. Ten (10) hours of 
field experiences required. 

EDUC 437. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 1 hour 
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will include the secondary curriculum content — factors that influence 
change, the most important current practices, and critical curriculum issues facing 
educators today. It will provide general knowledge of current teaching methods, 
strategies of learning, and evaluation procedures, as set forth in the Tennessee 
Instructional Model. Ten (10) hours of field-based experience in special education 
and multicultural education are required. 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods, Grades 7-12 1 hour 
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The areas which offer methods courses are: Biology, Chemistry, English, Health 
and Physical Education, History, Mathematics, Music, Physics, Religious Education. 
Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at local professional 
meetings are considered part of this course. Among the student's responsibilities 
will be the collection and organization of a file of teaching materials, the 
preparation of lesson plans in harmony with the Tennessee Instructional Model, 
and evaluation of textbooks. Ten (10) hours of clinical and ten (10) hours of field 
experiences in selected schools and attendance at selected local professional 
meetings are considered a part of the course. 

EDUC 453* Mathematics Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional aids with 
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the sequential skill 
development and to changes in the mathematical contents, technology and peda- 
gogy. Observation and micro- teaching required. Ten (10) hours of field experience 
are required. 



Education and Psychology 123 



EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with emphasis 
on multi-grade classrooms. Techniques and materials are examined using basic 
principles of the scientific method. Fifteen (15) hours of observations, 
micro-teaching, and field experience are required. 

EDUC 455. Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A course to develop teaching objectives, materials, and strategies in Biblical educa- 
tion with emphasis on the Christ-centered curriculum and integration of faith and 
learning. Special attention will be given to multi-grade classrooms. Six (6) hours of 
observations and micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 456. Language Arts Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Curriculum organization, methods, materials, and instructional aids with emphasis 
on multi-grade classrooms. Strategies for instruction in writing, spelling, grammar, 
literature, and composition are developed. Ten (10) hours of observation and micro- 
teaching required. 

EDUC 457. Social Studies Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A course to develop teaching objectives, instructional strategies, materials, and 
methods when integrating social studies, geography, and the worldwide mission of 
the church. Special attention will be given to multi-grade classrooms. Five (5) hours 
of clinical and five (5) hours of practicum required. 

EDUC 460. Practicum in Special Education 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Provides opportunity for the prospective teacher to develop appreciation for 
children who require special modalities for learning. Field experiences (up to thirty 
[30] hours) will permit interaction with students with various exceptionalities. A 
50 percent tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy. 

EDUC 461. Practicum in Multicultural Education 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A course designed to develop a global perspective in the teacher. Opportunities will 
be given for interaction in an educational setting with students from varied cultural 
and minority groups. Adaptation of teaching methods and content to students' 
backgrounds will be prominent in the fifteen (15) hours of field experiences. A 50 
percent tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy. 

EDUC 463. Small Schools Seminar 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Required of all candidates seeking licensure K-8 or 1-8. Topics will include the 
specialized needs of the multi-grade teacher in administration, record keeping, 
curriculum management, and organization in small schools. 



124 Education and Psychology 



EDUC 465. Pre-Session Student Teaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite*: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other require- 
ments. 

This course is offered for qualified students needing experience in the "start up" 
dynamics of elementary and secondary programs. It involves 80 clock hours of 
on-site work with a qualified supervising teacher for one week prior to the fall 
semester through the first week of school. In consultation with the director of 
practice teaching, students are required to arrange for their own placement and 
submit a course application to the Education department office by May 1. 

EDUC 466. Enhanced Student Teaching K-8 10 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other require- 
ments. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed for part of 
the semester in a kindergarten setting. Cooperating teachers, determined by the 
district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, and 
competence, and share supervision responsibilities with Southern College faculty, 
who assume responsibility for the final eummative evaluation. No other courses 
may be taken during student teaching. A 25% tuition waiver applies to this class, 
calculated according to the policy on page 235. 

EDUC 467. Enhanced Student Teaching 1-8 10 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other require- 
ments. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in two 
different settings (1-4, 5-8) during the semester. Cooperating teachers, determined 
by the district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, 
certification, and competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college 
faculty, who assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. No other 
classwork may be taken during student teaching. A 25% tuition waiver applies to 
this class, calculated according to the policy on page 235. 

EDUC 468. Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 10 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other require- 
ments. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in two 
different settings (7-8, 9-12) during the semester. Cooperating teachers, determined 
by the district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, 
certification, and competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college 
faculty, who assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. Students 
may not be enrolled in any other classwork during this semester. A 25% tuition 
waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on page 235. 

EDUC 469. Enhanced Student Teaching K-12 10 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other require- 
ments. 

(This course is for music and physical education majors oiuy.) 
Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in three 
different settings (K-4, 5-8, 9-12) during the semester. The time spent will be 
approximately 6 weeks in each area. Cooperating teachers, determined by the 
district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, and 
competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college faculty, who assume 
responsibility for the final summative evaluation. Students may not be enrolled in 
any other courses during this semester. A 25% tuition waiver applies to this class, 
calculated according to the policy on page 235. 



Education and Psychology 125 



EDUC 475. Workshop in Education (Methodology) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under supervision on 
curriculum problems. Credit is also available for preservice students as an elective. 

EDUC 485. Workshop in Education (Content) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to develop new skills and gather new 
facts in content fields at various levels. Credit is also available for preservice 
students as an elective. 

EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to pursue 
independent study in special fields. This course may be repeated for credit 

PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYC 124. Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology. Special 
attention is given to provide an exposure to a wide variety of human behaviors, 
which may include but are not limited to: sensation, perception, learning, memory, 
thinking, development motivation and personality. Included in this course are 
twenty (20) hours of active learning experience, which may include field experiences 
outside the classroom. 

PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of life from prenatal through the adult years. Emphasis is placed on the 
emotional, social, physical, and psychological development of the individual. This 
course requires ten (10) hours of field experience. The choices of field experience 
facilities may be limited due to the number of students enrolled in the semester. 

PSYC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours 

See EDUC 217 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 217 has been 
taken.) 

PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of human behavior as affected by group living. Dynamics of groups, social 
roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of consideration. Credit 
applicable for either psychology or sociology emphasis, but not for both. 

PSYC 230. Principles and Application 

of Cognitive Development 2 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124, or EDUC 217, or permission of instructor. 
A study of the psychological process by which humans acquire knowledge. Percep- 
tion, reasoning, problem solving, and language skills will be analyzed. Emphasis will 
be placed on the applications of cognitive processes to the teaching/learning 
environments. The practical application of the knowledge learned from cognitive 
theories is applied to teaching and ten (10) hours of clinical experience is required. 

PSYC 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours 

See SOCI 233 for course description. (Credit not permitted if SOCI 233 has been 
taken.) 

PSYC 240. Psychology of Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

See EDUC 240 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 240 has been 
taken.) 



126 Education and Psychology 



PSYC 297. Research Design and Statistics I ' 3 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 135 or PSYC 124 or PSYC 128. 

This course provides an introduction to various research methods in the fields of 
psychology and education. The student is introduced to descriptive and inferential 
statistics and to the process of proposal writing. Emphasis is placed upon describing 
how statistics can be used as a tool in research design. Computer aided analysis of 
data and practice exercises is an integral part of the course. 

PSYC 315. Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128. 

A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors of good adjustment 
and mental health. Attention is paid to several continuing or recent controversial 
issues in the field of psychopathology Included in this course are active learning 



PSYC 326. Physiological Psychology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours in Biology. 

This course focuses on the physiological substrates of behavior. Specific attention 
is given to the physiological basis of learning and motivation, sensation* emotion, 
neural encoding, and sleep. Further analysis of the structural and functional 
organization of the brain and nervous system. This course will be taught in 
alternate years. 

PSYC 336. Language Acquisition and Development 2 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128. 

A study of the major theories of language acquisition, with emphasis on language 
development beginning at birth and extending through middle childhood. This 
course incorporates ten (10) hours of active learning experiences, five (fi) hours of 
which require field experiences outside the classroom. 

PSYC 346. Introduction to Personality Theories 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 and 128. 

This course is an exploration of the major paradigms of personality theory from a 
Christian perspective. For example, psychoanalysis, behaviorism, humanism, exis- 
tentialism, and others will be covered. It will focus on the modern theorists, 
including White, Rogers, Skinner, May, Bandura, Mischel, Wilson, and Barash. A 
study of human motivation and an exploration of individual personality perspective 
will provide useful personal information. 

PSYC 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

See SOCI 349 for course description, (Credit not permitted if SOCI 349 has been 
taken*) 

PSYC 356. Classroom Assessment 2 hours 

See EDUC 356 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 356 has been 
taken.) 

PSYC 357. Psychological Testing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 and EDUC 297 or approval of instructor. 
This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles of testing, 
particularly as it relates to the practice of psychology. Specifically, the course 
examines the purpose of individual assessment of ability, aptitude, achievement, 
interest, and personality. Theory and basic concepts underlying the individually 
administered and group tests will be evaluated. Non-standardized tests and other 
techniques for psychological assessment will also be addressed. 



Education and Psychology 127 



PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: One course in Psychology. 

This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual counseling. 
The dynamics of the helping relationship are analyzed. Theory and practice will be 
integrated. 

PSYC 384. Experimental Psychology 3 hours 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles and practices of 
experimentation in the field of psychology. Specifically, this course focuses on the 
true experiment. In addition, it will familiarize the student with the quasi experi- 
ment and the issues involved in the use of human and animal subjects in research. 
This course will be taught in alternate years. 

PSYC 387. Comparative Psychology 3 hours 

See BIOL 387 for course description* (Credit not permitted if BIOL 387 has been 
taken.) 

PSYC 415. History and Systems of Psychology (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124. 

Philosophical and historical backgrounds of psychology leading to a consideration 
of contemporary schools and systems of psychology. 

PSYC 421. Behavior Management 2 hours 

See EDUC 421 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 421 has been 
taken.) 

PSYC 422. Behavior Management for Adolescents 2 hours 

See EDUC 422 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 422 has been 
taken.) 

PSYC 432. Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 hours 

A study of human behavior in industries and organizations. Major theories, issues, 
research, and methods will be introduced. Emphasis is given to acquainting 
students with the possible applications of psychology to the fields of business and 
organizational management This course will be taught in alternate years. 

PSYC 460. Group Processes 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 377. 

This course will offer the advanced student the opportunity to explore through 
practice the various roles of group dynamics. The experience will provide skill 
development for the management of small groups in therapy, school, and church 
settings. 

PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology 3 hours 

Selected topics in psychology as chosen from such areas as: psychology of religion, 
ethics, individual differences, psychology of women, sensation and perception, etc. 
This course may be repeated for credit with an appropriate change in topics. 

PSYC 479. Family Counseling 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 377. 

An advanced counseling techniques course including an emphasis on family and 
individual counseling and how to direct persons to make changes towards more 
effective interpersonal relationships. 



128 Education and Psychology 



PSYC 485. Psychology Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. 

Supervised volunteer/work experience in related fields of psychology. At least forty 
clock hours of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit A 
two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy. 
May be repeated for credit for up to 3 hours. Grades will be assigned on an A, B, 
or F basis. 

PSYC 490. Psychology Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Psychology major or minor with senior standing. 
This course is designed to present an overview of psychology issues and 
contemporary problems. 

PSYC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by instructor. 

This course permits the student with adequate preparation to pursue independent 
study in special fields. The area of study will appear on the transcript Directed 
study arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance of registration 
after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available from 
the department May be repeated for credit 

PSYC 497. Research Design and Statistics II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC/EDUC 297 or approval by instructor. 

This course permits students to apply principles of research and statistical analysis 
of data leading to the completion of a research project 

(F-l) (F-2) (G-2) (W) Seepages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 



Engineering Studies 



Engineering Studies Committee: 

Henry Kuhlman (Chair), John Durichek 



Southern College offers the first two years of a baccalaureate degree in 
engineering. Upon completing the two-year engineering studies program, 
students transfer to the Walla Walla College School of Engineering, with 
which Southern College is affiliated, for the final two years. Southern 
College awards an Associate of Science degree in Engineering Studies. 
Walla Walla College, located in Washington State, awards a Bachelor of 
Science in Engineering degree with concentrations in civil, electrical, and 
mechanical engineering and a pre-professional Bachelor of Science degree 
in bioengineering. 

The WWC School of Engineering offers a high quality program that is 
fully accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology — the only nationally recognized organization which accredits 
engineering programs. It has an enrollment of approximately 250 students, 
many of whom are transfer students from affiliated Seventh-day Adventist 
colleges. 

The Southern College affiliation with Walla Walla College makes the 
transition to the final two years of the baccalaureate engineering program 
essentially the same as if the first two years were taken there. Even though 
transfer to Walla Walla College is simpler than to a non-affiliated school, 
the Southern College engineering studies program is compatible with 
baccalaureate engineering programs of most colleges and universities. 



ASSESSMENT 

The engineering studies program is designed to parallel the first two 
years of the baccalaureate engineering degree at Walla Walla College. It is 
regularly assessed by means of one or two campus visits each year by 
engineering faculty from their College of Engineering. 



PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING STUDIES 
Major— A. S. Engineering Studies (34 Hours) 

Required Course* Hour* Required Course*, eont. Houm 

ENGR 149 Intro Mech 0rawing/OADD 3 MATH 200 Elem Linear Algebra 2 

ENGR 249 GAD Mechanical I 3 MATH 218 Calculus III 4 

ENQR 211 Eng Mech: Static* 3 PHYS 211-212 General Physic* 6 

ENGR 212 Eng Mech: Dynamic* 3 PHYS 213-214 General Physic* Lab 2 

MATH 181 Calculus I 3 PHYS 311-312 Gen Physics Calc App 2 

MATH 182 Calculus II 4 

Required Cognates 
CHEM 151-152 General Chem 
CPTR131 Fund of Prog I 



1 30 Engineering Studies 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.S. Engineering Studies 

Irt Semester Hour* 2nd Semester Hour* 



CHEM 151 


General Chemistry 4 


CHEM 152 


General Chemistry 


4 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 3 


ENGR 249 


CADD Meohanioal I 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 3 


MATH 200 


Elem Linear Algebra 


2 


ENGR 149 


Intro to Mech Drawing/CADD 3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


4 


MATH 181 


Calculus I* 3 


PEAC 125 


Conditioning 


1 




16 


RELB125 


Life and Teachings 


3 
17 



^Engineering students are expected to have taken a year-long precalculus course 
(beyond Algebra II) in high school. Those who haven't should take a college precalculus 
course at home during the summer. 



The total number of hours for the A.S. degree in engineering studies is 
sixty-four. Students who plan to continue their education at an engineering 
school other than Walla Walla College should take that school's catalog to 
the engineering adviser for guidance in selecting general education courses. 



ENGINEERING COURSES 

ENGR 149. Introduction to Mechanical Drawing 

and CADD (G-2) 3 hours 

See TECH 149 for course description. 

ENGR 249. CADD Mechanical I (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGR 149 or equivalent. 

An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an aid 
in drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architectural and 
electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods laboratory each week. 
Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring) 

ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours 

Pre- or corequiaitea: MATH 182; PHYS 211, 213. 

Two and three-dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction; centroids 
and center of mass, virtual work, and moments of inertia, (Fall) 

ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours 

Pre- or corequiaitea: ENGR 211; MATH 218; PHYS 212, 214, 311-312. 
One and two-dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector calculus; 
dynamics of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative motion; work and 
energy; impulse and momentum. (Spring) 

(6-2) See pages 25-29 for general degree and general education requirements. 



English and Speech 



Chair: David C. Smith 

Faculty: Don Dick (Speech Coordinator), Joan dos Santos, Jan Haluska, Para 

Harris, Debbie Higgens, John Keyes, Wilma McClarty, Helen Pyke 

(Composition Coordinator) 
Adjunct Faculty: Ann Clark, Rosemary Dibben, Penny Kilgore 

The English and Speech Department offers two categories of classes that 
view man's search for truth and its most convincing expression through a 
Christian perspective. Language and speech courses aid students in devel- 
oping ease, confidence, and competence in the art of effective communica- 
tion and in acquiring knowledge of the science of language; literature 
courses develop the ability to discern and appreciate the best literary 
works. 

Students majoring or minoring in English must meet the specific 
requirements of the English Department (below) and the General Educa- 
tion program (pages 25-29). For the English major, intermediate foreign 
language is required. College Composition does not count toward an 
English major or minor, but students majoring or minoring in English 
must earn a grade of C or higher in College Composition. 

ASSESSMENT 

As part of a departmental assessment process, senior English majors 
take a written exam and do a written evaluation of departmental programs. 
Results provide information used to improve departmental programs; 
graduation eligibility is not affected. Majors are informed about the purpose 
and nature of these assessment activities when they enter the English 
program. 

PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 
Major— B.A. English (30 Hours) 



Required Course* 

ENGL 214 Survey of American Lit 


Hours 

3 


Select 9 Hours From: Hours 

ENGL 217 World Lit in Tram 3 


ENGL 215 


Surrey of English Lit 


3 


ENGL 326 


Film Evaluation (W) 3 


ENGL 216 


Approaches to Literature 


3 


ENQL 335 


Biblical Literature (W) 3 


ENGL 305 


Advanced Grammar 


3 


ENGL 336 


Medieval & Ren Lit (W) 3 


ENGL 315 


Introduction to Linguistics 


3 


ENGL 337 


19th-century Brit Lit (W) 3 


ENGL 445 


Ancient Classics (W) 


3 


ENGL 338 


Twentieth-Century Writers (W) 3 


ENGL 313 


Expository Writing (W) 




ENGL 444 


Restor & 18th-Century Lit (W) 3 




OR 


3 


ENGL 323 


19th-century Amer Lit (W) 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing (W) 




ENGL 425 
ENGL 313 


OR 3 

Literature of the South (w) 
Expository Writing (W) 

OR 3 
Creative Writing (W) 








ENGL 314 








ENGL 397 


English Practicum 

OR 3 








ENGL 497 


English Internship 


Majors may substitute a journalism writing class or English topics course for one English 


elective. 










Required < 


Doffnates 

Intro to Public Speaking 


Hours 
3 


Recommended for teachlntf majors: Hours 


SPCH 135 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 3 


HMNT205 


Arts and Ideas 


3 




OR 


HIST 374 


History of England 


3 


JOUR 174/475 Journalism Workshop 




Intermed foreign Language 


6 







1 32 English and Speech 



Students planning to obtain educational certification will need to include the 
required professional education courses and additional general education re- 
quirements in their program as outlined in the Education/Psychology section 
of this catalog. Students preparing for secondary teacher certification must also 
take LIBR 425. English majors who minor in journalism or public relations are 
eligible for internships through the Journalism Department. 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. English 

(Non-Teaching) 



1st Semester 
ENGL 101 
SPCH 136 



College Composition 
Intro to Public Speaking 
Area B, Religion 
Area C, History 
Area D-l, Inter For Lang 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



Hours 

3 



3 
3 
3 
3 
1 
16 



2nd Semester 

ENGL 102 
ENGL 216 



College Composition 
Approaches to Lit 
Area D-l, Inter 
Foreign Lang 
Area E, Nat Science 
Minor 



Hours 
3 
3 

3 

3 

3 

To- 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 

B.A. English 

(Teaching) 



1st Semester 

EDUC 135 Intro to Education 
ENGL 101 College Composition 
BELT 138 Adventist Heritage 
Area C, History 
Area D-l, Inter For Lang 



Hours 2nd Semester 

2 ENGL 102 College Composition 

3 ENGL 216 Approaches to Lit 
3 HLED 173 Health and Life 

3 SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 
_3 Area D-l, Inter 

14 Foreign Lang 

Area E, Nat Science 



Minor— English (18 Hours) 



Required Courses 

ENGL 214 
ENGL 215 
ENGL 216 
ENGL 205 



ENGL 305 



Hours 

Survey of Amer Lit 3 

Survey of English lit 3 

Approaches to Literature 3 
Grammar and Linguistics 

OR 3 
Advanced Grammar 



Required Courses, oont. 

ENGL 313 Expository Writing (W) 

OR 
ENGL 314 Creative Writing (W) 

Upper Division Electives 



Hours 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION 

Students whose native language is not English and whose TOEFL 
scores are between 490-549 or whose English ACT score is below 17 will be 
required to take special English classes offered by the English Department. 
These students are ineligible for Basic Writing or College Composition until 
they have completed these special English classes. Students with TOEFL 
scores below 490 are ineligible to take classes in the English Department. 





































English and Speech 1 33 



ENGL 081. Language Skills I: Writing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score of 490 or 78 on Michigan Test 
A study of the steps in the writing process, the parts of the paragraph and basic 
essays, and several important patterns of organization. Emphasis on sentence 
structure and practice in academic writing skills. A one-hour lab is required per 
week. To pass this course, students must earn a C grade and achieve a minimum 
TOEFL score of 519. Students who do not earn a minimum grade of C or do not 
achieve the minimum designated TOEFL score may be required to repeat this 
course. This course may be repeated for credit A fee for the TOEFL test will be 
charged to the student's account 

ENGL 082. Language Skills I: Grammar 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score of 490 or 78 on Michigan Test 
A study of form, meaning, and use of standard American English grammar. 
Emphasis on the application of correct grammatical structures in spoken and 
written English. A one-hour lab is required per week. To pass this course, students 
must earn a C grade and achieve a minimum TOEFL score of 519. Students who 
do not earn a minimum grade of C or do not achieve the minimum designated 
TOEFL score may be required to repeat this course. This course may be repeated 
for credit. A fee for the TOEFL test will be charged to the student's account 

ENGL 083. Language Skills I: Reading/Discourse 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TOEFL score of 490 or 78 on Michigan Test 
A study of basic reading strategies and practice in analysis of interpretation. 
Emphasis also given to oral communication skills in academic and non-academic 
situations. A one-hour lab is required per week. To pass this course, students must 
earn a C grade and achieve a minimum TOEFL score of 519. Students who do not 
earn a minimum grade of C or do not achieve the minimum designated TOEFL 
score may be required to repeat this course. This course may be repeated for credit. 
A fee for the TOEFL test will be charged to the student's account 

ENGL 084. Language Skills II: Writing/Grammar 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TOEFL 520; Michigan Test 84, or C in both ENQL 081 and 082. 
This course focuses on the composing of well-developed texts for a variety of 
writing tasks. It explores the writing process and how the correct use of grammar 
improves writing effectiveness. It includes an introduction to research writing. A 
one-hour lab is required per week. To pass this course, students must earn a C 
grade and achieve a minimum TOEFL score of 550. Students who do not earn a 
minimum grade of C or do not achieve the minimum designated TOEFL score may 
be required to repeat this course. This course may be repeated for credit A fee for 
the TOEFL test will be charged to the student's account 

ENGL 085. Language Skills II: Reading/Discourse 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TOEFL 520, Michigan 84, or C in ENQL 083. 
An integrated course to develop reading, speaking, and listening skills for academic- 
related situations. A one-hour lab is required per week. To pass this course, 
students must earn a C grade and achieve a nunimum TOEFL score of 550. 
Students who do not earn a minimum grade of C or do not achieve the minimum 
designated TOEFL score may be required to repeat this course. This course may 
be repeated for credit A fee for the TOEFL test will be charged to the student's 
account 



1 34 English and Speech 



ENGL 099. Basic Writing 3 hours 

Focuses on development of those writing skills necessary for successful entry into 
ENGL 101. Students whose English ACT score is 16 or below are required to 
register for this class. Students successfully completing this course will earn three 
institutional elective credits and may enroll in ENQL 101. Near the end of the 
course, students will be required to take the English section of the ACT test and 
must score 17 or higher in order to pass the class. The test fee will be charged to 
their accounts. This course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall) 

ENGL 101-102. College Composition (A-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite to ENQL 101: ACT score of 17 or higher, or TOEFL score of 550 or 
higher, or Basic Writing Credit ENQL 101 is prerequisite to ENQL 102. 

A two-semester course focusing strongly on the writing process, especially revision. 
ENQL 101 emphasizes specific writing skills and principles which readily apply to 
most writing tasks. Students write expository essays organized according to pre- 
scribed modes. ENQL 102 reinforces the proficiencies developed in ENQL 101 while 
focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills which apply to various persuasive and 
research writing activities. Students write persuasive essays and a research paper. 
This course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

ENGL 205. Grammar and Linguistics for Teachers 3 hours 

An individualized review of traditional grammar and standard American usage and 
an introduction to linguistic topics relevant to the prospective elementary school 
teacher. Included are a survey of English language development, a study of the 
nature of language, and a discussion of dialects in the classroom. 

ENGL 305. Advanced Grammar 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Minimum English ACT usage subscore of 13, ENQL 205, or a chal- 
lenge exam. 

An overview of major grammatical theories. The course, designed for English 
majors, includes a review of traditional grammar, but emphasizes structural 
analysis and transformational grammar. 

ENGL 313. Expository Writing (G-2) (W) 3 hours 

A workshop approach that provides practical instruction in expository writing for 
all disciplines. Emphasis on developing a natural writing style; writing economical 
but lively prose; increasing vocabulary; and cultivating a writing process which 
frees writer's block and facilitates thoughtful, cogent, focused, coherent, and fluent 
writing. Involves reading and analysis of a wide variety of writing. Helpful for all 
students wishing to improve their writing skills, particularly those headed for 
graduate school or for professions in which writing is important Tailored to the 
needs and interests of students who enroll (Fall) 

ENGL 314. Creative Writing (G-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours of literature or permission of instructor. 
A study of the principles, techniques, and kinds of personalized writing, providing 
the student with opportunity to develop his own style and to find possible markets 
for his manuscripts that may be worthy of publication. (Spring) 

ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 305. 

A survey course introducing the student to the origin, history, and development of 
the English language. The course focuses on the nature of language and language 
change, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and ethical issues in language 
use. (Spring) 



English and Speech 135 



ENGL 415. English Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisites: 18 hours in the major, ENGL 313 Expository Writing or ENGL 314 
Creative Writing, and formal approval by the department 

The student gains on-the-job experience using English skills in a part-time work 
situation (maximum of 25 hours per week). A department coordinator works with 
the student and a local business to oversee placement and evaluation. Both the 
student and the business assess in writing the quality and nature of the work 
experience. The student receives 1 credit hour for each 50 hours of work 
experience. Positions can be paid or non-paid. Procedures and guidelines are 
available from the department A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, 
calculated according to the policy on page 235. (Pass/Fail credit). 

ENGL 416. English Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisites: 18 hours in the major, ENGL 313 Expository Writing or ENGL 314 
Creative Writing, and formal approval by the department 

The student gains on-the-job experience using English skills in a full-time work 
situation (minimum of 35 hours per week). A department coordinator works with 
the student and a selected business to oversee placement and evaluation. Both the 
student and the business assess in writing the quality and nature of the work 
experience. A minimum of 150 hours of supervised work is required. Positions can 
be paid or non-paid. Procedures and guidelines are available from the department 
A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy 
on page 235. (Pass/Fail credit). 

LITERATURE 

ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial through 
modern, with emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having individual, national, 
and universal interest (Fall) 

ENGL 215. Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections by British writers, with special emphasis on the 
author's philosophy as compared or contrasted with Bible-based thinking, and a 
review of literary trends and influences from the late Roman period to the present 
Among writers receiving strong attention are Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, 
Milton, Wordsworth. (Fall, Spring) 

ENGL 216. Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101. 

A study of what recognized poets, short-story writers, dramatists, and novelists 
have to say about the human condition, emphasizing the various approaches to 
literature and including an introduction to literary terms and critical evaluation. 
(Spring) 

ENGL 217. World Literature in Translation (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of significant selections of world literature in translation, both western and 
non-western. Emphasis on ideas and qualities that give these works enduring 
value. (Spring, even years) 



1 36 English and Speech 



ENGL 323. Nineteenth-Century American Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 
A chronological study of major nineteenth-century American writers and then- 
works beginning with the writings of Washington Irving and the emergence of a 
genuine "American" literature and ending with Stephen Crane and Jack London 
whose naturalistic works bridge the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Among the 
authors studied are Cooper, Bryant, Longfellow, Emerson, Thoreau, Poe, 
Hawthorne, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, and James. (Fall, even years) 

ENGL 326. Film Evaluation (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

The primary goal of the class is to help each student develop a personal set of 
criteria for evaluating films. Class activities include viewing films that have made 
significant contributions to our culture, reading film reviews and criticisms, 
studying how films are made and how to write about films, and writing about 
them. The class meets one night per week for a minimum of 3 hours, at which time 
films are viewed. Evaluation papers based on this viewing are due weekly. (Spring) 

ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of some of the literary masterpieces of the Bible in English translation. 
The course applies techniques of oral interpretation and literary analysis (including 
emphasis upon uses of poetic and rhetorical devices and of figures of speech) to 
forms of literature such as address, proverb, parable, poem, short story, epistle, and 
apocalypse. (Spring, odd years) 

ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

From Chaucer through Milton, the writers and their times. Readings in Middle 
English narrative, allegory, play, and meditation; in sixteenth and seventeenth- 
century prose, poetry and dramatic literature, with the Btudy of genre, conventions, 
and trends. Specific attention to moral and religious issues. (Spring, odd years) 

ENGL 337. Nineteenth-Century British Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of British writers from the Romantic or Victorian periods (1785-1901), with 
special emphasis upon Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, 
Austen, Tennyson, Dickens, Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, and Wilde. (Spring, even 
years) 

ENGL 338* Twentieth-Century Writers (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of twentieth-century writers with an emphasis on American and/or British 
works, although world literature in translation may be included. (Spring) 

ENGL 425. Literature of the South (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of works written by Faulkner, Welty, Warren, Wright, O'Connor and other 
southern writers which embody the distinctive cultural heritage of the South. An 
emphasis on the literary treatment of southern traditions and themes. (Fall, odd 
years) 

ENGL 444. Restoration and 

Eighteenth-Century Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

This course considers English literature written between the Restoration and 
Romantic Revolution. Included are poets and essayists from Milton to Johnson, 
novelists like Defoe and Fielding, and comic playwrights such as Gay and 
Goldsmith. (Spring, odd years) 

ENGL 445. Ancient Classics (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

After beginning with the three great epics that underlie the literature of the 
Western World — the Iliad, the Odyssey, and The Book of Job — the course considers 
a range of Greek and Roman works. Collateral emphasis is on enhancing a 
student's ability to distinguish between classical Greco-Roman and Judeo-Christian 
modes of thought. (Fall) 



English and Speech 137 



ENGL 465. Topics in English (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

Selected topics in English presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for 
credit. 

ENGL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student. This course also includes credit offered by the English Department on 
directed study tours. Open only to English majors or minors with the approval of 
the department chairman in consultation with the prospective instructor. This 
course may be repeated for credit. 

SPEECH 

SPCH 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

Preparation and presentation of short informative and persuasive speeches with 
emphasis on the selection and organization of material, reasoning, methods of 
securing interest, persuasive strategies, and the elements of delivery. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

SPCH 136. Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours 

Introducing the process of informal transactional communication, this course 
emphasizes a quality of communication rather than a communication setting, 
namely personal involvement through emphatic listening and self-disclosure. The 
course utilizes readings and learning activities to help students understand the 
theory of interpersonal communication and apply it in realistic transactions. 

SPCH 465. Topics 3 hours 

Selected topics in speech and related areas presented in a classroom setting. 
Subjects covered will determine general education credit -status. This course may 
be repeated for credit. 

SPCH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student. Open only to students approved by the department chair in consultation 
with the prospective instructor. This course may be repeated for credit. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/English 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance; the survey and evaluation of textbooks is also 

included. 



(A-l) (D-2) (D-4) (G-l) (G-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education 
requirements. 



Health, Physical Education, 
and Recreation 



Chair: Phil Garver 

Faculty: Ted Evans, Steve Jaecks, Heather Neal 
Adjunct Faculty: Nancy Brock, Bill Godsey, Charles Knapp, Cindy 
Kyle, Connie Madaris, Jack Silberman, Valerie Smith 



The courses in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation propose to 
acquaint students with principles of healthful living, to develop physical 
efficiency, to develop wholesome recreational habits and/or prepare for a 
career in health, physical education, and recreation, or in wellness 
management. 

ASSESSMENT 

To help the graduates in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation 
evaluate their academic progress and to aid the department in evaluating 
teaching effectiveness, each senior is required to: 

1. Take PETH 490, Senior Comprehensive Seminar, which prepares the 
student for the exit exam. 

2. Take an exit exam. 

3. Present a portfolio of major projects and papers to the departmental 
faculty. 

The exit exam is graded pass/fail and may be repeated. The results of 
the assessment procedures are used to evaluate departmental programs. 

PROGRAMS IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
AND RECREATION 

Major— B.S. Physical Education (41 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 


Required Cou 
PETH 364 


rses. oont. Hours 


PEAC 254 


Lifeguarding 




Prin & Admin PE & Reo 3 


PEAC 255 


Water Safety Inatr 




PETH 374 


Motor Learning and Dev 2 


PETH 114 


ProAct — Softball 




PETH 437 


Adaptive Physical Ed 2 


PETH 115 


ProAct — Flagball 




PETH 463 


Physical Ed in Elem School 2 


PETH 116 


ProAct — Afolleyball 




PETH 474 


Psych and Soc of Sports 2 


PETH 117 


ProAct — Basketball 




PETH 490 


Senior Comp Sem 1 


PETH 118 


ProAct — Floor Hockey 




PETH 295/495 


Directed Study 1-3 


PETH 119 


ProAct — Soccer 








PETH 214 


ProAct — Tennis 








PETH 215 


ProAct — Golf 








PETH 216 


ProAct — Conditioning 




Required Cognates Hours 


PETH 217 


ProAct — Badminton 




BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy and Physiology 6 


PETH 218 


ProAct — Track and Field 




FDNT125 


Nutrition 3 


PETH 219 


ProAct — Gymnastics 




HLED 173 


Health and Life 2 


PETH 265, 266 


Offic Sports I, II 




HLED 373 


Care/Prev Athl Injuries 2 


PETH 314 


Kinesiology 


3 


HLED 473 


Health Education 2 


PETH 315 


Physiology of Exercise (W) 


4 






PETH 363 


Intro Meas/Res of PE 


3 







Health, Physical Education, Recreation 1 39 

Competency required in PEAC 143, Beginning Tumbling. 

Skill deficiencies in each PETH activity unit, 114 through 119 and 214 
through 219, will be indicated by grade of C- or less. Deficiencies for these 
units must be met by taking for no credit the corresponding general educa- 
tion activity course. 

Intramural participation is recommended for all majors and minors. 

Students who desire teacher certification must meet the State of 
Tennessee certification requirements set forth by the Department of 
Education. The student must apply to the Department of Education for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester 
before the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively. 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Physical Education 

(Leading to Licensure K-12) 



1st Semester 

BIOL 101 
EDUC 135 
ENGL 101 
PETH 121 



Anatomy and Physiology 

Intro to Education 

College Composition 

Prof Skills, Team 

Electives 

Area C-l, History 



Hours 

3 
2 
3 
3 

1 

J* 
16 



2nd Semester 

BIOL 102 Anatomy and Physiology 
ENGL 102 College Composition 
PETH 122 Prof Skills, Team 
KELT 255 Christian Beliefs 
SOCI 233 Marriage and Family 
Area C-l, History 



3 
3 
3 
2 

J* 
17 



Mfyor— B.S. Corporate/Community Wellness Management 
(41 Hours) 



Reauired Courses Hours 


Required Cognates 


Hours 


BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology 


6 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 


3 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chem 


3 


BMKT326 


Intro to Marketing 


3 


FDNT126 


Nutrition 


3 


BUAD 334 


PrinofMgmt 


3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Eth, ft Soc Envir 




HLED 256 


Drugs and Society 


2 




of Business 


3 


HLED 373 


Care/Prev Injuries 


2 


CPTR105 


Intro to Word Process 


1 


HLED 470 


Current Issues in Health 


2 


ECON213 


Burvey of Eoon 


3 


HLED 476 


Meth/Mat of Hlth Promo 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


HLED 497 


Wellness Practioum 


2 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 


1 


PSYC 377 


Fund of Counseling 


3 


PETH 314 


Kinesiology 


3 


SOCI 223 


Marriage ft Family 


2 


PETH 315 


Physiology of Exercise (W) 


4 








PETH 364 


Prin ft Admin of Phy Ed 


3 








PETH 374 


Motor Learning ft Dev 


2 








PETH 474 


Psych ft Sociology of Sports 


2 








PETH 490 


Senior Comp Seminar 


1 









Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Corporate/Community Wellness Management 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


BIOL 101 


Anatomy ft Physiology 


3 


BIOL 102 


Anatomy ft Physiology 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


CPTR 105 


Intro to Word Process 


1 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 


1 


SOCI 223 


Marriage ft Family 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area C, History 


3 




Area C, History 


3 

15 




Electives 


4 
16 



140 Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



Major — B.S. Health Science (45 Hours) 






Required Courses Hours 


Required Courses, cont. 


Hours 


BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology 


6 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


BIOL 225 Microbiology 


4 


PEAC 225 


Conditioning 


1 


CHEM 151-162 General Chemistry 


8 


PETH 314 


Kinesiology 


3 


FDNT 125 Nutrition 


3 


PETH 315 


Physiology of Exercise (W) 


4 


HLED 173 Health and Life 


2 


PETH 374 


Motor Learning & Dev 


2 


HLED 373 Care/Prev Injuries 


2 


PETH 490 


Senior Comp Seminar 


1 


HLED 470 Current Issues in Health 


2 


PETH 495 


Directed Stucfy 


1-3 


HLED 473 Health Education 


2 




Upper division elective 


1 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Health Science 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


BIOL 101 Anatomy and Physiology 


3 


BIOL 102 Anatomy and Physiology 


3 


ENOL 101 College Composition 


3 


ENQL 102 College Composition 


3 


Area C-l, History 


3 


SOCI 223 Marriage & Family 


2 


Area A-2, Math 


3-0 


Area B-2, Religion 


3 


Electives 


4-7 


Area C-l, History 


3 




16 


Electives 


2 



16 



Minor — Physical Education (18 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

PETH 265 Officiating Sports Analysis 2 

PETH 266 Officiating Sports Analysis 2 

PETH 364 Prin/Admin Phys Ed 3 

Upper Division 3 



Select 8 Hours From: Hours 


PETH 114 


ProAct— Softball 1 


PETH 115 


ProAct— Flagball 1 


PETH 116 


ProAct— Volleyball 1 


PETH 117 


ProAct— Basketball 1 


PETH 118 


ProAct— Floor Hockey 1 


PETH 119 


ProAct— Soccer 1 


PETH 214 


ProAct— Tennis 1 


PETH 215 


ProAct— Golf 1 


PETH 216 


ProAct— Conditioning 1 


PETH 217 


ProAct — Badminton 1 


PETH 218 


ProAct— Track and Field 1 


PETH 219 


ProAct— Gymnastics 1 



HEALTH EDUCATION 

HLED 173. Health and life (F-3) 2 hours 

A study of current subjects vital to healthful living. Integrating healthful living and 
Christianity with today's scientific research. Not open to nursing students. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

HLED 256. Drugs and Society 2 hours 

An introductory course focusing on the use and abuse of drugs in our society. 
Emphasis on strategies to assist future health promoters in recognition, 
intervention, and prevention of substance abuse. Oral presentation required. (Fall) 

HLED 373. Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries 2 hours 

Prerequisite: PETH 314. 

Investigations into the prevention, care, and proper management of injuries related 
to athletics, (Spring) 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 141 

HLED 470. Current Issues in Health 2 hours 

This seminar course is designed to assist students in becoming knowledgeable 
regarding health issues of our time. Library research and class presentations are 
required. Discussion and problem solving are emphasized. A major part of the class 
focuses on the need of a spiritual component in establishing a healthful and 
balanced lifestyle. (Fall) 

HLED 473. Health Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 173 or HLED 470. 

A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with emphasis on 
the development and organization of the school health instruction program. Two 
oral presentations required. (Spring) 

HLED 476. Wellness Methods, Materials, and Management 3 hours 

A course in planning, implementing and evaluating: work-site and community 
health promotion activities, including stress management, smoking cessation, 
cardiovascular fitness, body composition, and cholesterol testing. Oral presentation 
required. (Spring) 

HLED 497. Wellness Practicum 2 hours 

The student will work at a wellness facility for not less than 100 clock hours gain- 
ing experience with equipment, observing facility scheduling and management, and 
interacting with clients. Arrangements are made in advance with the department 
chair. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the 
policy on page 235. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION 

HPER 365. Topics in HPER 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in Health, Physical Education, or Recreation designed to meet the 
needs or interests of students in specialty areas not covered in regular courses. 
Subjects covered will determine how the class applies to the major. This course may 
be repeated for credit 

GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES 

PEAC courses have optional pass/fail grades available, excluding PEAC 225. 

PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of the skills of passing, setting, serving, and spiking necessary in 
participation in power volleyball (Fall) 

PEAC 124. Basketball (G-3) 1 hour 

Individual skills and team concepts are developed that may be used in competition 
and leisure play. (Spring) 

PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour 

Instruction includes strokes, rules, and playing situations plus physical conditioning 
for badminton. (Spring) 

PEAC 133. Racquetball (G-3) 1 hour 

Focus is given to basic skills, rules, and terminology so that the student can carry 
on successful play. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

Emphasis in basic tennis skills including the forehand, backhand, and serve. (Fall) 



142 Health, Physical Education, Recreation 

PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

A basic course for the beginning golfer. Students must have their own golf clubs. 
Lab fee required. (Fall) 

PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour 

A course for the active cyclist emphasizing various types of cycling, cycling 
techniques! safe cycling, and maintenance. Each student provides his/her own 
bicycle and helmet (Fall) 

PEAC 138. Intermediate Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

Play on a variety of courses for the bogey golfer. Students must have their own golf 
clubs. Lab fee required. (Fall) 

PEAC 139. Advanced Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

For the advanced player. Emphasis is given to the advanced serve, volley, lobs, 
advanced ground strokes and playing strategy. Admission to class must be approved 
by instructor. (Fall) 

PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour 

Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines in conjunction with 
acrosport exposure. 

PEAC 144. Basic Apparatus (G-3) 1 hour 

Skill development on various gymnastic equipment such as the pommel horse, high 
bar, P-bars, rings, unevens, and balance beam. 

PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour 

Leads to basic certification by N.A.S.D.S, or N.A.U.I. Lab fee of $98 and check out 
dive expenses charged in addition to tuition. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of beginning and intermediate swimming skills coupled with aquatic 
safety principles. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

PEAC 225. Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour 

A study of basic fitness training and aerobic principles in conjunction with a 
personalized long-range conditioning program for disease prevention and health 
maintenance. Students will receive a grade for this class. Pass/Fail option not 
available. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 243. Tumbling Team (Gym-Masters) (G-3) 1 hour 

A "variety show" team which emphasizes acrosport, sports acrobatics, gymnastics, 
physical fitness and health. Admission will be based on satisfactory performance of 
try-out requirements. Participation in all tours is required. This course may be 
repeated for credit Due to program conflicts, second semester Gym-Masters 
will not enroll in classes that meet before 1:00 pan. on Tuesdays and 
Thursdays. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 254. Iifeguarding (G-3) 1 hour 

Leads to Red Cross Life Guarding certification, First Aid and CPR certification. 
(Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent 
Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. (Fall, Spring) 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 1 43 

PEAC 259. Special Activities (G-3) 1 hour 

Courses with various structured content may be offered under this topic heading. 
Included are courses in water skiing, sailing, small craft, snow skiing, rock climbing, 
spelunking, and aerobics. This course may be repeated with the varying subject 
matter. Lab fees in addition to tuition are usually charged approximately $50-$500. 

PEAC 261. Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 1 hour 

A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience for those 
interested in preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor living and 
activities. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY 

PETH 114. ProAct — Softball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for softball. For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years) 

PETH 115. ProAct — FlagbaU 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for flagbalL For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years) 

PETH 110. ProAct — Volleyball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for volleyball. For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years) 

PETH 117. ProAct — Basketball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for basketball. For majors and minors only. (Spring, even years) 

PETH 118. ProAct — Floor Hockey 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for floor hockey. For majors and minors only. (Spring, even years) 

PETH 119. ProAct — Soccer 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for soccer. For majors and minors onty. (Spring, even years) 

PETH 210. Aerobic-Exercise Instructor Training 2 hours 

A course that combines the theory and practical aspects of aerobic exercise 
programs. Knowledge and skills will be the focus, with students developing and 
teaching their own aerobic routines as a demonstration of their understanding and 
skills of sound aerobic principles. Aerobic certification will be available. 

PETH 214. ProAct — Tennis 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for tennis. For HPER majors and minors onfer. (Fall, even years) 

PETH 215. ProAct — Golf 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for golf. For HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even years) 

PETH 216. ProAct — Conditioning 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for conditioning. For HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even years) 



144 Health, Physical Education, Recreation 

PETH 217. ProAct — Badminton 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for badminton. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years) 

PETH 218. ProAct — Track and Field 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for track and field. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years) 

PETH 219. ProAct — Gymnastics 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for gymnastics. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years) 

PETH 265, 266. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours 

An introduction to administration of and participation in the organization of 
officiating in team and individual recreational activities. (Fall, Spring) 

PETH 314. Kinesiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent 

A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing human motion for 
efficient, safe, and effective movement. The historical impact of leaders in physical 
education is studied. (Fall) 

PETH 315. Physiology of Exercise (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent 

Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, aerobics, and physical 
conditioning. Significance of these effects for health, skilled performance, and 
prevention of disease. Oral presentation required. (Spring) 

PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements 

and Research of Physical Education 3 hours 

A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statistical 
procedures for analyzing data and how it may be applied to research. History of 
physical education is also dealt with briefly. (Fall) 

PETH 364. Principles and Administration of 

Physical Education and Recreation 3 hours 

An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Physical 
Education and Recreation with emphasis in management needs and skills. (Spring) 

PETH 374. Motor Learning and Development 2 hours 

A course of study designed to examine motor development and motor behavior as 
it relates to an individual's maturation process, with emphasis placed on 
implications for the physical educator. (Fall) 

PETH 437. Adaptive Physical Education 2 hours 

A course designed to develop an understanding of neurodevelopment and functional 
ability, of impairments and their implications for motor performance. Emphasis on 
teaching progressions and exercise programs for special populations. (Fall) 

PETH 463. Physical Education in the Elementary School 2 hours 

A course of study designed to acquaint students with the unique aspects of physical 
education and the adolescent Special activities include teaching and observation in 
an elementary school. 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 145 

PETH 474. Psychology and Sociology of Sports 2 hours 

An exploration of sports and their involving impact on American culture. Special 
attention is given to current issues in sports as they relate to the individual in 
society. (Spring) 

PETH 490. Senior Comprehensive Seminar 1 hour 

A course of study designed to prepare the student for the exit exam. Special 
attention is given to concepts, practical applications, and administrative 
responsibilities within the profession. 

PETH 495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For Physical Education majors or minors only. Gives the student the opportunity 
to pursue knowledge in an area of interest related to health, PE, or recreation. 
Approval by Department Chair required. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/ 

Health and Physical Education 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 
evaluating student performance. 

(F-3) (G-3) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 



History 



Chair: Beqjamin McArthur 

Faculty: Mark Peach, Dennis Pettibone 



History is the study of the human experience. It investigates mankind's 
ideas, institutions, and activities. In pursuing this investigation, history 
courses at Southern College emphasize the Christian view of humanity. 
This perspective recognizes both the potential and the limitation of human 
endeavor and thereby permits a broader comprehension of the past and a 
greater hope for the future. 

Approval of study programs for history majors. Departmental 
approval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history must 
plan his/her entire study program with a member of the history faculty. 
Approval is then considered on an individual basis and is granted on the 
following conditions: 

1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere in the 
CATALOG. 

2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the student. 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

4. Completion of senior year assessment. 

ASSESSMENT 

Assessment of seniors consists of two parts. First, in the spring semester 
of their senior year students will take the ETS Major Field Achievement 
Test in history. Second, at the beginning of the fall semester seniors will 
take a departmental exam. Preparation for this exam will constitute a one- 
hour independent study course involving: 1) reading a selected few classics 
of historical literature; 2) reviewing one's history coursework utilizing 
several thematic questions provided by the history faculty. 

The subsequent examination will be in the form of a one-hour interview 
of the candidate by the history faculty. This will be based on the above- 
mentioned materials and also on the student's portfolio of major papers 
accumulated during his/her history coursework. The oral examination is 
graded on an Honors, Pass, or Fail basis. A failure requires further 
preparation by the student and another interview before graduation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY 

Major— B.A. History (31 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

HIST 154, 155 Amer History & Instit 6 

HIST 174, 175 World Civilisations 6 

HIST 490 Senior Exam Preparation 1 

HIST 499 Research Meth in History (W) 3 

Six hours of political science may apply to the major. 



History 147 



Require 2 Courses [at least 1 from: Hours 

(Amtnoan History) 

HIST 353 From Colony to Nation (W) 

HIST 354 Latin America (W) 

HIST 355 History of the South (W) 

HIST 356 Natives and Strangers (W) 

HIST 357 Modern America (W) 

HIST 359 Trans of American Culture (W) 

PLSC 254 Amer Nat & State Gov 

PLSC 353 Prom Colony to Nation (W) 

PLSC 357 Modern America (W) 



Require 2 Courses [at least! from : 

(European History) 



Hours 



3 


HIST 374 


3 


HIST 375 


3 


HIST 386 


3 


HIST 389 


3 


HIST 471 


3 


HIST 472 


3 


PLSC 389 


3 


PLSC 471 


3 


PLSC 472 




HIST 364 




HIST 365 



History of England (W) 3 

Ancient World (W) 3 

Rise of the West (W) 3 

Vienna to Vietnam (W) 3 

Classics of West Thought I (W) 3 

Classics of West Thought II (W) 3 

Vienna to Vietnam (W) 3 

Classics of West Thought I (W) 3 

Classics of West Thought II (W) 3 
Christian Church I (W) 

OR 3 
Christian Church II <W) 



Required Cognates Hours 

Inter Level of Foreign Lang 6 



Require 1 of the following Hours 

ECON 224 Principles of Economics 3 

GEOG 204 World Geography 3 



Upper division history classes seek to improve skills of writing and 
speech. All such classes require analytical writing as part of the course- 
work. Additionally, many classes involve discussion and oral class reports 
as partial basis for the student's grade, most notably HIST 499, Research 
Methods in History, which requires an extended formal presentation of 
student research. 

History majors must display the ability to apply computer usage to their 
discipline in two ways: first, a facility with word processing; and second, 
by a facility in accessing information via the Internet. 





Sample Freshman Year Sequence 








BA. History 




1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 3 


HIST 164 


American History 


3 


HIST 166 


American History 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area A*2, Mathematics 0-3 




Ares F, Behav/Family/ 






Area F, Behav/Family/ 




Health Science 


3 




Health Science 2 




Area D, Lit/Fine Art 






Area D, Lit/Fine Art 




OB 


3 




OR 3 




Area D-l, Beg For Lang 


16 




Area D-l, Beg For Lang 
Elective* 6-2 
16 



Minor— History (18 Hours) 

Required Courses 

HIST 174 World Civilisations 
HIST 176 World Civilisations 

The additional twelve hours will he chosen from remaining history courses, six 
hours of which must be upper division. A minimum of three hours must be chosen 
from each of the American and European areas. Three hours of political science may 
be taken in lieu of three hours of history. A student planning to minor in history in 
order to obtain a second teaching area for denominational certification must take 
all eighteen hours in history and must include HIST 154, 155. 



148 History 



Minor — Political Economy (18 Hours) 

Combines an interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school 
preparation. For a further description of this pre-law preparation program, 
see page 221. 

Minor — Political Science (18 Hours) 

This minor provides opportunity for students to gain practical 
experience in governmental work as part of an academic program. There 
are two types of internships for the minor: a Washington D.C. internship 
supervised by Columbia Union College; and a Tennessee State legislative 
internship in Nashville. Either internship will give intensive exposure to 
state or federal government or public advocacy work. There are also 
opportunities to work in a religious advocacy organization in the nation's 
capital with the CUC program. 

The Political Science minor is an 18-hour program, 9 or 12 hours of 
which (depending on whether a summer or semester-long internship was 
taken) would consist of the internship credit. The balance of the minor 
would require: 

1. PLSC 254 American Government 

2. 3 to 6 hours of other PLSC courses 

For more details on the program, see the History Department chair. 

History as a preprofessional degree: A student majoring in history 
who plans to enter a professional school in an area such as medicine or law 
must present a balanced program of general education classes and electives 
that will support the professional objectives. 

History as a preparation for teaching: A student majoring in 
history who plans to prepare for secondary teacher certification must 
include six hours upper division Political Science in the major and must 
also take PLSC 224, 254; and GEOG 204. It is strongly recommended that 
the student also earn teaching credentials in a field outside of history. No 
specific supporting field is required but art, behavioral science, business, 
English, modern languages, and religion are recognized as intimately 
related to the study of history. A student may receive denominational 
certification to teach history as a second area by completing a minor in 
history (see under Minor below). Since the entire second semester of the 
senior year is devoted to certification requirements, students earning 
teacher certification must finish all history classwork before reaching the 
final semester. Students applying for teacher certification must consult 
with the Education Department to draft a schedule of classes meeting 
certification requirements. 

Before the end of the sophomore year the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Program. 
Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester. 

History Department tours: The Department of History regularly 
sponsors study tours to foreign countries. The purpose of these tours is to 
provide students and other participants with an enhanced understanding 



History 149 



of history and culture through a combination of traditional lecture and 
reading with direct observation of historical sites. Academic activities 
connected with the tours require students to spend an amount of time 
equal to that expected in a regular classroom setting. Preparatory meetings 
and assigned reading are included in this computation. Course credit is 
offered under HIST 295/495 Directed Study in History. Cost of the 
tours includes charge for academic credit. 

History as general education: Freshman and sophomore students 
earning general education credit in history should take courses from the 
100 and 200 level. Junior and senior students meeting general education 
requirements in history should select courses from the 300 and 400 level. 

HISTORY 

HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present The 
development of its politics, government and social institutions is covered in each 
semester of the sequence. This course is recommended as general education for 
freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HIST 174, 175. World Civilizations (C-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the development of Western and non-Western culture and govern- 
ment, emphasizing the evolution of European society and its interaction with 
non-European civilizations. This course is recommended as general education for 
freshmen and sophomores. 

HIST 353. From Colony to Nation (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A detailed survey of American political and social history from 1607 to 1800, 
including the founding of the thirteen colonies, the American Revolution, and the 
establishment of the new nation. 

HIST 354. Latin America (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A survey of Latin America offering brief backgrounds from the colonial, independ- 
ence, and early national periods, but focusing on twentieth-century trends in 
selected republics. Arranged with instructor. 

HIST 355. History of the South (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the American South from the Early National period through Reconstruc- 
tion. Prominent issues will include slavery, sectionalism, the Civil War, and 
Reconstruction. 

HIST 356. Natives and Strangers (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of immigration and the role of ethnic groups in American society. Special 
emphasis on the tension between assimilation and pluralism in the national 
character. 

HIST 357. Modern America (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the 
progressive era, normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of the United 
States in world affairs. (Fall) 

HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A topical approach to nineteenth and twentieth-century American history, focusing 
on the modernization of life. Among the topics that may be covered are entertain- 
ment, the media, urban culture, social relations, transportation, and art and 
architecture. 



150 History 



fflST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church 

Through the Middle Ages (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic period 
to the end of the Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and theological 
development (Fall) 

HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation 

Through the Twentieth Century (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the Protestant 
Reformation and culminating with contemporary religious trends. (Spring) 

HIST 374. History of England (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A survey of the history of Great Britain from Roman times to the twentieth 
century, emphasizing political, cultural, and economic developments which have 
influenced western civilization as a whole. 

HIST 375* Ancient World (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the three stages of ancient civilization, the Ancient Near East, Greece, 
Rome, and the contribution each has made to the development of western culture. 

HIST 386. Rise of the West (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the modern 
age, focusing on those developments which have influenced the institutions and 
values of modern western civilization. The chronological emphasis is on the 
eleventh through the sixteenth centuries. 

HIST 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of major historical developments affecting international relations since the 
Napoleonic Era. The class treats antithetical forces such as peace and war, power 
and weakness, sovereignty and dependence, as well as others, in their historical 
setting. Students may earn either history or political science credit, depending on 
individual assignments. 

HIST 465. Topics in History (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

Selected topics in history presented in classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine whether credit is granted in Area I or Area II. This course may be 
repeated for credit 

HIST 471. Classics of Western Thought I (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the key thinkers in western thought from the Heroic Age of Greece to 
the Renaissance. Reading from original sources, this class will emphasize the 
discussion and analysis of ideas that have formed the basis of western thought. 
Included in the readings are selections from Herodotus, Cicero, St Augustine, 
Boccaccio, Montaigne, and St Ignatius of Ioyola. 

HIST 472. Classics of Western Thought U (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the key thinkers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Reading 
from original sources, this class will emphasize discussion of critical ideas that have 
effected the evolution of contemporary social and political thought Included in the 
readings are selections from Locke, Mill, Marx, Nietzsche, Lenin, and Hitler. 

HIST 490. Senior Exam Preparation 1 hour 

Independent study and reading in preparation for the assessment exam taken by 
senior history majors. 

HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l) (W) 1-3 hours 

A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom a student 
is assigned will determine whether credit is upper or lower division. This course 
also includes credit offered by the History Department on directed study tours. 
Writing emphasis credit for HIST 495 only. Approval of the department is required 
prior to registration. 



History 151 



HIST 499. Research Methods in History (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Word processing and familiarity with Internet are prerequisites to 
this course. 

Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in conjunction 
with the preparation of a research project (Fall) 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PLSC 224. Macroeconomics 3 hours 

See ECON 224 for course description. 

PLSC 254. American National and State Government (C-2) 3 hours 
An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial branches 
of government of the national, state, and local levels. 

PLSC 353. From Colony to Nation (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 353 for course description. 

PLSC 357. Modern America (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 357 for course description. 

PLSC 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 389 for course description. 

PLSC 465. Tbpics in Political Science (C-2) 3 hours 

See HIST 465 for course description. 

PLSC 471. Classics of Western Thought I (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 471 for course description. 

PLSC 472. Classics of Western Thought II (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 472 for course description. 

GEOGRAPHY 

GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours 

(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only). 

Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are considered. 

Man's adjustment to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall) 

GEOG 306. Cultural Geography (C-2) 3 hours 

A course for student missionaries assigned to a country other than the United 
States. Focuses on geographic and social characteristics. Activities include assigned 
reading prior to departure, journal of on-site observations, formal paper after return 
to campus. Prior to departure, the student will make all arrangements with a 
teacher assigned by the Department of History. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies 
to this class, calculated according to the policy on page 235. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/History 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 
evaluating student performances, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 

(C-l) (C-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 



Industrial Technology 



Chair: Dale Walters 

Faculty: John Durichek, Kenneth Reynolds 

Adjunct Faculty: Mark McGrath 



Courses are offered which provide opportunity to balance learning with 
practical experience in the areas of woods, metals, printing, drafting, and 
auto maintenance. Objectives of these classes are: 

1. To assist the student in growing toward his potential by providing class- 
room and lab experiences that nurture creativity. 

2. To help the student learn to meet the challenges of daily living by provid- 
ing "hands-on" experiences with elements of the environment. 

3. To develop practical skills which will be useful throughout life as hobby 
and recreational activities as well as professional enhancement. 

4. To provide opportunity for the student to develop tactile learning skills. 

5. To introduce the student to opportunities in technical and service occupa- 
tions. 

6. To provide background for entrance into specialized technical and pro- 
fessional degree programs and occupations. 

ASSESSMENT 

All students will be given the NIASE (National Institute of Automotive 
Service Excellence) certification exams as specified by the department. 
Students who pass the exams become eligible for ASE certification after 
two years of experience following their training. The results of the exams 
are used to evaluate class offerings, teaching effectiveness, and program 
requirements. 



Minor — Technology (18 Hours) 

Required Course! Hours Required Courses, oont. Hours 

TECH 111 Painting and Refinishing 3 TECH 167 Suspension, Steering & Allign 3 

TECH 112 Fainting and Refinishing 3 TECH 223 Auto Body Repair 3 

TECH 164 Automotive Maintenance 2 TECH 264 Automotive Repair 3 

TECH 166 Auto Electrical Systems 2 Upper Division Courses 6 



CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS 

Auto Body Technician 

The auto body program is designed to teach panel repair, refinishing, 
estimating, frame straightening, and mqjor collision repair. The typical 
student upon completion of the course should have gained sufficient skill 
and experience to obtain employment in the trade. 

Inasmuch as technicians provide their own hand and air tools, the 
student will be expected to purchase a skeleton set for personal use during 
the course. The department will assist the student in the purchase of these 
tools which will cost approximately $350. 



Industrial Technology 153 



Required Courier 

TECH 110 Panel and Spot Repair 

TECH 111-112 Painting and Refinishing 

TECH 114 OxyAcetylene Welding 

TECH 115 Arc Welding 

TECH 116 Collision Repair I 

TECH 118 Collision Repair II 



Hours 


Required Course*, oont. Hours 


4 


TECH 120 Collision Repair III 5 


6 


TECH 167 Suspension, Steering, Align 3 


1 


TECH 264 Automotive Repair 3 


2 


Area B-l, Bib Studies 


4 


OR 3 


5 


Area B-2, Religion 



Sequence of Courses 
Auto Body Technician 

A program which provides intensive exposure and correlated experience 
in various facets of auto body repair. 



1st Semester 


Hours 


TECH 110 


Panel ft Spot Repair 


4 


TECH 111 


Painting ft Refinish. ] 


[ 3 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 


2 


TECH 116 


Collision Repair I 


4 


TECH 264 


Auto Repair 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 

19 



2nd 



TECH 112 Painting ft Refin II 
TECH 114 Oxy Acetylene Welding 
TECH 118 Collision Repair II 
TECH 120 Collision Repair IH 
TECH 167 Suspension, Steering, AlignjJ 

17 



Hours 

3 
1 
5 
5 



At the end of the second semester and after nearly 1,000 hours of 
instruction and lab time the successful student will have skills to do: 

(1) Meyor collision repair 

(2) Frame alignment 

(3) Job estimating 

(4) Complete repaint work 

(5) Power plant and drive train repair 

A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 plus 
hours of instruction and lab time and the NIASE exam. 

In addition to introductory repair projects, each student will be involved 
in at least three major collision repair projects. 

Enrollment in the Auto Body Technician Program is limited. 



Auto Mechanics Technician 

The auto mechanics technician program is designed to teach an 
awareness of and proficiency in repairing engines, transmission/transaxles, 
drivetrain/axles, heat/air conditioning, electrical, engine computers and fuel 
injection systems. The typical student upon completion of the course should 
have gained sufficient skill and experience to obtain employment in the 
trade. 

Inasmuch as technicians provide their own hand and air tools, the 
student will be encouraged to purchase a basic set. 



Required Courses Hours 

FECH 114 Osy-Aoatylene Welding 1 

TECH 115 Arc Welding 2 

TECH 166 Auto Electrical Systems 2 

TECH 167 Suspension, Steering, Align 3 

TECH 168 Manual Drive Train 3 

TECH 175 Engine Rebuilding ft Machining 4 

TECH 176 Engine Perform ft Computers 5 



Required Courses, cont. Hours 

TECH 177 Engine Fuel ft Emission Cont 4 

TECH 178 Heating ft Air Conditioning 2 

TECH 264 Automotive Repair 3 

Area B-l, Bib Studies 

OR 3 

Area B-2, Religion 



154 Industrial Technology 



1st Semester 
TECH 116 
TECH 166 
TECH 168 
TECH 178 
TECH 264 



Sequence of Courses 
Auto Mechanics Technician 



Hours 

Arc Welding 2 

Auto Eloot Systems 2 
Manual Drive Train 3 
Heat & Air Conditioning 2 
Auto Repair 3 

Area B, Religion 3 

16 



2nd Semester 
TECH 114 
TECH 167 
TECH 175 
TECH 176 
TECH 177 



Oxy- Acetylene Weld 1 

Suspension & Align 3 

Engine Rebuild/Mean 4 

Engine Perform & Comp 6 

Engine Fuel & Emission Sys 4 
17 



Students will be working on projects in a live operating repair shop 
environment. 

At the end of the second semester they will complete approximately 1,000 
hours of instruction and lab time, and if successful, will have skills to do: 

1. Major engine repair 

2. Driveability diagnosis and computer systems repair 

3. Both 2 and 4 wheel alignment 

4. Manual transmissions and drivetrain 

5. Electrical diagnosis and repair 

6. Heating and air conditioning service 

A certificate wul be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 plus hours 
of instruction and lab time and the NIASE exam. 

Enrollment in the Auto Mechanics Technician Program is limited. 

AFFILIATION PROGRAM 

Students wishing a Bachelor of Technology degree in Graphic Arts or 
Technical Plant Services may take the following classes and transfer to 
Andrews University after one year: 

B.T. Graphic Arte 

ART 104 Beginning Drawing I 

ART 109 Publications Design 

CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 

GPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing 

CPTR 106 Into to Spreadsheets 

CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base 

ENGL 101 College Composition 

JOUR 225 Intro to Photography 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 

SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 

TECH 145 Intro to Graphic Arts 

TECH 149 Intro to Mech Draw & CADD 

TECH 295 Directed Stucfy 



Hours 


B.T. Technical Plant Services Hours 


2 
3 
3 


CPTE 249 
ENGL 101 
RELT 255 


Computer-Aided Drafting 3 
College Composition 3 
Christian Beliefs 3 


1 
1 
1 
3 
3 


SOCI 125 
SPCH 135 
TECH 114 
TECH 115 
TECH 149 


Intro to Sociology 3 
Intro to Public Speaking 3 
Oxy- Acetylene Welding 1 
Arc Welding 2 
Intro to Mech Draw & CADD 3 


3 
3 


TECH 154 
TECH 174 


Woodworking 3 
General Metals 3 


3 


TECH 183 


Basic Electronics 3 


3 

D 3 

1-3 


TECH 223 
TECH 264 


Auto Bo^y Repair 3 
Automotive Repair 3 



TECHNOLOGY 

TECH 101. Technology Awareness 2 hours 

This course is designed so that the student will become better acquainted with the 
field of technology. Emphasis is directed toward but not limited to the area of 
industrial technology, current and future developments in the industry and their 
impact on society. Along with an awareness of the qualifications to enter today's 
technological job market, special attention will be given to the training available at 
Southern and other SDA institutions. Open to all students. 



Industrial Technology 155 



TECH 110. Panel and Spot Repair 4 hours 

Course is the first introduction to body repair. Student will learn how to straighten 
small dents, prepare panel for body fillers, prime and block ready for painting. Hand 
tool costs average $200. (Fall) 

TECH 111-112. Painting and Refinishing 3,3 hours 

An introductory study of vehicle preparation and painting. Student will progress to 
doing complete refinish job himself. Student must purchase his own respirator and 
spray gun. Costs average $200. (Fall, Spring) 

TECH 114. Oxy-Acetylene Welding 1 hour 

Gas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body shop welding 
jobs. Personal goggles required. Certain specialized welding processes will be taught, 
such as tig, cast iron, or others to be arranged on an individual basis. A lab fee of 
$10 is charged. (Spring) 

TECH 115. Arc Welding 2 hours 

A class designed to give basic understanding of arc welding processes. Emphasis will 
be given to MIG, TIG, Heliarc, as well as conventional stick welding. Each student 
must purchase safety glasses and welding gloves. A lab fee of $15 is charged. (Fall) 

TECH 116. Collision Repair I 4 hours 

Introduction to a major collision job. Students will probably work in pairs. Body 
alignment, frame jstraightening, panel replacement, and dent repair are involved. 
(Fall) 

TECH 118. Collision Repair H 5 hours 

Continuation of experience in collision repair, emphasizing body alignment, frame 
straightening, glass work, fiberglass repair, and body section replacement There is 
no lecture component to this class, but rather is composed of four three periods 
laboratory per week. (Spring) 

TECH 120. Collision Repair HI 5 hours 

A repetition of work experiences of Collision Repair I and II, but on an individual 
basis. Students will learn estimate writing, parts and supplies purchasing, shop 
management, and equipment maintenance. (Spring) 

TECH 145. Introduction to Graphic Arts (6-2) 3 hours 

Special emphasis is given to offset methods of copy preparation, camera techniques, 
platemaking, screen printing, and press work. Experience is offered in personal 
computer desktop publishing. Skills learned are applicable for personal and business 
communications. A supplies fee will be charged for projects produced in class. 
Average cost of projects approximately $75. (Fall) 

TECH 149. Introduction to Mechanical Drawing 

and CADD (G-2) 3 hours 

A basic course in drafting, training the student in the use of instruments and the 
principles of orthographic projection, surface development, sectioning, pictorial 
representation, and dimensioned working drawings. Six periods of laboratory each 
week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Instruments cost approximately $75. 
(Fall) 

TECH 151. Introduction to Architectural Drafting 

and CADD 3 hours 

An introduction to skills and basic knowledge of architectural drafting. Emphasis 
is on lettering, orthographic projection, parallel line pictorial drawings, shades and 
shadows, and perspective drawing. Instruments cost approximately $60. Open to all 
students. 



156 Industrial Technology 



TECH 154. Woodworking (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture con- 
struction. One period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A supplies fee will 
be charged for the cost of the materials used in project construction. Generally, the 
costs have not exceeded $225. (Spring) 

TECH 164. Automotive Maintenance (G-2) 2 hours 

A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in the matters of 
buying, servicing, and maintaining the auto. The student will work on his own car 
or on one belonging to the shop. One period lecture and three periods laboratory 
each week. (Fall) 

TECH 166. Auto Electrical Systems 2 hours 

A course designed to give a basic understanding of automotive electrical systems. 
Basic electrical principles and trouble shooting techniques will be taught Emphasis 
will be given to lighting, charging, starting and accessory Bystems. One period 
lecture, three periods lab per week. 

TECH 167. Suspension, Steering and Alignment 3 hours 

A course designed to give understanding of automotive suspension and steering 
systems. Chassis service, repair, and trouble shooting will be taught. Alignment of 
both two and four wheel alignment systems will be taught One and a half period 
lecture and four and a half labs per week. 

TECH 168. Manual Drive Train, Axles and Brakes 3 hours 

A study of manual drive train operation! diagnosis and repair. Clutches, manual 
transmissions and transaxles. Brake system operation and repair of both conven- 
tional and ABS brake systems will be taught 

TECH 174. General Metals (G-2) 3 hours 

Designed to acquaint the student with the many aspects of working with metals. 
Instruction will be given in the areas of forging, foundry, sheet metal, welding, plus 
hand and power-operated metal-cutting equipment One period lecture and six 
periods laboratory each week. Project expenses average $50. Each student must 
purchase his own safety glasses, welding gloves and goggles. (Spring, alternate 
years) 

TECH 175. Engine Rebuilding and Machining 4 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with major engine diagnosis! decision 
making and overhaul procedures. Machining and measuring processes related to 
engine rebuilding will be taught Each student will be required to rebuild an engine 
and do engine machine work. Two periods lecture, six periods of lab per week. 

TECH 176. Engine Performance and Computers 5 hours 

Electronic and computerized ignition systems operating theory will be emphasized. 
Each student will be taught driveability diagnosis and trouble shooting techniques 
for electronic and computerized systems. Hands on diagnosis practice using 
diagnostic equipment on live vehicles will be given. Two periods of lecture, nine 
hours of lab per week. 

TECH 177. Engine Fuel and Emission Controls 4 hours 

Both carburetor and fuel injection operation theory, and standard and electronic 
carburetion systems theory will be covered. Fuel injection diagnosis and repair as 
well as carburetor overhaul procedures will be taught Emission control operation 
as well as trouble shooting and service procedures will be taught Two periods of 
lecture, six periods lab per week. 



Industrial Technology 157 



TECH 178. Heating and Air Conditioning 2 hours 

A course designed to teach the principles of heating and air conditioning systems. 
Emphasis will he given to service and trouble shooting of manual and automatic 
heating systems of late model cars. One period lecture, three periods lab per week. 

TECH 183. Basic Electronics 3 hours 

An introductory course to the properties of electricity/electronics as they pertain to 
AC and DC electrical circuits and devices such as diodes, transistors and integrated 
circuits. Intended to introduce the beginning student to the field of electronics. Two 
three-hour lecture/labs each week. 

TECH 223. Auto Body Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the principles and 
techniques used in repair of damaged body panels. Preferences will be given for class 
admission to those who have experience in doing automotive work and who have gas 
welding skills. Each student will need his own basic hand tools which cost approxi- 
mately $100. One period lecture and six periods laboratory per week. (Spring, 
alternate years) 

TECH 254/354. Furniture Design and Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 154. 

Emphasis will be placed on the design process as it pertains to woods and its 
combination with other materials. Two three-hour lecture/labs each week. (Available 
upon request) 

TECH 264/364. Automotive Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 164. 

A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main emphasis is 
given to power plant and drive train design, operation and service. One period 
lecture and three periods laboratory each week. AD lab learning experience is on 
actual cars either from the community or personal vehicles. 

TECH 376. Automation and Robotics 4 hours 

See CPTE 376 for course description. 

TECH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The study of a specific problem in the field of Technology. A written report of the 
problem may be required by the supervising instructor. Open only to those earning 
a minor in Technology. Offered on demand. (Fall, Spring) 

(G-2) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 



Journalism 
and Communication 



Chair: Pam Harris 
Faculty: Volker Henning 

Adjunct Faculty: Wesley Hasden, Stephen Ruf, Doug Walter, Billy 
Weeks 

The Department of Journalism and Communication provides an educa- 
tional environment in which future leaders in journalism, public relations 
and related areas can acquire the enduring ethical concepts, the intellectual 
discipline and the professional abilities necessary to the mastery and 
management of a wide range of writing, editing and other journalistic and 
public relations skills and techniques. 

The department offers the Bachelor of Arts Degree with majors in 
Journalism (News Editorial), Broadcast Journalism, and Public Relations, 
and an Associate of Science Degree in Media Technology. Minors are also 
available in each of these areas as well as Advertising and Sales. 

The Journalism (News Editorial) major prepares students for careers as 
reporters, writers and editors for daily and weekly newspapers, magazines, 
wire services, publishing houses and for the vast array of publications that 
serve the church, business, industry, governmental agencies, the medical 
field, colleges and universities and other non-profit organizations. 

Students enrolling in the Broadcast Journalism major receive 
preparation for careers in both commercial and public radio and television 
as reporters, writers and editors in news and public affairs operations. 

Public Relations majors are prepared for careers in every major segment 
of business, industry, government, the church, colleges, universities, 
hospitals and other medical institutions, and in a wide range of organiza- 
tions. 

The Journalism major, Broadcast Journalism major, and the Public Rela- 
tions major also prepare students for entry into graduate schools 
nationwide. 

The associate degree in Media Technology prepares the student for entry 
level positions in media production and operation or desk-top publishing. 

The Advertising minor combined with such majors as Public Relations 
prepares students for careers in advertising copywriting, advertising design 
(when coupled with a second minor in Art), and creative directing. 

The Sales minor combined with a Broadcast major prepares the student 
for jobs in the sale of commercials as well as in station development. By 
adding the Sales minor, a student multiples job opportunities in the field 
of Broadcasting. 

Students who select both a major and minor within the depart' 
ment must also take a minor outside the department* 

Members of the faculty will advise each student in planning a study 
program that is supportive of individual career goals, that meets degree 
requirements of the Department of Journalism and Communication, includ- 
ing the intermediate level of a foreign language, and fulfills General 
Education requirements. 



Journalism and Communication 159 



INTERNSHIPS AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING 

Because of the strong relationships which the department has developed 
with the Chattanooga area mass media, journalism, broadcast and public 
relations students have many opportunities to meet and work with 
professionals in television and radio news, in public relations, advertising 
and on daily and weekly newspapers. 

Internships: Helping students locate internships on newspapers, in 
publishing houses, in public relations and fund development departments, 
in advertising agencies, and in radio and television newsrooms is a vital 
part of the education program provided by the department. 

A Journalism Professional Advisory Council works with the department 
to provide internships that give on-the-job experience. The department also 
participates in the General Conference internship program in which 
students work in various denominational institutions. The college radio 
station, WSMC FM90.5 and the community newspaper, Hamilton County 
News-Leader, provide learning opportunities for students in a number of 
courses. 

Campus Publications: Students can gain valuable experience as writers 
and editors by working on Student Association publications such as 
Southern Accent, the campus newspaper, and Southern Memories, the 
yearbook. 

ASSESSMENT 

To make satisfactory progress toward preparation for the job market, 
students mqjoring in the department will be expected to attend depart- 
mental assemblies and other professional meetings sponsored by the 
department. 

Students should demonstrate their growing professionalism through 
involvement in the operation of WSMC FM90.5; in the publication of the 
Southern Accent, Southern Memories, or some other publication; or in 
communication activities for a campus, church, or community organization. 

Participation in the departmental Communication Club and the 
Southern Society of Adventist Communicators as well as student member- 
ship in a national professional organization such as the Society of 
Professional Journalists, the International Association of Business 
Communicators, or the Public Relations Student Society of America are 
also evidences of professional commitment. 

A cumulative evaluation form is kept in departmental files for each 
student mqjoring in the department. This form serves as a source of 
information for teachers asked to provide recommendations for students 
seeking practicums, internships, or job positions. Information concerning 
evidence of professional growth and achievement is added annually and a 
copy of the form shared with the student. 

Students in the department will be given a writing skills test when they 
take JOUR 103, Introduction to Mass Communication, and JOUR 205, 
News Reporting. On the basis of the results, advisers will recommend any 
needed remediation, which students must complete before registering for 
other writing courses offered by the department. 



1 60 Journalism and Communication 



Departmental effectiveness will be assessed by combining the results of 
the cumulative evaluations, student evaluations of courses, questionnaires 
completed by seniors near the time of graduation and again three years 
afterwards, questionnaires completed by supervisors of interns. An ongoing 
analysis of outlines of courses required for majors is made by the faculty 
to determine that the curriculum meets the objectives of the department 
and the standards of the Accrediting Council of Education in Journalism 
and Mass Communication. 

PROGRAMS IN JOURNALISM, BROADCAST JOURNALISM, 
ADVERTISING, SALES, PUBLIC RELATIONS, AND 
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY 

Major— B.A. Journalism (News Editorial) (30-31 Hours) 

(With a minor selected outside the Journalism and Communication Department) 



Required Courses Hours 


Required Cognates Hours 


JOUR 103 


Intro to Mass Communication 3 


ART 119 


Publication Design 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 3 


CPTE245 


Computer-Aided Publishing 


3 


JOUR 212 


Copyediting 2 


CPTR 102 


Intro to Internet 


1 


JOUR 314 


Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 


BOON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


JOUR 315 


Advanced Photography 2 


PLSC254 


American Nat & State Gov 


3 


JOUR 316 


Mag & Feature Art Writing (W) 




Literature Elective* 


3 




OR 3 




Muaic/Art Appreciation Elect 


3 


JOUR 495 


Honors Project 




Inter level Foreign language 


6 


JOUR 356 


Advanced Reporting (W) 3 








JOUR 427 


Mass Media Law & Ethics 3 


Recommended Electlves 




JOUR 487 


History of Mass Commun (W) 3 


ART 219 


Intro to Computer Graphics 


3 


JOUR 488 


Mass Communication & Sac (W) 3 


JOUR 497 


Journalism Internship 


3 


JOUR 497 


Journalism Internship 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




OR 2-3 


PREL 234 


Public Rel Princ & Theory 


2 


JOUR 397 


Journalism Practicum 


TECH 145 


Intro to Graphic Arts 


3 



Complete at least 12 hours in three or more of 
the following areas: Behavioral Science, Business 
and Economics, Education, Health Science, History 
and Political Science, Literature and Fine Arts, 
Natural Science, Recreation and Physical Educa- 
tion, Religion, and Technology. 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 

B A. Journalism 

(News Editorial) 



1st Semester Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ENGL 101 College Composition 3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 


JOUR 125 


Intro to Photography 


3 


JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Com 3 




(if needed) 




Area D-l, Inter Foreign Lang 3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


Area B, Religion 3 




Area D-l, Inter F Lang 


3 


15 




Qen Ed, Minor or Elect 


4 
16 






Journalism and Communication 161 



M^jor— B.A. Broadcast Journalism (30 Hours) 

(With a minor selected from outside the Journalism and Communication Department) 



Required Courses 



Hourt 



JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 

JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 

JOUR 202 Broadcasting Techniques 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing (W) 

JOUR 317 Broadcast Management 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Commun ( W) 

OR 3 

JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Sec (W) 

6 Hours Fromi 

JOUR 315 Advanced Photography 2-3 

JOUR 227/327 Video Production 3 

JOUR 356 Advanoad Reporting (W) 3 

JOUR 423 Broadcast Programming 1-3 

JOUR 497 Internship: Broadcasting 3 



Required Cognates 



Hours 

Introduction to Marketing 3 

Amer National & State Gover 3 
Pub Rel Principles and Theory 2 
Intro to Public Speaking 3 

Inter level of a foreign long 6 



Recommended Elect Ives 

HMNT 205 Arts and Ideas 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

TECH 183 Basic Electronics 3 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 



3 


BMKT326 


3 


PLSC254 


3 


PREL 234 


3 


SPCH 135 


3 




3 




3 





Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
BA. Broadcast Journalism 



1st Semester 




Hours 


2nd Semester H< 


>urs 


ENOL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENOL 102 


College Composition 


3 


JOUR 103 


Intro to Mass Com 


3 


JOUR 201 


Found of Broadcast 


3 




Area D-l, Int For Lang 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D-l, Int For Lang 


3 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 


3 

15 




Gen Ed, Minor or Eleotives 


4 
16 



Major— B.A. Public Relations (31 Hours) 

(With a minor selected from outside the Journalism and Communication Department) 

Required Courses Hours 



JOUR 103 
JOUR 205 
JOUR 315 
JOUR 318 
JOUR 356 
JOUR 427 

JOUR 488 
PREL 234 
PREL 344 
PREL 365 
PREL 406 
PREL 482 



Intro to Mass Communication 3 

News Reporting 3 

Advanoad Photography 2 

Mag & Feature Art Writing (W) 3 

Advanoad Reporting (W) 3 
Mass Media Law and Ethics 

OR 3 
Mass Communication and Soc (W) 

Pub Rel Principles and Theory 2 

Fundamentals of Advertising 3 

Public Relations Techniques 3 

Persuasion and Propaganda 3 

Public Relations Campaign 3 



Required Cognates Hours 

ART 119 Publication Design 3 

BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3 

CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 

Into? level of foreign language 6 

Lit or Fine Arts Elective* 3 

Recommended Elective* 

JOUR 202 Broadcasting Techniques 3 

JOUR 212 Copyediting 2 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing <W) 3 

JOUR 227/327 Video Production 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

PREL 368 Fund Development 3 

PREL 497 Public Relations Internship 3 

TECH 145 Introduction to Graphic Arts 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Public Relations 



1st Semester 
ENOL 101 
JOUR 103 
CPTE 245 



Hours 

College Composition 3 

Intro to Mass Com 3 

Computer* Aided Publishing 3 
Area D-l, Inter Foreign Lang 3 
Area B, Religion J) 

15 



2nd Semester 

ENGL 102 College Composition 
PREL 234 Public Relations Prin 
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 

Area D-l, Inter Foreign Lang 
Gen Ed, Minor or Electives 



Hoars 

3 



2 
3 
3 
_5 
16 



1 62 Journalism and Communication 



Major— A.S. Media Technology (30 Hours) 



Required Courses Houw 

ART 125 Graphic Design Principles I 3 

CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 

JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Comm 

JOUR 125 Intro to Photography 

JOUR 210 Presentation Media 

JOUR 297 Practicum: Media Tech 



JOUR/PREL Electives 



Graphics Emphasis Hours 

ART 110 Publication Design I 3 

ART 120 Publication Design II 3 

ART 126 Graphic Design Prin II 3 

TECH 145 Intro to Graphic Arts 3 

Media Emphasis 

JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 

JOUR 202 Broadcasting Techniques 3 

JOUR 227 Video Production 3 

JOUR 315 Advanced Photography 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
A.S. Media Technology 



1st Semester Hours 

CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 

ENGL 101 College Composition 3 

JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Com 3 

JOUR 125 Intro to Photography 3 

Area B, Religion _3 

15 



Minor— Advertising (18-20 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

ART 110 Publication Design 3 

BMKT 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 

JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 3 

PREL 354 Advertising Copywriting 2 



2nd Semester Hours 

ART 119 Publication Design 

OR 3 

JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 

ENGL 102 College Composition 3 

Jour/Prel Electives or 

Gen Ed Electives 10 

16 



Select 2-3 Hours From: Hours 

ART 110 Design Principles 3 

BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 3 

BMKT 423 Promotional Strategy 3 

JOUR 125 Introduction to Photography 3 

PREL 244 Personal Selling 2 

PREL 297/397 Practicum: Advertising 1-3 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 3 



Minor— Journalism (News Editorial) (18 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 

JOUR 212 Copyediting 2 

Department Elective 1 



One of the Following Hours 

JOUR 316 Mag & Feature Art Writing (W) 3 

JOUR 356 Advanced Reporting (W) 3 

Two of the following 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Commun (W) 3 

JOUR 488 Mass Commun and Soc (W) 3 



Minor— Broadcast Journalism (18 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3 

JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 

JOUR 202 Broadcasting Techniques 3 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 



S Hours from Broadcast Journalism Major 
requirements or the following 

BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3 

PLSC 254 Amor Natl & State Gov 3 

PREL 234 Pub Rel Prin and Theory 2 

PREL 244 Personal Selling 2 



Minor— Public Relations (20 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

ART 119 Publication Design 3 

JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3 
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 

PREL 234 Pub Rel Prin and Theory 2 



Required Courses, cont. Hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 

OR 3 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 
PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 

CPTE 345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 



Journalism and Communication 163 



Minor— Sales (19 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours Select 3 Houri from: Hours 

BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3 BMKT 328 Sales Management 3 

BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 3 BMKT 423 Promotional Strategy 3 

JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3 PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 3 

PREL 244 Personal Selling 2 PREL 297/397 Practicum: Sales 3 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 3 

PREL 354 Advertising Copywriting 2 

JOURNALISM 

JOUR 080. Basic Grammar and Usage 1 hour 

Instruction and exercises in spelling, sentence sense, punctuation, and word choice. 
Designed to fit the framework of grammar and usage requirements in the Associated 
Press Stylebook. 

JOUR 103. Introduction to Mass Communication (G-2) 3 hours 

Overview of the development and characteristics of mass media, with emphasis on 
media in the United States including newspapers, radio, television, photography, 
film, sound recording, books, magazines, advertising, public relations, and new 
media technology. Attention is given to theories of communication and how to be 
a critical and discriminating consumer of mass media. 

JOUR 125. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 3 hours 

Instruction in use of the camera and light meter; study of elements that constitute 
good photo composition, darkroom techniques involving film development, negative 
enlargement and print finishing. Students supply their own 35mm cameras with 
adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. A limited number of rental cameras are 
available. Two hours of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supply lab fee 
of $95 charged in addition to tuition. This course does not count toward a major or 
minor in the Journalism and Communication Department 

JOUR 201. Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

Provides an understanding of broadcasting and related industries. Basic theories and 
practices of radio, television, cable operations, and other electronic media are 
covered. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 202. Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 

Introduction to audio production in the context of the broadcast station. Instruction 
in the technical aspects of production for radio and television. Oral communication 
emphasis: Techniques in announcing for a variety of program types including 
commercials, news, interviews, and talk shows. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 205. News Reporting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Ability to type at least 30 wpm. 

News gathering and research techniques; development of newswriting skills and 
style. Emphasis on clarity of writing, accuracy, balance and fairness and on meeting 
deadlines in covering news events and interviewing news sources. Oral 
communication emphasis: Interviewing. 

JOUR 210. Presentation Media 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CPTE 245. 

A laboratory course in the selection, operation, and use of presentation media. 
Preparation of transparencies, slides, graphics, and audio materials. 



1 64 Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 212. Copyediting 2 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor. 

Principles and practices of preparing copy for publication including headline writing, 
picture editing, and writing photo captions. Use of the Associated Press Stylebook. 
Focus is on accuracy, newsworthiness, language effectiveness, legality, and good 
taste in editing copy. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 314. Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: JOUR 080, 80 percent or better on departmental writing skills test, 
or JOUR 212; JOUR 205 or consent of instructor are also required. 
Gathering information, interviewing, writing and editing for the broadcast media. 
Preparation of news and feature copy for release on the college radio station; 
instruction in writing spot announcements. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 315. Advanced Photography (G-l) 2-3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 125 or equivalent. 

Advanced photographic and darkroom techniques with emphasis on photojour- 
nalism, studio and corporate photography and creative use of the camera in 
producing photo essays, picture stories for publication and photo collections for 
exhibit Print journalists will create projects using photojournalism skills while 
public relations majors will focus on studio and corporate photography techniques 
in their projects. Students supply their own cameras with adjustable f-stops and 
shutter speeds. One hour of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week for 2 hours 
credit. Students registering for 3 hours will complete extra projects and additional 
laboratory and field work. Supply lab fee of $95 charged in addition to tuition. 

JOUR 316. Magazine and Feature Article Writing (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 080, 80 percent or better on departmental writing skills test, 
or JOUR 212. 

Researching, writing and marketing the factual magazine piece and the newspaper 
feature article. Developing writing style through creative use of the English 
language. Oral communication emphasis: Interviewing and reading aloud. 

JOUR 317* Broadcast Management 3 hours 

Prerequisites: JOUR 201. 

The 100,000-watt college radio station WSMC-FM 90.5 provides the setting in which 
students learn the principles of broadcast management as they apply to radio and 
television. Class members become familiar with day-to-day station operations, 
including control room procedures, announcing, production, broadcast news and 
programming. Professionals from both radio and television serve as lecturers. 
(Alternate years) 

JOUR 227/327. Video Production 3 hours 

Introduction to the basic procedures of producing non-studio video programs. 
Emphasis will be given to lighting, audio, and editing techniques. The student will 
make extensive use of portable video and video editing equipment Supply lab fee 
of $50 charged in addition to tuition. 

JOUR 356. Advanced Reporting (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: JOUR 080, 80 percent or better on departmental writing skills test, 
or JOUR 212; JOUR 205 also required. 

Reporting public affairs and writing articles in special areas after extensive research, 
interviews, and analysis: politics, government, law enforcement, society, science, 
medicine, education, religion, the arts, recreation, business. Oral communication 
emphasis: interviewing. (Alternate years) 



Journalism and Communication 165 



JOUR 297/397. Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor before arranging for practicum. 
Supervised work experience in print or broadcast journalism. At least 90 clock hours 
of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit Procedures and 
guidelines are available from the department A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to 
this class, calculated according to the policy on page 235. 

JOUR 423. Broadcast Programming 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 201. 

A study of audiences and audience research, programming theories, and formats 
used in modern broadcast program planning. Emphasis also given to current FCC 
regulations and policies governing the broadcast industry. (Every third summer) 

JOUR 427. Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

Study of the legal, ethical and constitutional issues affecting the media and the news 
gathering and dissemination process. Concepts of libel, privacy, free press, fair-trial, 
contempt of court, access to information, protection of sources, copyright law and 
government regulation of the media. 

JOUR 165/465. Topics in Communication 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in broadcast journalism, print journalism, public relations, or related 
areas of communication. 

JOUR 487. History of Mass Communication (W) 3 hours 

Development of the press in the United States from colonial times to the present, 
its influence on American government and institutions; rise of the mass media 
system, including newspapers, magazines, advertising, public relations, radio, 
television and the impact of the media system on society. Oral communication 
emphasis: Presenting reading and research reports. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 488. Mass Communication and Society (W) 3 hours 

This seminar provides for informed student participation in the examination of the 
role and function of the mass media system in the United States; the concept of 
social responsibility as a constraint upon the media; ethical, social, economic and 
political issues involved in the function of newspapers, magazines, radio, television, 
advertising and public relations. Emphasis on reading, writing media critiques and 
on analysis of concepts and ideas. The course also includes an introduction to 
research methods for the study of mass communication. Oral communication 
emphasis: Presenting reading and research reports. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized area 
of the mass media. Directed study topics will be selected with guidance from the 
instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in carrying out the project 

JOUR 497. Journalism Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in broad- 
cast or news editorial journalism and departmental approval before arranging for 
internship. 

Students work at a newspaper, magazine, broadcast station, or other agency to 
obtain on-the-job journalism experience, preferably during an eight- to 12-week 
period the summer between the junior and senior year when no other college course 
is taken. At least 270 clock hours of work experience are required. Procedures and 
guidelines are available from the department A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to 
this class, calculated according to the policy on page 235. 



1 66 Journalism and Communication 



PUBLIC RELATIONS 

PREL 234. Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

Basic Public Relations principles, philosophy and theory as they relate to the 
historical development and contemporary practice of public relations; analysis of the 
public relations role in business, industry and non-profit organisations and of the 
functions and responsibilities of the public relations practitioner. 

PREL 244. Personal Selling 2 hours 

Principles and techniques of selling products and services based on understanding 
of buyer behavior, time and stress management, and effective persuasion. (Alternate 
years) 

PREL 344. Fundamentals of Advertising 3 hours 

Advertising theories and principles; fundamentals of advertising copy writing, layout 
and design. Overview of research and campaign planning for public relations and 
marketing. 

PREL 354. Advertising Copywriting 2 hours 

Principles and practices in writing and preparing advertising messages for the mass 
media. Analysis of successful advertising copy as well as opportunity for students 
to develop their own copywriting skills are part of the course. Social responsibility 
and ethics of the advertiser and copywriter are an integral part of instruction. 
(Alternate years) 

PREL 365. Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

Prerequisites: JOUR 080, 80 percent or better on departmental writing skills test, 
or JOUR 212; JOUR 205 and CPTE 245/345 are also required. 
Communications techniques used in public relations to identify and reach specified 
audiences through mass media channels and through controlled media. Preparation 
of press releases, brochures, newsletters, reports, audio-visuals, speeches and media 
campaigns; planning and conducting special events. 

PREL 368. Fund Development 1-3 hours 

Study of fund-raising principles and concepts; techniques used in planning, 
organizing and carrying out a fund-raising campaign; developing prospect lists, 
writing proposals, identifying and training development leadership, working with 
foundations. (Every third summer) 

PREL 297/397. Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor before arranging for practicum. 
Supervised work experience in public relations, advertising, or sales. At least 90 
clock hours of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit 
Procedures and guidelines are available from the department A two-thirds tuition 
waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on page 235. 

PREL 406. Persuasion and Propaganda 3 hours 

Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of public 
opinion; motivational tools and techniques to achieve public response; characteristics 
of publics and how they are influenced. (Alternate years) 

PREL 482. The Public Relations Campaign 3 hours 

The public relations function in the context of the organizational communications 
and decision-making process. Application of communications theory and techniques 
in developing both internal and external communications campaigns; selected case 
studies. (Alternate years) 



Journalism and Communication 1 67 



PREL 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized area 
of public relations, advertising or marketing. Directed study topics will be selected 
with guidance from the instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in 
carrying out the project 

PREL 497. Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisites Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in public 
relations and departmental approval before arranging for internship. 
Students work at a public relations office, department or agency to obtain on-the-job 
public relations experience, preferably during an eight- to 12-week period the 
summer between the junior and senior year when no other college course is taken. 
At least 270 clock hours of work experience are required. Procedures and guidelines 
are available from the department A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, 
calculated according to the policy on page 235. 

WORKSHOPS 

JOUR 175/475, Communication Workshop 1-3 hours 

One semester-hour credit will be available for 40 clock hours of active participation 
in workshops conducted by the department in such areas as free-lance writing, news 
writing, video production, editing newsletters, crisis communication, public relations 
writing, fund raising, writing for student publications, editing student publications, 
and advising student publications. Advanced students may earn additional credits 
by completing a project started during the workshop. May be repeated for credit 
(Summer) 

(O-l) (0-2) (W) See pages 22-23 and 25-29 for explanation of general degree and general 
education requirements. 



Mathematics 



Chain Lawrence Hanson 
Faculty: Robert Moore, Art Richert 



Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical thinking 
have influenced man's culture to an extent that even many well-educated 
people fail to appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the invention of a 
place-value numeration system, the invention of the calculus, the develop- 
ment of statistical inference, and more recently the development of 
computers, to name just a few, are mathematical contributions to civiliza- 
tion which have significantly affected the philosophies, commerce, science, 
and technology of mankind. 

The Mathematics Department seeks to transmit this mathematical 
heritage to the students of Southern College by (1) introducing students to 
mathematical concepts and techniques and the disciplined, logical thinking 
required to successfully apply them to a variety of problem-solving 
experiences, (2) providing a stage of the formal education of professional 
mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of mathematics, and (4) providing 
appropriate courses for users of mathematics. 



ASSESSMENT 

All mathematics majors are required to take the Educational Testing 
Service Major Field Achievement Test in mathematics during the spring 
semester of their senior year. The results of this examination are used in 
ongoing review of the curriculum in mathematics. 



PROGRAMS IN MATHEMATICS 
M^jor — BA Mathematics (30 Hours) 



Required Courses 


Hours 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


3 


MATH 182 


CalculuB II 


4 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 


4 


MATH 216 


Set Theory and Logic 


2 


MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures 


3 


MATH 200 


Elementary Linear Algebra 
OR 


2 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 


3 


MATH 411 


Intermediate Analysis 


3 


MATH 485 


Mathematics Seminar (W) 


1 




Math Electives 


7-8 



Required Cognates Hours 

CPTB131 Fundamentals of Prog I 3 

Two courses in any department having on oral 
communication component. MATH 319, 415, and 
485 have this component. 



Mathematics 169 



Major— U.S. Actuarial Studies (44 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

ACCT 221-222 Prin of Accounting 6 
BUAD 314 Quant Methods for Bus Deris 3 
BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 
BUAD 354 Principles of Bisk Management 3 
BUAD 425 Fundamentals of Investments 3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 
OR 


3 


ECON 224 


Macroeconomics 




MATH 181 


Calculus I 


3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


4 


MATH 200 
MATH 215 


Elementary Linear Algebra 
Statistics 


2 
3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 


4 


MATH 325 
MATH 326 


Probability Theory 
Mathematical Statistics 


3 
3 


MATH 485 


Mathematics Seminar (W) 


1 



Required Cognates 

CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 1 

CPTB 116 Spreadsheet Applications 2 

Two courses in any department having on oral 
communication component. MATH 319, 415, and 
485 have this component. 



Major— U.S. Mathematics (40 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 4 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 4 


MATH 216 


Set Theory and Logic 2 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables 3 


MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures 3 


MATH 200 


Elementary Linear Algebra 2 

OR 
Linear Algebra 3 


MATH 319 


MATH 411 


Intermediate Analysis I 3 


MATH 412 


Intermediate Analysis II 3 


MATH 485 


Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 




Math Elective* 11-12 



Required Cognates Hours 

CPTR 131 Fundamentals of Prog I 3 

PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6 

PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 2 

Two courses in any department having an oral 
communication component. MATH 319, 415, and 
485 have this component. 



Secondary certification in Mathematics requires a baccalaureate degree 
and completion of professional education courses (page 118) for licensure. 
Students preparing for secondary teacher certification must include MATH 
215, 415 in the meyor. See further explanations in the Education and 
Psychology section, beginning on page 107. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. or B.S. Mathematics 



Hours 



2nd Semester 



Hours 



CPTB 131 


Fundamentals of Prog I 


3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


4 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 






Area F-l. Behav Sci 


3 




OR 


2 




Area D-l/Beg For Lang 


3 




AREA F-3, Health Sci 








lti 




Area G-3, Recreation 


1 










Area D-l/Beg For Lang 


3 
15 









See pages 22-23 and 25-29 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Minor— Mathematics (18 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours 

MATH 181 Calculus I 3 

Upper Division Math Courses 6 
Math Electives (UD or LD) 9 



170 Mathematics 



MATHEMATICS 

MATH 080. Elementary Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit) 

This remedial course covers the content of first-year high school algebra. It is 
required of all students who meet NONE of the following criteria: 1) ACT math 
standard score of 16 or above; 2) ACT math elementary algebra subscore of 8 or 
above; 3) high school Algebra II with a grade of C or better. Tuition for three 
semester hours will be charged for this course. (Spring) 

MATH 090. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit) 

Prerequisite: MATH 080 or exemption. 

Number systems and their properties, exponents, and radicals, equations and 
inequalities, polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equations, 
logarithms. Tuition for three semester hours will be charged for this course. (Fall) 

MATH 103. Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 080 or exemption. 

Basic concepts from the following topics: sets, mathematical logic, numeration 
systems, number theory, probability, statistics, algebra, geometry, metric system, 
consumer mathematics. This course does not apply on a major or minor in 
mathematics. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 120. Precalculus Algebra (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra or MATH 090. 
The real and complex number systems; algebraic equations and inequalities; 
functions and their graphs including polynomial, rational, exponential, and 
logarithmic functions; conic sections. This course does not apply on a major or 
minor in mathematics. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 121. Precalculus Trigonometry (A-2) 2 hours 

Pre- or eorequisite: MATH 120 or equivalent 

The trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions and their graphs, trigono- 
metric equations and identities, trigonometric form of complex numbers, vectors, 
and other applications. This course does not apply on a major or minor in mathe- 
matics. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 181. Calculus I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 120 or a high school precalculus course. 
Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions (non-trigonometric) 
including limits, continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications 
of the derivative, the definite integral, the fundamental theorem of calculus, 
computation of antiderivatives, applications of the definite integral (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 182. Calculus n 4 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 121 or equivalent and MATH 181. 

Precise definitions of limits, calculus of the trigonometric functions, further topics 
in differential and integral calculus, polar coordinates, analytic geometry, para- 
metric equations, sequences, infinite series, Taylor series, vectors. (Spring) 

MATH 200. Elementary Linear Algebra 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

Systems of linear equations, matrices and determinants, vector spaces, linear trans- 
formations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, applications. (Spring) 



Mathematics 171 



MATH 215. Statistics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: An ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or above, or two years of 
high school algebra, or MATH 090, or MATH 103. 

An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics including organization and 
analysis of data, elementary probability, probability distributions (binomial, normal, 
Student's t, chi-square, F), estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation and 
regression, nonparametric statistics. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 216. Set Theory and Logic 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

An introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of logic and 
sets. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized. (Spring) 

MATH 218. Calculus III 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Partial derivatives, multiple integrals, vector calculus including Green's theorem, 
Stokes's theorem, and the divergence theorem. (Fall) 

MATH 280. Applied Mathematics for Computer Science 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 120. 

An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to 
computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory, 
combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof techniques, 
and finite state automata. (Fall) 

MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Classification - and solution of common types of ordinary differential equations, 
power series solutions, systems of linear differential equations, the Laplace 
transform, applications to problems in the physical sciences. (Spring) 

MATH 316. Partial Differential Equations 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bessel 
functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 216, 218. 

An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, including 
mappings by elementary functions, complex integration, the Cauchy Goursat 
theorem, Cauchy'a integral formula, power series, Laurent series, the theory of 
residues, and conformal mapping. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 318. Algebraic Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 216, 218. 
The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 319. Linear Algebra 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 181, 216. 

Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of linear 
equations, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 325. Probability Theory 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Basic probability theory, combinatorial problems, independence and dependence, 
numerical-valued random phenomena, mean and variance of a probability law, 
normal, Poisson, and related probability laws. 



172 Mathematics 



MATH 326. Mathematical Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 218. 

Random variables, conditional probability, standard distributions of random 
variables, distributions of functions of random variables, interval estimation, point 
estimation. 

MATH 411-412. Intermediate Analysis 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite*: MATH 216, 218. 

The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity, uniform 
continuity, introduction to point set topology, properties of the derivative and 
integral, convergence and uniform convergence of sequences and series of functions, 
orderings. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 

MATH 415. Geometry 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 181, 216. 

Topics selected from the following: foundations of Euclidean geometry, finite 
geometries, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geometry, geometric 
transformations, the geometry of inversion, projective geometry. (Fall, odd years) 

MATH 465. Nursing Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 090, or 103, or equivalent and permission from the Depart- 
ment of Nursing and the Department of Mathematics. 

Descriptive and inferential statistics with an emphasis on techniques and tests 
which are most often used in nursing research. Topics are selected from the 
following: organization and analysis of data, probability, various parametric and 
nonparametric probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation 
and regression. This course is designed for community registered nurses who are 
working on advanced degrees, and is offered periodically at the request of the 
Department of Nursing. 

MATH 475. Mathematics in the Sciences 1 hour 

Prerequisites: All mathematics and science courses required for the B.A. degree 
in Social and Natural Science Studies. 

A study of the relationship between mathematics and the sciences, the influences 
each has had and continue to have upon the other, and applications of precalculus 
mathematics to the life, physical, and social sciences. This course does not apply on 
a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 485. Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Permission of Mathematics staff. 

Written and oral reports are made on a variety of topics in mathematics including 
topics in current mathematical literature. Mathematics majors obtaining secondary 
certification must choose topics in the history and philosophy of mathematics. (Fall, 
odd years) 

MATH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by department faculty. 

Individual reading and problem solving in a field chosen in consultation with an 
instructor. This course may be repeated for credit. (On demand) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Mathematics 1 hour 
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 
evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. (Fall) 



(A-2) (W) See pages 22-23 and 25-29 for general degree and general education requirements. 



Modern Languages 



Chair: Helmut Ott 

Faculty: Mari-Carmen Gallego 



This department combines language study with overseas experiences 
and other academic courses to administer an inter-disciplinary degree in 
International Studies that will enhance students' ability to live and work 
in an international setting. Students discover French, German, and Spanish 
not only as living languages but also as reflections of the cultures and the 
peoples they represent. The aim is to provide an aesthetic and historical 
background and a practical linguistic skill in the event the student becomes 
an overseas traveler or worker. 

The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in 
today's shrinking world, and an acquaintance with a foreign culture should 
be part of the background of educated persons, particularly those with a 
sense of world mission. The Department of Modern Languages aspires 
toward helping Christians fulfill this responsibility to demonstrate good 
will, whether as travelers and business people or as respondents to the 
Master's gospel commission. 

ASSESSMENT 

The assessment of majors in International Studies consists of three 
basic parts: First the candidates write an evaluation of the departmental 
program to state their perception of the program's effectiveness in 
achieving its objectives. Second, the candidates take a departmental exam 
to demonstrate their degree of success in achieving near native mastery of 
the target language in the areas of listening, reading, writing, and 
speaking. Third, the candidates take an oral examination focusing on their 
knowledge and appreciation of the culture of the peoples who speak the 
target language. A key element of this interview is the candidates' ability 
to compare and contrast the target culture with their own, and to show 
how they relate, contribute to, and enrich each other. 

FOREIGN STUDY 

Adventist Colleges Abroad. Southern College is a member of the 
consortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspices of the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist 
Colleges Abroad program. ACA provides an opportunity for students of 
French, German, or Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign language 
amid the added advantages of an authentic cultural setting. 

The language schools operated by the following institutions are affiliates 
of ACA in Austria, Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France, 
Institut Adventiste du Sal&ve, Collonges-sous-Saleve; in Spain, Colegio 
Adventista de Sagunto, Sagunto; and in Argentina, Universidad Adventista 
del Plata. 



1 74 Modern Languages 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN 
International Studies 



Mtyor— B.A. in International Studies with emphasis in French, 
German, or Spanish (36 Hours) 

1. Language Component 24 hours 

• The intermediate level of the target 
language taken prior to the ACA 

experience. 6 hours 

• Language courses at the ACA campus 
including at least 3 semester hours 

in Culture and Civilization 18 hours 

2. Humanities Component 12 hours 



ART 345 
ENGL 445 
HIST 389 
RELT368 



Contemporary Art 
World Literature 
Vienna to Vietnam 
Comparative Religions 



3 
3 
3 
3 



TOTAL 36 hours 



M^jor — B.A. International Studies, French Emphasis (36 Hours) 



Required Course* Quarter Houn 

FREN 207 Intermediate French 3 (ram) 

FREN 208 Intermediate French 3 (ram) 

FREN 211 Phonetic* 2 

FREN 221 Intermediate Composition 3 

FREN 231 Intermediate Orthography 3 

FREN 251 Intermediate Oral Exp 3 

FREN 301 Advanced French 6 



Required Courage, coot. Quarter Hours 

FREN 321 Adv Composition I 3 

FREN 351 Adv Oral Expression I 3 

FREN 381 Survey of French Lit 2 
FREN 471 French Civilization 

OR 3 
FREN 472 French Civilisation 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
BjV. International Studies, French 



1st Semest 


er 

Elementary French 


Hours 
3 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


FREN 101 


FREN 102 


Elementary French 


3 


HIST 175 


World Civilisation 




ENQL 102 


College Composition 


3 




OR 


3 


HMNT205 


Arts and Ideas 






Another C-l Course 






OR 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 




Another D-3 Course 




MATH 103 


Survey of Math 




PEAC 


PE Activity 


1 




OR 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Piych 






Area A-2, Mathematics 






OR 


3 


RELT125 


Teaching! of Jesus 






Another F-l Course 






OR 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 






Another B-l Course 






OR 


3 






15 


SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Communications 



16 



Major— B.A. International Studies, German Emphasis (36 Hours) 



Required Courses Semester Hours 

GRMN 201 Grammar I 4 
GRMN 207 Intermediate German 3 


Required Courses, eont. 

GRMN 231 Rding/Pronunciation 
GRMN 301 Grammar II 


Sem. Hours 
1 
4 


GRMN 208 Intermediate German 
GRMN 211 Comp/Dictation I 
GRMN 221 Conversation I 


3 
2 
1 


GRMN 311 Comp/Dictation II 
GRMN 321 Conversation II 
GRMN 354 Survey of Grran Lit 


2 
1 
3 



Modern Languages 175 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 

B.A. International Studies, German 

Same as French 

(See Above) 



M^jor— B.A. International Studies, Spanish Emphasis (36 Hours) 



Required i 


Courses Quarter Hours 


Required Courses, cont. Quarter 


Hours 


SPAN 201 


Spanish folklore 




2 


SPAN 331 


Hist of Span Lit 




SPAN 207 


Intermediate Spanish 


3 (asm) 




OR 


3 


SPAN 208 


Intermediate Spanish 


3<sem) 


SPAN 332 


Hist of Spanish Lit 




SPAN 251 


Inter Spanish Grammar 




4 


SPAN 352 


Adv Spanish Grammar I 




SPAN 261 


Inter Spanish Comp 




2 




OR 


4 


SPAN 271 


Inter Span Conversation 




2 


SPAN 353 


Adv Spanish Grammar I 




SPAN 272 


Inter Span Conversation 




2 


SPAN 362 


Adv Span Comp I 




SPAN 312 


Spain & Its Culture 








OR 


2 




OB 




2 


SPAN 363 


Adv Spanish Comp I 




SPAN 313 


Spain & Its Culture 






SPAN 372 
SPAN 373 


Adv Spanish Conversation I 
Adv Spanish Conversation I 


2 
2 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 

B.A. International Studies, Spanish 

Same as French 

(See Above) 



Minor— French, German or Spanish (18 Hours) 

Required Courses 

XXXX 207-208 Intermediate Language 

Upper Division Language Courses 

Elective Language Courses 

The beginning language courses, 101-102, are excluded from the minor. Students desiring 
a language minor must earn credits beyond the intermediate level either at ACA or in other 
language programs previously approved by this department. 

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 



I. Courses Offered at the SC Campus 

FRENCH 

FRfiN 101-102. Elementary French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory 
work is required. Ordinarily no credit will be allowed to students in elementary 
modern language if they have passed two years of language at the high school 
level. Students who have not taken language during the previous four years may 
enroll in FREN 101-102 by permission of the department (FREN 101 is offered 
Fall; 102, Spring) 

FREN 207-208. Intermediate French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 101-102, or two years of French in secondary school, or a 
satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the department 
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult mate- 
rial; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (FREN 207 is offered 
Fall; 208, Spring) 



176 Modern Languages 



GERMAN 

GRMN 101-102. Elementary German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory 
work is required. Ordinarily no credit will be allowed to students in elementary 
modern language if they have passed two years of language at the high school 
level. Students who have not taken language during the previous four years may 
enroll in GRMN 101-102 by permission of the department (QRMN is offered Fall; 
102, Spring) 

GRMN 207-208. Intermediate German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: QRMN 101-102, or two years of German in secondary school, or a 
satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the department 
Advanced grammar, intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (GRMN 207 is 
offered Fall; 208, Spring.) 

SPANISH 

SPAN 101-102. Elementary Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory 
work is required. Ordinarily no credit will be allowed to students in elementary 
modern language if they have passed two years of language at the high school 
level. Students who have not taken language during the previous four years may 
enroll in SPAN 101-102 by permission of the department. (SPAN 101 is offered 
Fall; 102, Spring) 

SPAN 207-208. Intermediate Spanish (D-l) 3 V 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 101-102, or two years of Spanish in secondary school, or a 
satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the department. 
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
Spanish texts; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (SPAN 207 
is offered Fall; 208, Spring) 

II. Courses offered at the ACA language schools 

For a complete listing of courses available for credit at the ACA 
campuses, see the 1996-97 ACA catalog in Southern College's Modern 
Languages Department 



(D-l) See pages 25-29 for general education requirements. 



Music 






Chair: Marvin L. Robertson 

Faculty: J. Bruce Ashton, Julie Boyd-Penner, Orlo Gilbert, Judith Glass, 

James Hanson, Patricia Silver 
Adjunct Faculty: Greg Bean, Daniel Bowles, Elaine Janzen, Nora Kile, 

Bruce Kuist, Lynda Magee-Johnson, Jan Parisi, Mark Reneau, Sharon 

Shuttlesworth-Reed, Gordon Stangeland 

The faculty of the Department of Music believes that music is one of the 
arts given to man by his Creator to be used in the worship of God and to 
enhance the quality of man's life. In harmony with this philosophy, course 
work is offered which meets the needs of the general college student as well 
as music majors and minors. 

The Department of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the Bachelor 
of Music degree in music education and the Bachelor of Arts degree in 
music. Both degrees require courses in music theory and history, as well as 
a high level of achievement in a major performance area. In addition, the 
Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills necessary for teaching 
music, with special emphasis on the training of teachers for the 
Seventh-day Adventist school system. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of the 
college. In addition, a prospective music major is required to take written 
and aural entrance examinations in music theory and a performance exami- 
nation in the applied concentration. To obtain freshman standing as a 
music mfigor the student must qualify for MUCT 111 and MUPF 189. 

Further information regarding the entrance examinations may be 
obtained by writing the chair of the Department of Music. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Functional Piano: All music mayors must pass a functional piano 
examination or pass four hours of piano secondary. (The latter may not be 
used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General 
Endorsement for teacher certification.) The functional piano examination 
includes the playing of hymns, scales, triads, arpeggios, several moderately 
easy compositions and accompaniments, and the harmonization of simple 
folk melodies. The functional piano examination should be passed during 
the first week of the first semester in residence or the student must 
register for applied piano instruction. 

Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for 
fourteen half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice per 
lesson. Applied music concentration grades are assigned following a jury 
examination at the end of each semester. (See Music Lesson Fees under 
Financial Policies section of this CATALOG.) 

Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music nuyors (students 
taking 12 or more credits) are required to attend, as a non-performer, six 
Department approved concerts per semester, except for the student 
teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty and senior recitals in 



178 Music 



the student's applied concentration area. Failure to meet this requirement 
will nullify music major status. 

Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to 
participate in a music ensemble every semester in full-time residence (12 
or more hours). During the student teaching semester, students are 
exempted from this requirement. Teacher certification candidates must, 
however, complete eight hours of appropriate ensembles. Appropriate 
ensembles are denned as follows: string majors, Symphony Orchestra; wind 
and percussion majors, Concert Band; voice majors, Southern Singers; 
keyboard majors, any of the above. Students are encouraged to participate 
in a variety of other ensembles as time permits. 

ASSESSMENT 

The Department of Music has an ongoing program of student 
assessment. This program includes the following: 

1. JURY EXAMINATIONS 

Progress in the area of a music major's applied music concentration is 
monitored through the jury performance examination required of each major 
at the end of each semester. 

2. JUNIOR STANDING 

Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the sophomore 
year. These requirements are as follows: 

a. An overall grade point average of 2.00 for the Bachelor of Arts degree and 
2.50 for the bachelor of Music degree. 

b. A grade point average of 2.50 in all music courses. 

c. completion of the functional piano requirement. 

d. Completion of MUCT 111-112,121-122. 

e. Completion of at least four hours of credit in the student's applied music 
concentration area. 

Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result in the 
student's receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass, Bachelor of 
Music; (b) Pass, Bachelor of Arts; (c) Probation; (d) Fail. Junior Standing 
requirements must be met at least two semesters before graduation. 

3. SENIOR RECITAL 

All music degree candidates will present a senior recital. The student must 
be registered for private instruction while preparing for the senior recital. A 
faculty audition of the complete program must be scheduled at least three 
weeks before the recital date. Unsatisfactory performance at this audition 
will result in a rescheduling of the recital date. 

Following the senior recital, the music faculty will vote to either accept the 
performance or to require all or portions of the recital to be repeated. The 
student will not be cleared for graduation until successful completion of the 
senior recital but, upon music faculty approval, the senior recital requirement 
may be partially fulfilled through a conducting or chamber music perfor- 
mance. 

4. SENIOR ASSESSMENT EXAMINATION 

During the senior year each graduating senior will take the nationally 
standardized Major Field Achievement Test. The results of this examination 
will be used to help determine the effectiveness of the music program and the 
competency level of the graduates. 



Music 179 



BACHELOR OF MUSIC CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Music degree in music education meets state and 
denominational certification requirements. Students must apply for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program through the Department of 
Education and Psychology prior to taking education courses. Each student 

will be responsible to determine the additional courses that may be 
required for certification in the state of his/her choice. This information 
can be obtained at the Department of Education and Psychology. 

State certification and graduation requirements for Music Education 
majors include passing the NTE Specially Test in Music Education at the 
480 level. 

The following general education requirements apply only to students 
pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree: 

A. Basic Academic Skills 9 hours 

1. English 6 hours 

2. Mathematics 3 hours 

B. Religion 12 hours 

1. Biblical Studies (RELB) 6 hours 

2. Religion: RELT 138, 255 6 hours 

C. History 6 hours 

D. Language, Literature, Fine Arts 6 hours 

1. Literature 3 hours 

2. Speech 3 hours 

E. Natural Sciences 8 hours 

1. Biology 0-3 hours 

2. Chemistry 0-3 hours 
8. Physics 0-3 hours 

F. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences 2 hours 

1. Health Science: HLED 173 2 hours 

O. Activity Skills 2 hours 

1. Recreational Skills (PEAC 225 required) 2 hours 

TOTAL 45 hours 



Music Core (33 Hours) 

Required Courses Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I, II 6 MUHL 320323 Music history courses (W) 8 

MUCT 121-122 Aural Theory I, II 2 MUPF477 Instr Conducting Techniques 3 

MUCT 211-212 Adv Music Theory III, IV 6 MUPF478 Choral Conducting Techniques 3 

MUCT 221 222 Adv Aural Theory m, IV 2 MUCT 313 Orchestration and Arranging 3 



Keyboard proficiency must be demonstrated by passing a piano proficiency 
examination. Four (4) hours of keyboard secondary may be used in lieu of the 
proficiency examination. The four hours of keyboard may not be used as part 
of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General Endorsement. 



180 Music 



Vocal/General Endorsement (31 Hours) 

A. Applied Music Concentration Voice 

Applied Concentration 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including; 

MUED 231 Music & Movement 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED Elective 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

MUPF 227, 228 Singers Diction 2 hours 

B. Applied Music Concentration Keyboard 

Applied Concentration (Piano or Organ) 14 hours 

Applied Concentration (Voice) 4 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration) 

OR 

MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy (Organ Concentration) . . . . 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

Service Playing (Organ Majors Only) 2 hours 

Instrumental Endorsement (35 Hours) 

Applied Music Concentration 

(one instrument: wind, string, or percussion) 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Secondary Instrument Instruction 

(must include at least two areas, excluding keyboard) .... 6 hours 

Instrumental Music Methods and Materials 6 hours 

MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

Vocal/General and Instrumental Endorsement 

An applicant for endorsements in both areas above may complete a 
minimum of ten semester hours in methods and materials, provided both 
are represented. 

Education Core (26 Hours) 

Before taking education courses, the student must apply to the 
Education and Psychology Department for admission to the Teacher 
Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must 
apply to the Education and Psychology Department for admission to the 
professional semester. 

Required Course* Hours Required Courses, oont. Houn 

EDUC 135 Introduction to Education ' 2 EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 2 

EDUC 217 PByeh Foundations of Education 2 EDUC 422 Behavior Mgmnt for Adolescents 2 

EDUC 240 Ed for Excep Child and Youth 2 EDUC 434 Reading in Content • Secondary 2 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 EDUC 469 Enhanced Stu Teaching K-12 10 

EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Ed 2 



Music 181 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.Miu. Music Education 



1ft Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


2 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


MUCT 112 


Music Theory II 


3 


HIST 


Area C-l, Elective 


3 


MUCT 122 


Aural Theory II 


1 


MUCT 111 


Muaio Theory I 


3 


MUPF189 


Applied Concentration 


2 


MUCT 121 


Aural Theory I 


1 




Music Ensemble 


1 


MUPF189 


Applied Concentration 


2 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 




Music Ensemble 


1 
16 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 
16 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC 

The Bachelor of Arts in music is a non-professional degree designed to 
give the student a broad understanding of the musical heritage of man. 



Major— B.A. Music (40 Hours) 

Required Courses 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I, II 
MUCT 121-122 Aural Theory I, II 
MUCT 211-212 Music Theory HI, IV 
MUCT 221-222 Aural Theory III, IV 
MUCT 313 Orchestration & Arranging 

OR 3 

MUCT 413 Analysis of Music Form 

MUHL 320 Chant/Chansom, 600-1450 (W)2 



Required Courses, cont. Hours 

MUHL 321 Frottola/Fugue, 1450-1700 (W) 2 
MUHL 322 Suita/Sym Poem, 1700-1900 (W) 2 
MUHL 323 Diverse Musical Systems (W) 2 
MUPF 189 Concentration 4 

MUPF 389 Concentration 4 

UD Music Elective* 14 

Music Ensembles (See page 186) 



A student rauBt complete all general education requirements of the college. The 
foreign language recommended is either French or German. 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
BA. Music 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


MUCT 111 


Music Theory I 


3 


MUCT 112 


Music Theory II 


3 


MUCT 121 


Aural Theory I 


1 


MUCT 122 


Aural Theory II 


1 


MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration— 




MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration — 






Instrument/Voice 


1 




Instrument/Voice 


1 




Music Ensemble 


1 




Music Ensemble 


1 




Area G-3, Recreation 


1 




Area A-2, Mathematics 


0-3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Minor or Elective 


6JS 




Minor or Elective 


2 

15 






15 



Minor— Music (18 Hours) 



Required Courses Hon 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I and II 
MUHL 115 Listening to Music 
MUPF 189 Concentration 


irs 
6 
3 
2 


MUPF 477 


Instrumental 






OR 


3 


MUPF 478 


Choral Conducting Techniques 
Upper Division Elective* 
Music Elective 


3 

1 



182 Music 



CHURCH MUSIC 

MUCH 215. Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours 

An historical and philosophical survey of music in the Christian Church with 
particular emphasis on hymnology. (Spring) 

MUCH 315* Church Music Materials and Administration 3 hours 

The study of worship philosophies, denominational political hierarchies, liturgies, 
ensemble organization, appropriate music literature for performance and adminis- 
trative procedures. Students are required to prepare service music for services of 
various denominations. 

MUSIC THEORY 

MUCT 100. Introduction to Music Theory 2 hours 

A study of the rudiments and basic vocabulary of music theory. Does not apply 
toward a music major or minor. This is a computer assisted course. (Spring, 
Summer) 

MUCT 111-112. Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 100 or examination. 

A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and visually 
comprehensible, within simple forms and a variety of textures from one to four 
voices. Music Theory I may not be repeated more than once. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 121-122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours 

A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills related to the 
materials introduced in MUCT 111-112. Music majors must take this concurrently 
with MUCT 111-112. This is a computer assisted course. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 211-212. Music Theory in and IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: MUCT 111-112. 

An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in MUCT 

111-112. In MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 221-222. Aural Theory III and IV 14 hours 

Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT 211-212. 
Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 211-212. This is a computer 
assisted course. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MUCT 111-112. 

The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra and band 
instruments. Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instrumental chamber 
groups, small orchestra, and band. Performance of exercises and analysis of scores 
is emphasized. (Spring, even numbered years) 

MUCT 413. Analysis of Music Form 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MUCT 211-212 or permission of instructor. 
An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form to the 
more complex music of all historical periods. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual study open to music majors and other qualified students. Content to be 
arranged. Approval must be secured from the department chair prior to 
registration. May be repeated up to a total of three hours. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



Music 183 



MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 136. String Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of the stringed instruments, including methods and materials for class and 
private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. 
(Spring, even numbered years) 

MUED 146. Brass Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, fingerings, 
practical pedagogic technique, and simple repairs. A survey of literature for the 
instruments and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and 
private instruction is required, (fall, even numbered years) 

MUED 156. Woodwind Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic technique, 
and simple repairs. A survey of the literature for the instruments and evaluation 
of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. 
(Spring, odd numbered years) 

MUED 166. Percussion Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of percussion instruments, including methods and materials for class and 
private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. 
(Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUED 231. Music and Movement: A Sequential Approach 2 hours 
Prerequisite; MUCT 100 or MUHL 115 or Approval of Instructor. 
A survey of the structure of music including music fundamentals, movement to 
music, performance skills, listening skills, and the integration of music into life 
activities. 

MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction; planning 
a complete program for pupils on various grade levels including technic, repertoire, 
and musicianship. Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, odd numbered 
years) 

MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent and permission of instructor. 
Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction; testing 
and classification of voices; physiological and psychological problems of voice 
production and diction. Observation and teaching are required. (Spring, odd 
numbered years) 

MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompaniment of 
church services; registration of organ literature on various types of organs. 
Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, even numbered years) 

MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including curricu- 
lum, lesson planning, professional relationships, and other matters related to 
student teaching. (Spring) 



184 Music 



MUSIC HISTORY 

MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 3 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, musical styles, 
and forms of Western music. Two listening periods per week are required. Does not 
apply toward a music major. (Fall, Spring) 

MUHL 320. Chant to Chanson, 600 to 1450 (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The development of musical style, beginning with plainsong and its notation, and 
continuing with the growth of polyphony and the appearance of secular forms. 
Special emphasis will be given to the evaluation of modern editions of music, 
particularly of the Are Nova, and to investigation of problems in performance 
practice. (Fall, odd years) 

MUHL 321. Frottola to Fugue, 1450-1700 (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite; MUHL 115, MUCT 11M12, or permission of instructor. 
National styles of composition throughout the Renaissance and the emergence of 
new ideas, particularly the monodic revolution and its resulting new form, opera. 
The development of the theory of common practice and the major changes in 
notational methods, as well as a survey of evolution of musical instruments during 
this period. (Spring, even years) 

MUHL 322. Suite to Symphonic Poem, 1700-1900 (D-3) (W) 2 hours 
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The centrality of sonata form as the basis of chamber and orchestral literature; the 
appearance of significant small forms (as the lied and the piano piece); the analysis 
of representative works from all major schools. (Fall, even years) 

MUHL 323. Diverse Musical Systems, 1900-present (D-3) (W) 2 hours 
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
A study of systems replacing tonality, including aleatoric and dodecaphonic to 
minimalistic; broadening of musical bases, such as the influence of folk music and 
non- Western theories. Projects suitable for this semester might include studies of 
women in music, American music, or minorities. (Spring, odd years) 

MUHL 465. Topics in Music 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in music presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for 
credit 

APPLIED MUSIC 

MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Beginning voice and beginning piano only. A minimum of four hours of practice 
and/or listening outside of class is required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 129. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



Music 185 



MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Performance examination for freshman standing. 
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include attendance at 
a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 227. Singers Diction (G-l) 1 hour 

A study of the pronunciation of English and Italian. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 228. Singers Diction (G-l) 1 hour 

A study of the pronunciation of German and French. (Spring, even numbered 
years). 

MUPF 279. Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor. 
The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non-liturgical 
services, including hymn playing, choral and solo accompanying, conducting from 
the console, improvisation and modulation, and selection of appropriate preludes, 
offertories, and poBtludea. Performance experience required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 329. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Four hours MUPF 189. 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include attendance at 
a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 477. Instrumental Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 

Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive gestures, 
and instrumental problems. Experience in conducting instrumental ensembles is 
included. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 478. Choral Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 

Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive gestures, 
and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is included. (Spring, 
even numbered years) 

Courses MUPF 108, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the College as 
elective credit toward the B A. or B.S. degree. The music major or minor may 
not apply these toward his applied music concentration. Students desiring to 
study organ must pass the Functional Piano Examination. 

Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music major and 
minor, but they may be elected by anyone who passes the examination for 
freshman standing. Jury examinations are required with these course numbers. 

The following performance areas may be studied: voice, piano, classical 
guitar, folk guitar, organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute, oboe, clarinet, 
saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone tuba, and 
percussion instruments. 



186 Music 



CHORAL ENSEMBLES 

Choral ensembles are open to all college students through audition. Each 
ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit each 
semester. Regular attendance at performances and rehearsals, including dress 
rehearsals, is required. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and sponsored 
by the members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 118/318. Schola Cantorum (G-l) 1 hour 

A small mixed-voice choir which specializes in performing sacred music of the 
Renaissance, Baroque, and Romantic eras. 

MUPF 148/348. Something Special (G-l) 1 hour 

A small mixed-voice choir which performs both sacred and secular music in many 
styles. The music is frequently choreographed. 

MUPF 158/358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour 

A male-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods. 

MUPF 168/368. Southern Singers (G-l) 1 hour 

A large mixed-voice choir which performs music of all style periods. 

MUPF 188/388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works, musical 
productions, and other department-sponsored vocal activities. This course does not 
fulfill the music ensemble requirement for music majors. (Fall, Spring) 

INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES 

Instrumental ensembles are open to all college students through audition. 
Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit each 
semester. Regular attendance at rehearsals is required. 

Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music ensemble 
participation requirement for music majors except those taking a keyboard 
concentration. Music majors other than those taking a keyboard concentration 
who wish Instrumental Ensemble Experience credit must be registered con- 
currently in Concert Band or Symphony Orchestra. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and sponsored 
by members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 128, 328. Concert Band (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 138, 338* Symphony Orchestra (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 
A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case of 
keyboard majors, significant accompanying experience. (Fall, Spring) 



(D-3) (G-l) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation for general education requirements. 



NONDEPARTMENTAL COURSES 



COOP 265/465. Cooperative Education 1-6 hours 

This course allows students to receive credit for work experience. The assignments 
must be a specific program designed as an internship with an agreed upon 
description of the type of work, arrangements for supervision, and methods of 
evaluation. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to 
the policy on page 235. One hour of credit requires a minimum of 40 work hours. 
A maximum of six credit hours of cooperative education may be applied to a major. 

FDNT 125. Nutrition (F-3) 3 hours 

This cla88 is administered by the Nursing Department 

A general education course introducing a student to the basic principles of human 
nutrition. Includes study of the nutrients and the requirements for different age 
groups and normal physiological conditions. Attention will be given to religious and 
sociological influences, taking particular note of the counsel of E. G. White. (Fall, 
Spring) 

HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours 

This class is administered by the History Department 

A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual 
movements in western civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and the arts 
will be studied with appropriate works from music, art, and literature. Students 
may participate in activities involving specific art forms. Resource persons may 
assist as available. This course is also offered by the History Department as part of 
the European study tour program during selected summer sessions. 

HMNT 150/350. International Travel 1 hour 

One credit hour is available to participants in college tours outside the United 
States. The trip must last seven days excluding travel to and from the tour location, 
1 and must include a minimum of 20 hours in museums, historical sites, concerts, 
drama, and sightseeing. Students will submit written Bummaries/reflections of their 
experiences. Credit for this course is not granted simultaneously with credit earned 
in other tour classes. A complete tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated 
according to the policy on page 235. 

HMNT 451, 452. Honors Seminar 1,1 hour 

This class is administered by the History Department. 

A study of great books in religion, philosophy, science and social science that have 
shaped western culture. Required of students in the Southern Scholars pro-gram 
during their junior or senior year. Open to other students with permission of 
department chair. A complete tuition waiver for this class applies to Southern 
Scholars students only, calculated according to the policy on page 235. 

LIBR 325. Library Materials for Children 2 hours 

This class is administered by the Education and Psychology Department 
Presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related 
materials for children, grades 1-8. Develops an appreciation for books and reading 
that can be enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through critical 
evaluation and selection of books and materials. Correlates the use of books and 
materials to the specific needs and interests of young readers. 



188 NoNDEPARTMENTAL CoUHSES 



LIBR 425. Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours 

This class is administered by the English and Speech Department 
Gives emphasis to the variety of books and related materials for grades 9-12. 
Correlates critical evaluation and selection to the interests, use, and specific needs 
of the young adult as he develops his reading habits and skills. Develops an 
appreciation for books and readings that can dynamically involve both young adults 
and adults. (Spring) 

NOND 099. Student Missions Orientation hours [Noncredit] 

This class is administered by the College Chaplain. 

A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences, 
interpersonal relationships, health care for others and themselves, social and 
monetary problems, personal qualifications for service, and relevant denominational 
policies for overseas service. The class is required by the General Conference of 
Seventh-day Adventist for those under appointment as student missionaries. The 
class is also a prerequisite for students participating in the North American Division 
Task Force Program. (Spring) 

NOND 227-228. Christian Service I, II 6,6 hours 

This class is administered by the College Chaplain. 
Prerequisite: RELP 099. 

A two-semester sequence for elective credit only, designed for student participants 
in the North American Division Task Force and Student Mission Program. The 
credit is primarily field work characterized by Christian witnessing and other 
assignments. Other activities may be designated. Students may earn six credit hours 
by completing one semester or twelve credit hours by completing a full academic 
year. Periodic reports from the students and on-site supervisors may be required. 
A 90 percent tuition waiver applies to this class, according to the policy on page 
235. The policy for tuition refunds applies. The date the college receives notification 
of withdrawal will be the official withdrawal date. May not be repeated for credit 

(D-3) (F-3) (G-3) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 






Nursing 



Chair: Katie Lamb 

Collegedale Faculty: Carolyn Achata, Pam Ahlfeld, Olenda Davidson, 
David Gerstle, Lorella Howard, Bonnie Hunt, Constance Hunt, Phil 
Hunt, Barbara James, Caroline McArthur, Laura Nyirady, Dana 
Reed, MaryAnn Roberts, Shirley Spears, Jean Springett, Judy 
Winters 
Collegedale Adjunct Faculty: Bodil Morris, Linda Sanders 
Orlando Faculty: Dusanka Hristic, Millie Preussner, Erma Webb 
Bayonet Point Adjunct Faculty: Rocky Gale, Paula Leonard, Richard 
Somsel 

The nursing program at Southern College is a 2+2 program that leads 
to a baccalaureate degree in nursing with the option to exit at the associate 
degree level. The holders of an associate degree from a state approved 
program in nursing may progress into upper division nursing. Licensed 
diploma graduates and associate degree graduates from a non-NLN 
accredited program will be evaluated on an individual basis. 

The curriculum in the lower division leads to an Associate of Science 
degree in nursing which may be completed in two academic years, plus 
summer courses. At this time the student is eligible to write state board 
examinations to become a registered nurse. 

A well-equipped learning center and a skills laboratory are provided to 
assist students in learning experiences. 

ASSOCIATE AND BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS 

The curriculum in the upper division provides the student an in-depth 
study in clinical nursing in addition to prescribed courses. Diploma 
graduates will be required to participate in validation procedures designed 
to evaluate their previous program of study. 

A new class is accepted for lower division in the fall semester of each 
year with a limited number of students due to available clinical facilities 
and teachers. The upper division class is not limited in size. 

POLICIES 

Students who are admitted to Nursing are considered adequately mature 
to realize the importance of accepting personal responsibility for their 
learning and professional behavior. 

The Department of Nursing Student Handbook contains the policies of 
the department. Each student contracts to abide by the regulations as 
outlined. The programs on the main campus and all extension campuses 
are governed by the same policies. 

Transportation for clinical appointments is not provided for the students 
enrolled in upper division nursing courses. Students will be expected to 
provide their own transportation or make arrangements to share this 
expense with fellow students in the same course. 

Because regular tuition charges and fees cannot cover the total cost of 
nursing education, an additional "Nursing Education Fee" is charged each 
semester to help offset the costs (see Special Fees and Charges under 
Financial Policies section of this catalog). 

The Tennessee State Board of Nursing and other State Boards reserve 
the right to deny licensure in their states if the applicant has an unresolved 



190 Nursing 



felony on record in any state. The Nursing Department reserves the right 
to deny admission to or remove students from the nursing program who 
have records of misconduct, legal or otherwise, that would jeopardize their 
professional performance. 

The Nursing Department reserves the right to revise, add, or withdraw 
policies and/or courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program. 

ACCREDITATION 

The programs in nursing are fully accredited by the National League for 
Nursing. They are recognized by the Board of Regents of the Department 
of Education of the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, Florida 
Board of Independent College and Universities, and approved by the 
Tennessee Board of Nursing. 

ASSESSMENT 

The Department of Nursing has an ongoing assessment program. Each 
AS degree student is required to write standardized NLN examinations at 
specific intervals. Upon completion of the required nursing courses, a 
comprehensive nursing examination is given. The national NCLEX-KN 
licensure examination is written upon graduation. The Tennessee State 
Board of Nursing requires an annual pass rate of 86% for first time writers 
on the NCLEX-RN licensure examination in order for a school to be eligible 
for continued approval. 

To help the B.S. graduates to evaluate their academic progress and to 
aid the department in evaluating teacher effectiveness, each student during 
the spring semester of their senior year will be required to: 

1. Write a self-analysis 

2. Complete an end-of-program survey 

3. Complete an exit examination 



PROGRAMS IN NURSING 

Major— B.S. in Nursing (64 Hours) 

(Includes 28 hours of AS. level courses) 



Required Course* Hours 

A3. Level Courses 28 

NRSG 320 Medical/Surgical Nrsg 6 

NRSG 325 Adv & Pathologic Prin of 

Human Physiology (W) 4 
NRSG 326 Prof Concepts & Issues 2 

NRSG 327 Nursing Assessment 4 

NRSG 335 Community Health Nursing 6 
NRSG 389 Pharmacology 3 

NRSG 484 Current Trends in Nrsg Prac 3 
NRSG 485 Management 3 

NRSG 497 Nursing Research Methods (WJ 

Electives 2 



BIOL 101-102 
BIOL 225 
CHEMU1 
CHEM 112 
CHEM 114 



Cognates 



Anatomy ft Physiology 

Microbiology 

Survey of Chemistry I 

Survey of Chemistry II 

Survey of Chemistry Lab 



ENGL 101-102 College Composition 

FDNT 125 Nutrition 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 

RELT 373 Christian Ethics 

SOCI 125 Introduction to Sociology 

SOCI 349 Aging and Society (W) 



Required General Education 

MATH 215 Statistics (Required) 
PEAC 225 Conditioning (Required) 

Area B, Religion 

Area C-l, History 

Area C or D 

Area D, Lang/lit/F Arts 



Hours 



Nursing 191 



Major— A.S. Nursing (34 Hours) 

Required Coune* Houra 

NRSG 105 Fbundationi of Nursing " 7 

NRSQ 108 Nursing Trends 1 

NRSG 114 Medical Surg Nursing I 5 

NRSQ 115 Medical Surgical Nrsg II 5 

NRSG 213 Nrsg of Chiidbearing Family 4 

NRSG 217 Mental Health Nursing 4 

NRSG 320 Medical Surgical NRSG III 8 



Required Cognates Hours 

BIOL 101-102 Anatomy & Physiology 6 

BIOL 225 Microbiology 4 

FDNT 125 Nutrition 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 3 

Required General Education 

ENGL 101-102 College Composition 6 

Area B, Religion 

(Including a RELB course) 6 
Area C, History 3 

Contact the Nursing Department for a suggested sequence of courses. 

'Graduates of a state-approved associate degree nursing program will be considered 
to have met the general education requirements for the first two years of the 
program, with the exception of history/humanities and English. If Area C-l or 
ENGL 101-102 courses were not included in the associate degree program, they 
must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science degree general education 
requirements. A maximum of 72 semester hours will be accepted from a college 
where the highest degree offered is the associate degree. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

The final decision on acceptance and continuation in nursing is made by 
the Department of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing major is not the 
equivalent of acceptance to the Department of Nursing. Minimum require- 
ments for admission to nursing courses are listed below: 

1. Acceptance to Southern College. 

2. Having a diploma from a four-year accredited high school or the 
equivalent. 

3. The applicant must show evidence of physical, mental, and moral fit- 
ness. Further references or information may be required regarding 
character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a question in these 
areas. 

4. Students whose native language is not English must achieve at least 
550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). 

5. Students will maintain a current CPR certificate throughout the 
nursing program. 

6. Foreign student transcripts will be evaluated by World Education 
Services. The cost for this evaluation will be paid by the applicant. 
The number of credits accepted for transfer to Southern College may 
vary from those listed on the evaluation, in accordance with the 
policies of Southern College. 



Associate Degree 

1. High school grade point average of 2.50 minimum (on a 4.00 scale) 
on solids (math, science, English, history, foreign language). 

2. Two semesters of high school chemistry with a minimum grade of 
"C" or CHEM 111 with a minimum grade of "C." 

3. Minimum ACT standard enhanced score of 16 in Math, 20 in 
Reading, and 19 in English and composite. 



192 Nursing 



4. If the high school GPA or the Enhanced ACT scores are below the 
minimum requirement, it will be necessary for the student to take 
a minimum of 12 semester college hours for two semesters main- 
taining a grade point average of at least 2.70 on a 4.00 scale in 
required courses leading to nursing (including three hours each of 
English and math)* 

5. Science credits (Anatomy & Physiology, Chemistry, Microbiology, 
Nutrition) earned more than eight years prior to admission will not 
be accepted. Applicants may choose to validate knowledge by exam- 
ination or by repeating the course. 

6. Students with previous college work must have a minimum current 
and cumulative grade point average of 2.70 on a 4.00 scale in nurs- 
ing cognate and solid courses (math, science, English, history, 
foreign language) before being considered for clinical nursing 
courses. 

7. ACT scores are required of all nursing students. 

8. Transfer students from another nursing program will be evaluated 
individually and accepted on a space available basis. 

9. A student who has successfully completed a practical nurse program 
and NRSG 103, Associate Nurse Perspectives, may receive seven (7) 
credit hours of advanced placement in nursing and will articulate 
directly into the second semester of nursing. The student becomes 
a part of the generic associate degree program after articulating into 
the second semester of nursing. 

10. ACT-PEP examinations in Anatomy and Physiology (6 credits) and 
microbiology (3 credits) will be accepted as an alternative method of 
college credit for LPNs if these credits are already on the transcript 
when applying to the nursing program. 

The following should be sent by March 1 to the College Director of 
Admissions: (1) application to the college (2) application to the Department 
of Nursing (3) high school and college transcripts (4) ACT scores. It is the 
applicant's responsibility to see that all application materials are received 
by the Nursing Department prior to the deadline. 

Students accepted to clinical nursing are required to send an advance 
payment of $310 to hold their place in the class. This payment also serves 
as the first semester's Nursing Education Fee and is in addition to any 
other payment. 

Baccalaureate Degree 

Students wishing to enter the baccalaureate level nursing courses must 
send an application to the department's Coordinator of Admissions. Upon 
acceptance to upper division nursing, courses currently listed in 
the catalog will be required of all students* 

Minimum requirements for admission to upper division nursing are as 
follows: 

1. A student must hold a license to practice professional nursing prior to 
registering for baccalaureate level clinical courses. 

2 . Minimum grade point average of 2 .50 for lower division in nursing with 
no grade below a "C." 

3. Minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.50 with no grade below 
"C" for lower division cognate courses. 



Nursing 193 



4. For the B.S. one-year curriculum track : minimum grade point average 
of 2.70 for nursing and courses leading to the B.S. degree and holds a 
license to practice professional nursing. 

5. Experience: 

A. Applicant who has graduated within five years prior to application: 

1. Satisfactory clinical performance and character references are 
required from basic nursing program. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are re- 
quired from employer(s). Students who have graduated within 
the previous 12 months will be exempt from work requirement. 

B. Applicant who has graduated more than five years prior to 
application: 

1. Minimum of one year satisfactory work experience in nursing for 
each five years since graduation and one year must be in the last 
five years. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are 
required from employer(s). 

6. Nursing Credits: 

Graduates of NLN accredited AA/AS and Diploma Nursing 
Programs: 

When entering the B.S. nursing program, a transfer student will 
have placed in escrow 28 credits of lower division nursing and 6 
credits of upper division nursing (NRSG 320). After successfully 
completing 10 semester hours of upper division nursing at Southern 
College, these credits in escrow will be placed on the transcript as 
accepted credits toward a B.S. degree with a major in nursing. 

The 6 credits of upper division nursing (NRSG 320) in escrow policy 
applies to Southern College A.S. graduates prior to 1991. 

Graduates of non-NLN accredited AA/AS and Diploma programs: 
Prior to registering for upper division nursing courses, the student 
must take the Nursing Mobility II examination. This policy applies 
to ALL Diploma graduates after 1999. 
Students are responsible for the cost of taking the examination(s) and 
the fee charged by the college for recording advanced credit on the 
transcript. 
7. General Education and Cognates: 

ACT-PEP examinations in Anatomy and Physiology (6 credits) and 
microbiology (3 credits) will be accepted as an alternative method of 
college credit for RNs if these credits are already on the transcript 
when applying to the nursing program. 

A. Associate Degree 

Graduates of a state approved associate degree program will be 
considered to have met general education requirements for the first 
two years of the program with the exception of History/Humanities 
and English provided that criterion #2 has been met. If Area C-l 
or ENGL 101, 102 courses were no included in the Associate Degree 
program, they must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of 
Science degree general education requirements. 

B. Diploma Graduate 

1. Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those required at 
Southern College if received from an accredited senior or junior 
college or by examination according to the policy state in this 
CATALOG. 



194 Nursing 



2. All cognates for the first two years must be completed before 
entering junior nursing courses. General education requirements 
may be taken concurrently. 

CHEM 111 must be completed before entering junior level nursing 
courses. 



PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Associate Degree 

1. A grade of at least "C" (2.00) is required in each nursing course for 
progression and/or graduation. 

2. A grade of at least "C" is required in each nursing cognate with a 
minimum cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 on a 4.00 
scale in the cognates for progression in nursing. Cognate courses are 
BIOL 101, 102; FDNT 125; PSYC 128; BIOL 225; SOCI 125. 

3. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a nursing 
course. Repeats may be in the following combinations: one nursing 
course and one cognate course, or two cognate courses. 

4. Students who do not complete a semester or progress with their class, 
cannot be assured placement in their choice of a subsequent course. 

5. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 is required in both 
nursing and cognates for graduation. 

6. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on stan- 
dardized tests. Remedial work and/or delay in progression in the 
program will be required if the required performance level is not 
achieved. 

7. Any remedial contracts must be fulfilled prior to progression or 
graduation (see Nursing Student Handbook). 

8. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is 
enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be approved 
by the Nursing Department Chair. 

Baccalaureate Degree 

1. A grade of at least "C" (2.00) is required in each nursing course for 
progression and/or graduation. 

2. A grade of at least "C" is required in each nursing cognate with a 
minimum cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 on a 4.00 
scale in cognates for progression in nursing. Cognate courses are 
CHEM 111, 112, 114; KELT 373; SOCI 349. 

3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 is required in both 
nursing and cognates for graduation. 

4. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a nursing 
course. Repeats may be in the following combinations: one nursing 
class and one cognate course, or two cognate courses. 

5. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is 
enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be approved 
by the Nursing Department chair. 

Readmission 

1. Acceptance to Southern College. 

2. Submit a nursing reapplication form to the Nursing Department at 
least one semester prior to re-entering the program. 

3. A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale is required for 
readmission to the nursing program. 



Nursing 195 



4. Meet specified requirements as set forth by the department relating to 
the individual applicant. 

5. A personal interview with a designated nursing faculty member. 

6. A student in the Associate Degree program must wait one semester/ 
summer before repeating a failed nursing course. 

7. If a lapse of time greater than two years occurs in a student's program 
of study prior nursing credits will not be accepted unless an applicant 
can validate nursing knowledge through written examination and 
clinical performance (for associate degree only). 

NURSING 

NRSG 103. Associate Nurse Perspectives 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the following: an approved LPN program; 
Nursing Mobility Profile I Examination; examination over basic skills common to 
all areas of nursing. 

This course is designed to supplement and prepare the Licensed Practical Nurse for 
advanced placement and career mobility. 

NRSG 105. Foundations of Nursing 7 hours 

Prerequisite*: Chemistry (high school or equivalent), BIOL 101. 
Corequisitea: FONT 125; BIOL 102; PSYC 128. 

This course is an introduction to the physical, psychosocial, spiritual and develop- 
mental aspects of health care. The student develops an understanding and utiliza- 
tion of the nursing process, and acquires basic nursing skills common to all areas 
of nursing. Four and three-fourths theory, two and one-fourth hours clinical (Fall) 

NRSG 108. Nursing Trends 1 hour 

An introduction to the profession nursing, including an overview of nursing history, 
nursing organizations, education, legal and ethical issues, and opportunities of the 
profession. It will provide an understanding of the associate nursing role, 
familiarize the student with philosophy of spiritual care, and give an orientation to 
the program and its philosophy and organizing structure. (Spring) 

NRSG 114. Medical-Surgical Nursing I 5 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 102; FDNT 125; PSYC 128; NRSG 105. 
Corequisite: NRSG 108. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing which 
include selected basic needs of individuals (across the life span) at various points 
on the wellness-illness continuum. This includes focusing on those with selected 
medical-surgical problems. The nursing process is utilized to promote physical, 
psychosocial, and spiritual health, intervene in illness, and assist in rehabilitation. 
Two and three-fourths hours theory, two and one-fourth hours clinical (Spring) 

NRSG 115. Medical-Surgical Nursing U 5 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 102; NRSG 114; Corequisite: NRSG 108. 
This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing continuing 
with individuals (across the life span) needs at various points on the wellness- 
illness continuum This includes focusing on the nursing process as applied to 
individuals experiencing select medical/surgical interferences of increased 
complexity; promoting physical, psychosocial, and spiritual health; intervening in 
illness; and assisting in rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths hours theory, two and 
one-fourth hours clinical. (Spring) 



196 Nursing 



NRSG 213* Nursing of the Childbearing Family 4 hours 

Prerequisite* PSYC 128; NRSG 115. 

This course provides nursing students with theory and practice in the care of child- 
bearing families. This includes promoting physical, psychosocial, spiritual, and 
developmental health of expectant mothers and their infants before, during and 
immediately following delivery, utilizing the nursing process. Two and one-half 
hours theory, one and one-half hours clinical. Course includes a speech component 
(Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 217. Mental Health Nursing 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 115; PSYC 128. 

This course provides students with the opportunity to utilize the nursing process 
in intervening with clients throughout the life span with emphasis on specific 
psychosocial needs at different points on the wellness-illness continuum. Two and 
one-half hours theory, one and one-half hour clinical. (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 255. Perioperative Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 101-102, 225; NRSG 108, 115. 

An introduction to perioperative nursing. The course provides opportunity for 
applying theory and knowledge of basic sciences to practice; thus, enabling the 
nurse to care effectively for the client before, during, and after surgical 
intervention. (Theory 2 hours, Clinical 1 hour) (Spring) 

NRSG 265. Women's Issues (F-3) 3 hours 

A study of current topics affecting women's general health. The content will focus 
on physical, psychosocial, and spiritual issues. For Non-nursing students only. 

(Spring) 

NRSG 310. Parish Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 335 or NRSG 346 and 346 (Orlando Center). 
A course designed to provide opportunity for the nurse to use independent judge- 
ment in developing a health ministry in local church communities. Course content 
and skills are designed to prepare the nurse to perform in the roles of educator, 
consultant, and counselor on health-related issues for church members and staff. 
A variety of experiences will be chosen from clinical settings such as hospices, 
hospital chaplaincies, and church organizations. Two hours theory, one hour 
clinical (Offered alternate years) 

NRSG 320. Medical-Surgical Nursing III 8 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 115; Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 225. 
This course provides students with theory and practice of utilizing the nursing 
process in dealing with complex needs related to physical, psychosocial, spiritual, 
and developmental aspects of individuals (across the life span) who have acute 
medical-surgical interferences. The student is introduced to leadership concepts. 
Four hours theory, four hours clinical. (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 325. Advanced and Pathologic Principles 

of Human Physiology (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 320, BIOL 225; Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 112/114. 
This course assists the student to integrate principles of physiology with clinical 
practice, to correlate physical manifestations with pathologic interferences, and to 
move toward more independent predictive care of clients. Four hours theory. (Fall, 
Spring) 

NRSG 326. Professional Concepts and Issues 2 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 320 

A course designed to assist the registered nurse student in the transition of 
learning from an associate degree or diploma program to the baccalaureate 
approach to nursing. Focus will be on the development and presentation of concepts 
and current issues related to professional nursing. To meet the objectives of the 
course, a field trip may be required. Course includes a speech component (Fall) 



Nursing 197 



NRSG 327. Nursing Assessment 4 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 320, RN License; Pre- or eorequisUe: NRSG 326. 
This course provides opportunities for creativity in the utilization of the expanding 
role of the clinical practitioner and enables the student to develop advanced skills 
in utilizing the nursing process through history taking, physical examination, 
health planning, and counseling of the patient/client Three hours theory, one hour 
clinical. Two all-day clinical experiences are required. (Fall) 

NRSG 335. Community Health Nursing 6 hours 

Prerequisites; NRSG 326, 327; RN License; MATH 215 (desirable). 
A course which focuses upon the application of the nursing process in assessment 
of health needs of individuals, families, and communities. An epidemiological focus 
is utilized in diagnosis of aggregate health needs, with emphasis on primary, 
secondary, and tertiary levels of prevention. Clinical applications in various 
community agencies are utilized, as well as a family case study and aggregate 
project and paper. Three hours theory, three hours clinical. Course includes a 
speech component (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 346. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 326, 327, RN License; MATH 215 (desirable). 
A course which includes concepts of community health, with emphasis on commu- 
nity assessment and working with groups. One and one-half hours theory, one and 
one-half hours clinical. (Orlando Center onry) 

NRSG 347. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 346, RN License; MATH 215 (desirable). 
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with emphasis 
on moving individuals, families and communities toward their optimal levels of 
functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course combines community 
and mental health concepts. One and one-half hours theory, one and one-half hours 
clinical Course includes a speech component (Orlando Center only) 

NRSG 389. Pharmacology 2 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 111-112, 114; NRSG 115. 

Study of pharmacologic concepts. Focus will include major classifications, pharma- 
cokinetics, drug interactions, and nursing consideration. (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 465. Topics in Nursing 1-3 hours 

Selected topics designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty 
areas of Nursing not covered in regular courses. This course may be repeated for 
credit 

NRSG 484. Current Trends in Nursing Practice 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 326, 327, RN License; Pre* or eorequisUes: NRSG 325, 
389. 

This course provides opportunity for the student to apply theory from previous 
baccalaureate nursing courses such as Nursing Assessment, Pharmacology, and 
Pathophysiology to clinical practice in general medical-surgical nursing and areas 
of special interest Lecture content provides updates in major areas of nursing 
practice. One and one-half hours theory, one and one-half hours clinical. (Spring, 
Summer) 

NRSG 485. Management 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 326, 327, RN license; Pre- or eorequisUes: NRSG 325, 389. 
This course provides the opportunity for the student to use critical decision-making 
in developing management skills. This is accomplished primarily through the 
leadership, models, management and administrative experiences in selected clinical 
settings. Two hours theory, one hour clinical. In order to meet the objectives of the 
course, a field trip may be required. (Spring) 



198 Nursing 



NRSG 497. Nursing Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite* MATH 215; ENGL 102. 

Scientific methods of inquiry are applied to nursing problems including framework 
for practice, principles of data treatment, and analysis. The student plans a 
research proposal. The course is designed to give the student the concepts, 
methods, and tools for being an intelligent consumer of research and critical 
evaluation. Three hours theory. (Fall, Spring) 

NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of department chair. 

Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the department prior 
to registration. Either upper or lower division credit may be earned. The area of 
directed study will appear on the transcript. No more than six hours directed study 
may be applied toward a degree. 



(F-3) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 

THE ORLANDO CENTER 

Major— B.S. in Nursing 

Apart-time program is offered. Admission and progression requirements are 
the same as those on the main campus. All diplomas and official transcripts are 
issued from the parent campus. For information contact: 

1. Southern College of SDA - Orlando Center 

653 Lake Estelle Drive 
Orlando, FL 32803 

Erma Webb, MSN, RN, Coordinator 

(407) 897-1890 

2. Southern College of SDA— HCA Blake Campus 

2020 59th Street, W 
Bradenton, FL 34209 

Southern College of SDA— HCA Bayonet Point/Hudson Campus 

14000 Fivay Road 
Hudson, FL 34667 

Nancy Haugen, MSN, RN, Coordinator 

(813) 792-6611 Blake Campus 

(813) 863-2411 Bayonet Point Campus 

3. Linda Marlowe, Admission Coordinator for all campuses 

Southern College of SDA 

EO. Box 370 

Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 

(615) 238-2941 



Physics 



Chair: Ken Caviness 

Faculty: Chris Hansen, Ray Hefferlin, Henry Kuhlman 

Adjunct Faculty: Cyril Roe 



Many doors of service await students who study physics. SC physics 
major graduates have become academy and high school teachers, and pro- 
fessors and researchers in physics, in America and overseas. Also, one or 
more of them has served as aerospace researcher for the Apollo project, 
anesthetist, chemical researcher, computer systems manager, computer net- 
work manager at large factory, corporation pilot, dentist, family-practice 
medical doctor, full-time homemaker, geologist, historian of science, 
instructor for fossil-fuel power-plant operators, instructor for nuclear- 
reactor operators, lawyer, mathematician, nuclear-plant walk-down 
engineer, oceanographer, oil-drilling engineer, planner for Space Station 
Freedom, radiologist, reliability designer for long-distance telephone 
systems, radio station engineer, and researcher in educational statistics. 



ASSESSMENT 

To help the graduates in Physics evaluate their academic progress and 
to aid the department in evaluating teaching effectiveness, each senior is 
required to: 

1. Take the physics portion of the GRE. A score above the 35th 
percentile is necessary for recommendation for graduate study. 

2. Take PHYS 480 and do original research as a prerequisite. 

Alumni are surveyed and studies are prepared comparing GRE results, 
careers, and graduate-study success. Information gained from the assess- 
ments and studies is used to evaluate departmental programs. 



PROGRAMS IN PHYSICS 



Major— B.A. Physics (30 Hours) 



Required Course* Hours 


PHYS 155 


Descript Astronomy: 




Creation & Cosmology 3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 6 


PHYS 213214 


General Physios Lab 2 


PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 3 


PHYS 215,216 


General Physics Cal Appli 2 


PHYS 412 


Quantum Mechanics 3 


PHYS 480* 


Scientific Writing (W) 1 




Physics Elective* 10 



Strongly Recommended Elective! Hours 

CPTB 105 Intro to Word Processing 1 

CPTB 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 1 

CPTB 107 Intro to Database 1 

PHYS 400 Physics Portfolio 1 

TECH 174 General Metals 3 



♦Satisfies the writing and speech components of the major. 



200 Physics 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Physios 



1st Semester 



Hours 



2nd Semester 



Hours 



CPTR106 


Intro to Spreadsheets 


1 


CPTR 105 


Intro to Word Processing 


1 


CPTR 107 


Intro to Data Base 


1 


ENGL 102 


College Composition 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


MATH 121 


Precalculus Trigonometry 


2 


MATH 120 


Precalculus Algebra 


3 


PHYS137 


Intro to Physios 


3 


PHYS155 


Descriptive Astronomy 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 




Area F-2» Fam Sci 








14 




OR 
Area F-3, Hlth Science 


2 



14 



Major— B.S. Physics (40 Hours) 



Strongly Recommended Electlves 

CPTR 425 Computer Graphics 
TECH 174 General Metals 



Hours 

3 
3 



Required Courses Hours 

PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6 

PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 2 

PHYS 310 Modern Physics 3 

PHYS 215,216 General Physics Cal Appli 2 

PHYS 412 Quantum Mechanics 3 

PHYS 413 Analytic Mechanics 3 

PHYS 414-415 Electrodynamics 6 
PHYS 418-419 Advanced Quantum Mechanics 6 

PHYS 295/495 Directed Study 1-3 

OR 

PHYS 297/497 Undergrad Research 1-2 

PHYS 480* Scientific Writing (W) 1 

Physics Electives 5-7 

*PHYS 480 satisfies the writing and speech components of the major. 

Note: Computers are used routinely in all of these courses. 

Students are expected to become student members of the American Physical Society 
and to purchase a book of mathematical tables or a computer-based mathematics 
resource. 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.S. Physics 



1st Semester 

ENGL 101 
MATH 181 
PHYS 211 
PHYS 213 



College Composition 
Calculus I 
General Physics 
General Physics Lab 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-l, History 



Hours 

3 
3 
3 
1 
3 
_3 
16 



Minor— Physics (18 Hours) 

Required Cour 



Physics Electives 

Upper Div Physics Courses 



Hours 

12 
6 



2nd Semester 

ENGL 102 College Composition 

MATH 182 Calculus II 

MATH 218 Set Theory ft Logic 

PHYS 212 General Physics 

PHYS 214 General Physics Lab 

PHYS 215 Gen Phys Calculus Apps 

PHYS 216 Gen Phys Calculus Apps 



3 

1 

1 

JL 

15 



Major— Bj^. Physics, Teacher Certification, 7-12 

Secondary certification in Physics requires a baccalaureate degree and 
completion of professional education courses (page 118) for licensure. Students 
preparing for secondary teacher certification must also take BIOL 103; CHEM 
111-112; ERSC 105; and KELT 317 or 318 or 424. See explanations in the 
Education and Psychology section. 



Physics 201 



The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission to 
the Teacher Education Program before the end of the sophomore year. At the 
end of the junior year application must be made to do student teaching. 

Required Cour»eg Hoara Required Cognate* 

PHYS137 Intro to Physics 3 CHEM 111-112 Survey of Chemistry 

PHYS 155 Descriptive Astronomy 3 ERSC 105 Earth Science 

PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6 BIOL 103 Principles of Biology 

PHYS 213-214 General Physios Lab 2 

PHYS 310 Modem Physics 3 

PHYS 215,216 Gen Physics Calculus Appli 2 Select One of the following 

PHYS 400 Physios PDttfolio I PHYS 317 Issues in Phy Sci/Beligion I 3 

PHYS 412 Quantum Mechanics 3 PHYS 318 Issues in Phy Sci/Religion II 3 

PHYS 480 Scientific Writing (W) 1 BIOL 424 Issues of Nat Sci & Religion 3 

Physios Electives 6 

PHYSICS 

PHYS 137. Introduction to Physics (E-3) 3 hours 

A general education course stressing the methods of physics, the application of 
physics and laboratory work which can be done with simple materials. Laboratories 
include the use of calculators and the computer to do arithmetic, the estimation of 
numerical quantities and errors, and the construction of apparatus with which to 
make observations. Satisfies the requirements for some Allied Health fields at some 
schools; does not apply on major or minor in physics. Two hours lecture, three 
hours laboratory each week. 

PHYS 138. Introduction to Physics Applications (E-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Concurrent enrollment in PHYS 137 or previous enrollment and 
permission of instructor. 

Additional theory and practice at the level of PHYS 137, oriented toward applica- 
tions in the Health sciences. Meets once a week. 

PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy: 

Creation and Cosmology (E-3) 3 hours 

Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date line and 
calendars, astronomical objects with their motions and distances, energy processes 
in stars and quasars and pulsars, black holes, the infinity (?) and expansion (?) of 
the universe. Cosmology, the formation and subsequent histories of the solar 
system and the earth, radioactive dating, life on other worlds, as seen from 
observational and Biblical perspectives. Three hours lecture each week, with 
optional opportunities for an observation period. 

PHYS 199. Concepts of Physics (E-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: MATH 121 concurrently. 

An introduction to selected topics which often cause difficulty in PHYS 211, 212, 
such as torque and angular momentum, and relativity. Does not count on a B.S. 
major in physics. (Spring and fourth summer session) 

PHYS 211-212. General Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 120, 121. 

The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light, 
electricity and magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies on the basic science 
requirement as a non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a laboratory science 
if taken with PHYS 213-214. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 213-214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212. 
Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to familiarize 
the student with useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage a systematic devel- 
opment of scientific curiosity, caution, and method. (Fall, Spring) 



202 Physics 



PHYS 215, 216. General Physics Calculus Applications 1,1 hours 
Prerequisites: MATH 181; previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212. 
Derivations and problems in General Physics using differential and integral 
calculus will be studied. Students completing PHYS 211-212 and PHYS 215, 216 
will have taken the equivalent of General Physics with calculus. Two class periods 
per week. (Spring) 

PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 181, 182. 

The origins of modern physics, quantum theory, the theory of relativity, nuclear 
physics. Three hours lecture each week. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 
325. (Fall) 

PHYS 313. Physical Optics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212, 310; MATH 182. 

Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed from the 
standpoint of the ray and especially of the wave theories of light Laboratory 
experience is available in PHYS 325. (Spring, even years) 

PHYS 315. Spectroscopy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212, 310; MATH 182. 

Interpretation of spectral line and band wavelengths, profiles, and intensities in 
terms of stars' composition, temperature, pressure, motions. Design of laboratory 
experiments to obtain atomic and molecular constants. Systematica of atomic and 
molecular data. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 497. 

PHYS 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PHYS 213-214, 310; MATH 315. 
See MATH 316 for course description. 

PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (E-3) 3 hours 
Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester of 
college physics or chemistry; junior standing and permission of instructor. 
The extent to which mathematics and the physical sciences are true because they 
conform to the real world, or because they are derived from axioms, or because they 
conform to one's understanding of Scripture. Non-logical factors in the acceptance 
of scientific statements as authoritative. Application of the scientific method to 
technology-related problems of global significance. Does not apply to a major or 
minor in Physics. 

PHYS 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion H (E-3) 3 hours 
Prerequisites: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester of 
college physics or chemistry; junior standing and permission of instructor. 
The argument for the existence of God from design. The relationship of design to 
comprehensibility and to causality. Causality in the everyday world and on the 
subatomic scale. Miracles as associated with awe or with the unknown (by deter- 
minists), or with boundary conditions (as in solving problems mathematically), with 
any one of several aspects of physics, or with God's continual upholding of natural 
process. Does not apply to a major or minor in Physics. 

PHYS 325. Advanced Physics Laboratory I 1 hour 

Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310. 

Laboratory experiments pertinent to areas of physics except electricity and 
magnetism. Meets once per week. 

PHYS 326. Advanced Physics Laboratory n 1 hour 

Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310. 
Laboratory experiments pertinent to electricity and magnetism. Meets once a week. 



Physics 203 



PHYS 400. Physics Portfolio 1 hour 

Each student majoring in Physics may compile a portfolio consisting of records of 
participation in professional activities as suggested by departmental faculty and as 
initiated by the student Examples of activities include but are not limited to the 
following: attendance at club meetings, professional film showings, visiting-scientist 
seminar, and research review sessions, reading of journals and books, participation 
at professional meetings, preparation for graduate school and for employment, and 
lists of concepts or new ideas. The portfolio is reviewed upon the student's 
registration for this course during the senior year. The grade earned for this credit 
will depend upon the persistence of the student in participation during his/her stay 
at Southern College and during summers, and upon the breadth and depth of the 
entries. It also depends upon the student having his/her portfolio reviewed by the 
Department at the end of each preceding semester, and the extent to which the 
Department's suggestions on those occasions are implemented. 

PHYS 411. Thermodynamics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310; MATH 182. 

A study of gases, kinetic theory, and quantum statistics. Emphasis is placed on 
being able to use thermodynamics data in the literature. Three hours of lecture 
each week. This class is not open to students who have taken CHEM 411. 
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 497. (Fall, even years) 

PHYS 412. Quantum Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 215, 216, 310; MATH 315, or permission of instructor. 
The limits to classical pliysice; wave packets, the Schroedinger equation, 
eigenfunctions and eigenvalues, one-dimensional potentials, the solution of the 
Schroedinger equation in spherical-polar coordinates for the hydrogen atom; 
electron spin and the Pauli requirement for antisymmetric wave functions, with 
applications to states of light atoms; variation techniques for small atoms and 
molecules, Hueckel and LCAO methods. This class is not open to students who 
have taken CHEM 412. (Spring, odd years) 

PHYS 413. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 215, 216, 310; MATH 182, 218, 315 (MATH 316, 317, 318, 
319, 411-412 desirable). 

The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked using 
the techniques of differential equations in the Newtonian, Lagrangian and 
Hamiltonian forms. Special functions, vector theorems, transforms, and tensors are 
introduced as needed. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 325. (Fall, odd 
years) 

PHYS 414-415. Electrodynamics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 215, 216, 310; MATH 182, 218, 315, (316, 317, 318, 319, 
411-412 desirable). 

Analysis of electrical circuits, electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and the motion 
of charges therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent prediction of electro- 
magnetic waves. Applications to modern atomic and nuclear theory are stressed. 
Complex mapping, vector theorems, transforms, and special functions may be used. 
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 326. (Fall, even years; Spring, odd 
years) 

PHYS 418-419. Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 215, 216, 310, 412; MATH 182, 218, 315, (316, 317, 318, 319, 
411-412 desirable) 

The structure of quantum mechanics; review of the Thomson, Bohr, and Fermi- 
Thomas models; operator methods; operators, matrices, and spin; time-independent 
perturbation theory; corrections to the hydrogen-atom treatment; other atoms and 
the periodic table; emission and absorption of radiation from atoms; collision 
theory; elementary particles and their symmetries; group dynamics approach to 
particle classification (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 



204 Physics 



PHYS 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour 

Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and research 
journals. Practice in scientific meeting oral and poster-session presentation. It is 
expected that the written reports be done with a word processor and that the 
student will have done some original research of an experimental, computational, 
or theorem-proving nature before enrolling in this course. PHYS 205/495 and 
297/497 exist to fulfill this requirement and there are numerous opportunities with 
pay at universities and national laboratories during the student's junior-senior 
summer. (Fall) 

PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs 
in Physics. Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to registration. ThiB 
course may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 297/497. Undergraduate Research in Physics 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Research under direction of a member of the staff. The topic will be assigned in 
accordance to the interests and capabilities of the student It is assumed that the 
student is familiar with one or more spreadsheets, mathematics manipulation 
programs, and graphing software packages. May be repeated for up to four hours 
of credit (Fall, Spring; May be accomplished on a co-op basis during the Summer.) 

EARTH SCIENCE 

ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-4) 3 hours 

A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors, to the 
areas of physical geography, geology, and meteorology. Special consideration is 
given the environment— conservation or pollution of natural resources. (Fall, 
Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438, Curriculum and Content Methods/Physics 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 
evaluating student performance, the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 

(E-3) (E-4) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of general education requirements. 



Religion 



Chair: Jack J. Blanco 

Faculty: Ron Clouzet, Ron du Preez, Norman R. Gulley, Donn 
Leatherman, Derek J. Morris, Bruce Norman 

Adjunct Faculty: Douglas Bennett, Shelly Litchfield, Ken Rogers, 
Leo Van Dolson 

Advisory Council— Ministerial Recommendations: SC Religion Faculty, 
Presidents of Conferences within the Southern Union, Southern 
Union Ministerial Directors, Vice President for Student Services, 
Director of Student Finance and Accounts, head deans of the two 
dormitories, college chaplain, college church pastor 

As an integral part of Southern College the Religion Department has 
been given the responsibility by the Board of Trustees to continue to 
prepare young men and women in theology for the Seminary, the field, and 
religious education for denominational schools. It also has been asked to 
provide a degree in Religious Studies and courses in general religion for all 
students. Courses are designed to enhance their commitment of students 
to Jesus Christ and their involvement in the mission of the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church. 

MISSION STATEMENT 

The Religion Department seeks to provide general education courses 
that will encourage students to experience an ongoing saving relationship 
with Jesus Christ, that will enable students to live responsibly and ethically 
in harmony with the Holy Scriptures and that will further their under- 
standing of the Christian beliefs and values of the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church. 

In addition, the department seeks to provide programs in theology, 
religious education, and religious studies of a quality that will enable its 
graduates to find employment and/or enter graduate programs in these or 
other fields and that will equip them to apply the knowledge and skills of 
their major field in "real world" situations. 

DEPARTMENTAL GOALS 

General Education Courses 

1. To provide instruction in the Scriptures that enhances an intelligent 
faith in Jesus Christ. 

2. To encourage development of a set of values that will provide a basis for 
moral decision-making in the Christian life. 

3. To acquaint the students with the teachings, history, and global mission 
of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

Theology 

1. To provide an adequate pre-Seminary training in biblical backgrounds, 
languages, history, theology, and church ministries to meet entrance 
requirements to the MDiv degree program offered by Andrews 
University. 

2. To provide instruction and practical experience in church ministries and 
public evangelism as outlined in the requirements of the Certification 
for Ministry. 



206 Religion 



3. To provide professional training that prepares graduates to serve the 
church effectively in their chosen career. 

Religious Education 

1. To prepare the student for state and church certification (in cooperation 
with the Department of Education and Psychology) on the elementary 
or secondary levels. 

2. To support candidates in meeting the requirements of the Education 
and Psychology Department and its certifying officer by offering a 
course in Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible and by supervising 
student teaching. 

3. To qualify students to pursue graduate work in biblical and religious 
studies. 

Religious Studies 

1. To provide a basic course in biblical and religious studies without 
meeting the professional requirements of the other two majors. 

2. To provide a mayor for students who are involved in preprofessional 
programs or who elect a double mqjor, one of which is Religion. 

3. To prepare students to become well-informed, local church leaders. 

DEPARTMENTAL EFFECTIVENESS 

The Religion Department is committed to develop an ongoing assess- 
ment and strategy to measure its effectiveness in harmony with the 
Mission Statement of Southern College, its own mission statement, and the 
recommendation of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools. 

Faculty Assessment 

Effectiveness of the department's faculty and program is directly or 
indirectly assessed by: 

1. Student evaluations of all classes administered regularly through the 
office of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

2. Departmental mayors in the final semester of their senior year. 

3. The annual meeting of the faculty with the Chair of the Board and the 
presidents of conferences within the Southern Union. 

4. The yearly meeting of the Ministerial Training Advisory Committee 
(MTAC) of the North American Division at the Seventh-day Adventist 
Theological Seminary of Andrews University which coordinates the 
ministerial programs of all Religion Departments through their 
respective chairs. 

Student Assessment 

The quality of the department's graduates as well as its general 

students is assessed by: 

1. A 16PF taken by all Theology majors in their sophomore and senior years 
with norms arrived at by extensive research of the performance of success- 
ful Adventist pastors. If a student's scores differ greatly from these norms, 
the faculty member assigned to administer the test meets with the student 
to discuss potential difficulties and to suggest strategies for improvement. 
This may involve referral to a professional for personal or career counseling. 



Religion 207 



Glasses in Homiletics, Church Ministry, Interpersonal Ministry, and the 
Summer Field School of Evangelism measure the student's proficiency in 
those areas. A performance evaluation is submitted by the instructor(s) and 
kept in the student's file for future reference. This may involve referral to 
a professional for personal or career counseling. 

2. The 16PF is administered by the Department of Education and Psychology 
to all Religious Education majors. If the student's scores indicate potential 
difficulties, the Department of Religion is asked to assist in strategies for 
improvement. 

3. A cumulative record of Religious Studies majors is kept as a source of 
information and recommendation. This record includes data needed for 
academic advisement and guidance for graduate work or placement. 

4. The religion portion of the annual assessment testing program is prepared 
by the General Education Committee and is administered to all students 
through the office of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

NOTE: A summary of the evaluations referred to above will be made available in the form of 
a check sheet to prospective employers who request it and will be signed by the 
department chair on behalf of the Religion faculty. The department itself cannot 
guarantee employment. 

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 

Admission to Theology Program 

Students seeking admission to the Theology Program must make formal 
application during the second semester of the sophomore year. (Upper class 
transfer students must apply during the second semester in residence.) An 
evaluation and decision by the Religion faculty of the student's over-all 
potential for success in ministry, including consideration of the applicant's 
academic progress, emotional stability, social and professional skills 
determines individual acceptance as a Ministerial Trainee. If at any time, 
after being admitted to the Theology Program, trainees give evidence of 
failing to maintain commitment to the criteria or preparation for ministry, 
they forfeit their standing as trainees and the department's recognition in 
their senior year as Ministerial Candidates. Theology students must have 
one year in residence, 2.50 Southern College GPA, 55 hours in coursework, 
and have taken the department's 16PF to be eligible to be recommended 
for acceptance as Ministerial Trainees. Acceptance into the ministerial 
program as a trainee or a candidate is required for the completion of the 
major in Theology. Students not accepted into the program may choose to 
complete a major in Religious Studies. 

Ministerial Certification and Endorsement 

Students wishing to be recommended by the department for denomina- 
tional employment as ministerial candidates must fulfill the following 
requirements: 

1. Successfully complete the 30-hour BA. major in Theology. 

2. Fulfill requirements for a minor in Biblical Languages. 

3. Complete classes for Ministerial Certification. 

4. Take required cognates. 

5. Pass exit examinations with a score of 70 or above. 

Students may apply to the department for variances #2, #3, and #4, 
provided they meet the following qualifications: 



208 Religion 



1. Must have attained the age of 35 years prior to enrolling. 

2. Must transfer a minimum of 48 semester hours applicable to the 
program. 

3. Must have been active in church work and be recommended by their 
local conferences for ministerial training on the basis of this work. 

4. Must have individualized study programs approved by the department 
prior to being recommended for ministerial candidacy. 

Directed Field Education 

The department requires field education of Theology majors. These 
experiences are designed to enhance professional development by acquaint- 
ing the student with the multi-faceted responsibilities of ministry, to 
provide a laboratory for working with experienced pastors and lay leaders 
in visitation of both active and inactive members, and to allow experience 
in preaching to area congregations. These experiences are necessary before 
the student can be recommended by the department for church employ- 
ment. 

Summer Field School of Evangelism 

Full-scale evangelistic meetings will be conducted for two months each 
summer under the direction of the Southern Union Conference of Seventh- 
day Adventists and the Department of Religion. All Theology majors are 
required to participate in one such crusade. The department will offer six 
hours of academic credit in public and personal evangelism and the 
Southern Union will provide a scholarship for those who are approved by 
the faculty to participate. Students planning to take the Summer Field 
School program must have 55 hours with a 2.5 cumulative GPA and KELP 
321, 322 to be recommended for admittance. Applications and scholarship 
information may be obtained from the departmental secretary. Additional 
evangelistic opportunities for individual students and student teams may 
be made available upon approval of the department to accommodate 
requests from the conferences within the Southern Union. 

Admission to Religious Education Program 

The Religious Education Program is coordinated with the Department 
of Education and Psychology for the college. Planning for certification by 
the states and/or endorsement by the Seventh-day Adventist church for 
Bible teaching is made with the certifying officer of the Education and 
Psychology Department, both for admission to the Religious Education 
program in the sophomore year and to the professional semester before the 
senior year. 

The criteria for admission to Religious Education, requirements for 
secondary Bible teaching, and policies and procedures related to student 
teaching may be found in the college catalog under the Department of 
Education and Psychology and obtained from the secretary of the 
department in Summerour Hall. 

Teacher Certification and Endorsement 

Those seeking Tennessee State Certification must fulfill requirements 
listed on page 118 of this catalog. 



Religion 209 



Admission to Religious Studies 

The Religious Studies major is chosen by students interested in pursu- 
ing a degree other than a Theology or Religious Education degree, or by 
students preparing for professional fields such as medicine, dentistry, law, 
and other graduate studies. 

It is a 124-hour liberal arts major and provides a balanced selection of 
both biblical studies and theology courses. The four-year degree candidate 
may apply the required 12 hours of General Education courses in religion 
toward the hours needed for the major, thus reducing the number of extra 
courses needed to qualify. 

General Education Courses in Religion 

The objective in all religion courses is to enhance knowledge of and 
appreciation for the Scriptures, and to assist the student in gaining and 
maintaining a vital involvement with Jesus Christ, and a personal commit- 
ment to serve family, church, community, and the world. Six semester 
hours of religion are required of the two-year graduate, and 12 semester 
hours of the four-year graduate. This is equivalent to one three-year course 
per year which may be selected from any of the religion courses offered. 
Bachelor degree students must take at least three semester hours at the 
upper division level. (Detailed information on General Education 
requirements are found in the college catalog.) 

Graduation Requirements 

The candidates for graduation in the program for Theology must have 
a 2.00 overall, a 2.25 in their major and in the area of candidacy in order 
to graduate, and a 2.50 overall for Seminary entrance. In addition to their 
major they must have 20 hours in Biblical Languages, 24 hours in pro- 
fessional training, and 12 hours in cognates to qualify for Ministerial 
Candidacy. They must also give evidence of moral, physical, social, and 
intellectual fitness and demonstrate professional commitment in order for 
the department to recommend them as prospective ministerial employees. 
Those students pursuing the Religious Education major must have a 
2.00 overall and a 2.50 in education and in the field of certification as 
outlined by the Department of Education and Psychology. The Religious 
Studies candidates for graduation, from the Department of Religion, must 
have a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 overall and a 2.25 in their 
major as outlined in the college catalog. All majors must take their 
respective exit examinations and pass with a score of 70 percent or above 
prior to graduation. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN RELIGION 

Beginning with the summer of 1997, the Religion Department will offer 
a master of arts degree in religion designed for ministers with pastoral 
experience. Information about the M.A. in religion is available by writing 
to the Religion Department. 



210 Religion 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The bachelor of arts degree in Theology and Religious Education 
requires courses in biblical studies and religion of which three are 
introductory with others covering the Old and New Testament, the 
prophetic books of Daniel and Revelation, and the Fundamental Beliefs of 
Seventh-day Adventists in the light of Christian Theology. 



Major— Theology (30 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus 3 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 

RELB 245 Old Testament Studies I 3 

RELB 246 Old Testament Studies II 3 

RELB 425 Studies in Daniel (W) 3 



Required Courses, cont. Hours 

RELB 428 Studies in Revelation 3 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 3 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II (W) 3 
RELT 484 Christian Theology I 3 

RELT 485 Christian Theology II (W) 3 



Must also include 20 hours in Biblical Languages, 24 hours for 
Certification for Ministry, and cognate requirements as follows: 

Minor In Biblical Languages 

RELL 251-252 Biblical Hebrew 
RELL 271-272 NT Greek I, II 
RELL 311-312 NT Greek HI, IV 

Certification for Ministry 

RELP273 
RELP321 
RELP 322 
RELP423 
RELP 424 
RELP 451-452 
RELP 465 
RELP 466 
RELT 265 



Interpersonal Ministry 
Intro to Biblical Preaching 
Inter Biblical Preaching 
Advanced Biblical Preaching 
Evangelistic Preaching 
Church Ministry I, II 
Personal Evangelism 
Public Evangelism 
Spiritual Formation I 



Hours 


Required Cognates Hours 


3,3 


HIST 364-365 


Christian Church 1,11 3,3 


4,4 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 3 


3,3 


RELB 301 


Biblical Exegesis 3 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Speaking 3 


3 


Guidelines for Gen Ed Elective* 


r 2 


ACCT103 


College Accounting 3 


2 


CPTR105 


Word Processing 1 


ng 2 


EDUC 134 


Prin of Christian Education 2 


2 


ENGL 335 


Biblical Literature 3 


3,3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 2 


3 


MUHL215 


Music in the Christian Church 2 


3 


RELP 354 


Intro to Pastoral Counseling 3 


1 


SOCI223 


Marriage and the Family 2 



Note: The department recommends that those majoring in Theology not simultaneously 
take RELL 251-252, Biblical Hebrew, RELL 271-272, New Testament Greek I, II, 
or RELL 311-312, New Testament Greek III, IV 

Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B A. TTieology 



1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


ENGL 101 College Composition 


3 


ENGL 102 College Composition 


3 


RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus 


3 


PEAC 225 Conditioning 


1 


Area A-2 Math 


3 


PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 


3 


Area E-4, Science 


3 


RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 


3 


Area G-2, Skills 


3 


SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 


3 




15 


Area E, Science 


3 

16 



Major— Religious Education (30 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus 3 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 

RELB 245 Old Testament Studies I 3 

RELB 246 Old Testament Studies II 3 

RELB 425 Studies in Daniel (W) 3 



Required Courses, cont. Hours 

RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 3 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 3 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II (W) 3 
RELT 484 Christian Theology I 3 

RELT 485 Christian Theology II (W) 3 



Must include 28 hours in Education and cognate requirements as follows: 



Religion 211 



Professional Education Reqmnti Hours 

EDUC 135 Intro to Education 2 

EDUC 217 Psych Found of Ed 2 

EDUC 240 Educ for Eioep Childr & Yth 2 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 

EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Ed 2 

EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 2 

EDUC 422 Behavior Mgmt for Adolescents 2 

EDUC 432 Reading in Content - Secondary ' 2 

EDUC 437 Curricul and General Methods 1 

EDUC 438 Curricul Content Methods/Bible 1 

EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Tchng 7-12 10 



Required Cognates Hours 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 

RELB 301 Biblical Exegesis 3 

RELL 271-272 NT Greek I, II 4,4 

RELP 321 Intro to Biblical Preaching 2 

RELP 322 Inter Biblical Preaching 2 

Guidelines for General Ed Elective! 

ACCT 103 College Accounting 3 

HLED 173 Health and Life 2 

RELP 354 Intro to Pastoral Counseling 3 

SPCH 136 Interpersonal Communication 3 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B JL Religious Education 



1st Semester 

EDUC 135 
ENGL 101 
RELB 125 
RELT 138 



Hours 



2nd 



Intro to Education 
College Composition 
Life & Teachings of Jesus 
Adventist Heritage 
Area A-2 Math 



3 

3 

3 

J3 

14 



EDUC 217 
ENGL 102 
PEAC 225 
RELT 138 
SPCH 135 



Hours 

Psych Foundations of Ed 2 

College Composition 3 

Conditioning 1 

Adventist Heritage 3 

Intro to Public Speaking 3 

Area E-4, Science _3 

15 



Miyor— Religious Studies (30 Hours) 



Required Courses Hours 

RELB 125 Life ft Teachings of Jesus 3 

RELB 245 Old Testament Studies I 3 

RELB 246 Old Testament Studies II 3 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 3 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II (W) 3 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 

RELT 368 World Religions (W) 3 

RELT 373 Christian Ethics 3 

RELT 487 Phil and the Christian Faith (W) 3 



Required Cognate 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
B.A. Religious Studies 



2nd Semester Hours 

ENGL 102 College Composition 3 

PEAC 225 Conditioning 1 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 

Area E-4, Science 3 

Area F-l, Behavioral Sci 3 

16 

MAJOR-A.A. RELIGION (30 Hours) 

This degree is designed to prepare the student to be a more effective lay 
person and becomes marketable only if it leads to a four-year degree. 



1st Semester 


Hours 


ENGL 101 College Composition 


3 


RELB 125 Life ft Teachings of Jesus 


3 


RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 


3 


Area A-2 Math 


3 


Area G-2, Skills 


3 




15 



Required < 


bourses 
Life & Teachings of Jesus 
Old Testament Studies I 

OR 
Old Testament Studies II 
New Testament Studies I 

OR 
New Testament Studies II 1 
Studies in Daniel (W) 

OR 
Studies in Revelation 


Hours 


Required i 


Courses, oont. 




RELB 125 
RELB 245 

RELB 246 
RELB 435 

RELB 436 
RELB 425 

RELB 426 


:w> 


3 
3 

3 

3 


RELP 273 
RELP 321 
RELP 465 
RELP 466 
RELT 138 
RELT 255 
RELT 265 


Interpersonal Ministry 
Intro to Biblical Preaching 
Personal Evangelism 
Public Evangelism 
Adventist Heritage 
Christian Beliefs 
Spiritual Formation I 


3 
2 
3 
3 
3 
3 
1 



212 Religion 



Sample Freshman Year Sequence 
AJl. Religion 

1st Semester Hours 2nd Semester Hours 

ENGL 101 College Composition 3 ENGL 102 College Composition 3 

RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus 3 PEAC 225 Conditioning 1 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 KELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 

Area A-2 Math 3 SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3 

Area G-2, Skills _3 Area E-4, Science 3 

15 Area F-l, Behavioral Sci _3 

16 

MINORS IN RELIGION, BIBLICAL 
LANGUAGES, AND PRACTICAL THEOLOGY 

Minor— Religion (18 Hours) 

Those seeking state certification and/or denominational endorsement 
for teaching in other areas could, with careful selection, also acquire a 
minor in Religion. 

Required Courses Hours 

RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus 3 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 
AND 

Upper Division Courses 6 

Religion Electives 6 

No more than one of the following courses may be chosen to apply toward 
the minor: RELP 273, 354, 465, 468; RELT 317, 318, 424. 

Minor— Biblical Languages (20 Hours) 

This minor requires 20 hours from RELL 251-252, Biblical Hebrew; 271- 
272, New Testament Greek I, II; and 311-312, New Testament Greek III, IV 

Minor—Practical Theology (19 Hours)* 

Required Courses Hours Required Courses Hours 

RELP 273 Interpersonal Ministry 3 RELP 451-452 Church Ministry I, II 3,3 

RELP 321 Intro to Biblical Preaching 2 RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 

RELP 322 Inter Biblical Preaching 2 RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 

*Non-theology majors must obtain permission from the Religion Department. 

BIBLICAL STUDIES 

RELB 125. life and Teachings of Jesus (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis on His 
teachings as they apply to the personal, social, and religious problems of the 
individual. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELB 175. Acts of the Apostles (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the development of the church during apostolic times, including an 
introduction to the characters, issues, and events that shaped the earliest Christian 
communities and the theological development of the gospel by the early church. 
(Fall) 



Religion 213 



RELB 301. Biblical Exegesis (B-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: One semester of Biblical language. 

This course is to introduce the student to Biblical Exegesis (Le. the application of 
the principles of hermeneutics) in passages of the Bible that are representative of 
the various literary genres found in the Old and New Testaments. The objective is 
to acquaint the student with the various presuppositions that determine the choice 
of hermeneutical approaches to the text; with guidelines (rules) for each step of the 
interpretation of the text; and to provide an opportunity for involvement in the 
process of biblical exegesis. (Spring) 

RELB 245. Old Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Six hours of religion courses. 

An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, two major division of the Old 
Testament Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical 
setting, and significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. Various 
approaches to the study of the Old Testament will be surveyed. (Fall, Summers as 
needed) 

RELB 246. Old Testament Studies II (B-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Prophets, a third major division of the Old Testament. 
Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical setting, and 
significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. (Spring, Summers as 
needed) 

RELB 335. Archeology and the Bible (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of cultures, customs, languages, and rituals that throw light on the 
understanding of Scriptures based on archeological and other ancient material 
which, interpreted from the viewpoint of the Bible, emphasizes its accuracy and 
authenticity. (Spring, occasionally in Summer) 

RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover their 
meaning and relevance for today. (Fall, Summers as needed) 

RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their historical fulfill- 
ments. Special attention will be given to discovering its special message for our day. 
(Spring, Summers as needed) 

RELB 435. New Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of the following epistles in the order 
of their composition: Qalatians. I and II Thessalonians, I and II Corinthians, and 
James. Includes a background survey of the book of Acts. (Fall, Summers as needed) 

RELB 436. New Testament Studies II (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of Romans, the Prison, Pastoral, and 
General epistles, (excluding James) and Hebrews. (Spring, Summers as needed) 

RELB 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to departmental majors and must be approved by 
the chair of the Religion Department Occasionally the course may be conducted as 
a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



214 Religion 



BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 

RELL 251-252. Biblical Hebrew (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A foundation course in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of classical Biblical 
Hebrew, with an emphasis on reading skills. Laboratory work required. (Fall, 
Spring) 

RELL 271-272. New Testament Greek I, II (D-l) 4,4 hours 

A study of grammar of the vernacular (koine) Greek of New Testament times, 
with readings in the epistles of John. Laboratory work required, (fall, Spring) 

RELL 311-312. New Testament Greek m, IV (D-l) 3,3 hours 

A course in advanced studies, grammar, and syntax of {koine) Greek with transla- 
tion of readings from the Gospel of John, the Synoptics, and the Pauline Epistles. 
(Fall, Spring) 

RELL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to departmental majors and must be approved by 
the chair of the Religion Department Occasionally the course may be conducted as 
a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

PROFESSIONAL TRAINING 

RELP 251. Introduction to Youth Ministry (B-3) 3 hours 

This course will explore the Biblical basis for a specialized ministry to children, 
youth, and young adults. The Btudents wul become acquainted with current 
research, contemporary approaches, and available resources to enhance ministry to 
youth. Practical experience in area churches will be required. (Fall) 

RELP 273. Interpersonal Ministry 3 hours 

The development of listening skills and interpersonal communication in pastoral 
visitation with special emphasis on revitalizing inactive members. Laboratory work 
in area churches will be required. (Fall) 

RELP 321. Introduction to Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: SPCH 135; RELB 301. 

This introductory course examines the foundations for effective Biblical preaching. 
Attention will be given to the call and preparation of the preacher, principles of 
Biblical hermeneutics, the elements of sermon formulation, and principles of sermon 
delivery. A topical, biographical, or narrative sermon will be preached and analyzed 
in a peer review setting. (Fall) 

RELP 322. Intermediate Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite*: RELP 321. 

This course focuses on the preparation and delivery of expository sermons. 
Attention will be given to the discovery of the exegetical idea of the text, the 
formulation of the homiletical idea, and how to preach with conviction. Expository 
sermons will be preached and analyzed in a peer review setting. (Spring) 

RELP 354. Introduction to Pastoral Counseling (B-3) 3 hours 

This course is an introduction to pastoral redemptive care. Visitation to correctional 
and rehabilitation centers, hospitals, and nursing homes will be required. This 
course is not designed as an introduction to professional counseling. (Spring) 



Religion 215 



HELP 423. Advanced Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 322. 

This course explores farther methods of expository preaching such as narrative and 
induction. It also focuses on preaching for special needs and situations, and the 
development of sermonic series emphasizing the great themes of Scripture. Sermons 
will be preached and analyzed in a peer review setting. (Fall) 

RELP 424. Evangelistic Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 423. 

This course concentrates on the development and delivery of soul-winning sermons 
with emphasis on decision. Instruction will include sermon preparation for an 
evangelistic series. Sermons will be preached in a peer review setting. (Spring) 

RELP 451. Church Ministry I 3 hours 

An introduction to church ministry, this course focuses on the responsibilities of 
clergy and laity, including the call to discipleship and/or ministry, the study of 
denominational polity, the administrative structure of the church on all levels, and 
the relationship of the local church to the community. Laboratory work in area 
churches will be required. (Fall) 

RELP 452. Church Ministry II 3 hours 

Consideration is given the various professional tasks of the pastor, such as pastoral 
care, administration, leadership in worship, and conducting baptisms, weddings, 
anointing services, funerals, etc. Laboratory work in area churches will be required. 
(Spring) 

RELP 465. Personal Evangelism (B-3) 3 hours 

Attention will be given to the principles and practice of one-to-one evangelism, the 
presentation of the gospel, and the giving of Bible studies. The giving of such 
studies will be modeled in class and field work with local churches will be required. 
Theology students must take this course immediately preceding RELP 466, Public 
Evangelism. (Spring) 

RELP 466. Public Evangelism 

Prerequisite: RELP 465 and acceptance as a ministerial trainee. 3 hours 

A study of the principles employed in preparing and conducting public evangelistic 
meetings. The student will learn how to plan, develop, and hold an evangelistic 
series. This course is available only in connection with the Field School of 
Evangelism. The consent of the Religion Department must be obtained prior to 
enrollment A 100 percent tuition waiver, based on the summer tuition rate, applies 
to this class. (Summer) 

RELP 468* Health Evangelism (B-3) 3 hours 

A study of the concepts and methods of creating witnessing opportunities through 
taking advantage of the current interest in preventive health practices and lifestyle 
changes. The objective of these concepts and methods is to obtain decisions for a 
more abundant way of life and to lead men and women to Christ. The course also 
will provide future church leaders with practical ways to utilize the talents of 
members in health evangelism. Laboratory work in area churches and/or community 
settings is required. (Fall, Spring, Summers as needed) 

RELP 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to departmental majors and must be approved by 
the chair of the Religion Department Occasionally the course may be conducted as 
a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



216 Religion 



RELIGION AND THEOLOGY 

RELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the Second Advent Awakening in the nineteenth century and the sub- 
sequent development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Special emphasis will 
be placed on the contributory role in the church of the Spiritual Gift of Prophecy 
through the life and ministry of Ellen G. White. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 205. Introduction to Christian Missions (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Missions aims at creating an awareness of global missions, its challenges 
and opportunities, problems and possibilities. The course includes an investigation 
of the biblical and theological foundations of mission, basic principles of church 
growth in the practice of mission, essential elements of cross-cultural communica- 
tion, and relevant insights from applied anthropology. (Spring) 

RELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours 

LastrDay Events is a biblical, theological, and historical study of eschatology rooted 
in its Christ-centered focus. It considers the unique Seventh-day Adventist 
contribution over against that made by leading scholars both in the past and 
present Also it examines the New Age Movement and Dispensationalism and 
focuses on how to be ready for the end event (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ-centered context This 
course will involve a study of the major teachings, with a view to enhancing the 
student's understanding and ability to provide biblical support for his/her faith. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 265. Spiritual Formation I (B-2) 1 hour 

A historical and theological study of Christian spirituality. This course provides a 
basic introduction to the class spiritual disciplines, with an emphasis on prayer and 
fasting, including a practical application of the dynamics of these spiritual 
disciplines as a means of enriching the spiritual life. (Fall) 

RELT 266. Spiritual Formation II (B-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: RELT 265. 

A continued study of the classic spiritual disciplines of the Christian faith with an 
emphasis on Scripture as a dynamic in personal spiritual formation. This course will 
focus on contemplative reading of Scripture, journaling, meditation on Scripture, 
and Scripture memorization. (Spring) 

♦RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (B-2) 3 hours 

See PHYS 317 for course description. 

♦RELT 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (B-2) 3 hours 
See PHYS 318 for course description. 

RELT 368. World Religions (B-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of several major representative Christian and non-Christian religions, 
including a survey of the history and the distinctive characteristics of each. This 
course will require observational field work. (Spring) 

RELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours 

A foundation course in moral decision-making in the fields of bio-ethics, moral 
ethics, and personal ethics. The objective is to discover timeless norms by which to 
make basic ethical decisions across the professional spectrum. These norms are then 
applied to issues relevant to the student Limited to nursing students or students 
with Junior/Senior class standing. (Fall, Spring, Summers as needed) 



Religion 217 



*RELT 424. Issues in Natural Science and Religion (B-2) (W) 3 hours 
See BIOL 424 for course description. 

KELT 465. Topics in Religion (B-2) 1-3 hours 

This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious studies 
dealing with issues encountered in evangelism, theological areas, and Biblical 
studies. The content will change, as needed, so the course may be repeated once for 
credit Open to all students. (As needed) 

KELT 467. Philosophy and the Christian Faith (B-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the main thinkers and schools of thought from the Middle Ages to the 
present and their influence on biblical theology. Also, attention will be given to 
various world views which are shaping Christian thought today. (Fall) 

RELT 484. Christian Theology I (B-2) 3 hours 

Recommended: RELT 255 or the equivalent 

Christian Theology I examines the major loci of Christian beliefs such as the 
Doctrine of God, Christology, Pneumatology, Anthropology, Soteriology, Ecclesi- 
ology, and Eschatology covering the 27 Seventh-day Adventist Fundamental Beliefs. 
This is to equip the student to know the doctrines of the church from Scripture and 
to present them to others. (Fall) 

RELT 485. Christian Theology II (B-2) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RELT 484. 

Christian Theology II is a study of the theological issues within the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church as they relate to the 27 Seventh-day Adventist Fundamental 
Beliefs. This is to strengthen confidence in Scripture and to equip the student to 
preach with certainty. (Spring) 

RELT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to departmental majors and must be approved by 
the chair of the Religion Department Occasionally the course may be conducted as 
a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



*One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science 
requirement for majors, and to Religion for nonmajors. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials construction, planning, testing and 
evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. (As 
needed) 



(B-l) (B-2) (B-3) (D-l) (W) Seepages 22-23 and 25-29 for explanation of general degree 
and general education requirements. 



Interdepartmental Programs 



MEDICAL SCIENCE 

Adviser: Stephen A Nyirady 

A Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Science will be conferred upon 
students not already in possession of a bachelor's degree who satisfy the 
following three conditions: 

1. Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate college 
program of which at least the last 30 were taken in residence at 
Southern College and at least 12 of which were at the upper division 
level. 

2. Meet the general education requirements equivalent to those outlined 
for the current Medical Technology program. 

3. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of dentistry, 
medicine, or optometry that the first year of the respective professional 
program has been successfully completed and that the applicant is 
eligible to continue. 

Request for the conferral of this degree is made to the Director of 
Records and Advisement. 

GENERAL STUDIES 

Adviser: Peggy Elkins 

The Associate of Arts and Associate of Science degrees with a major in 
General Studies are designed for students who have not made a career 
decision at the time they enter college. These degrees offer them an 
opportunity to earn a large part of the general requirements for a 
baccalaureate degree while leaving some semester hours free for explora- 
tion in areas of their choice. 

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES 

Major: The completion of the general education requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts degree with the exception that 6 hours instead of 12 will 
be required for Area B, Religion. A course in speech must be included. A 
minimum total of 64 semester hours with a Southern College and cumula- 
tive minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required. Students who plan 
eventually to complete a bachelor's degree should include some upper 
division credit and a "W" (writing emphasis) course in the second 
semester of their second year. 

•Six hours of elementary foreign language muat be included unleaa two units of the same language were 
earned in high school. 



Interdepartmental Programs 219 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
AA. General Studies 



YEARl 



Semester 





lit 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 Collage Comp 


3 


3 


Area B, Religion 


3 




Area E-l, Nat Sci 


3 




G-3, Bee Skills 




1 


Elective (area of 






interest) 


3 


3 


Area C, History 


3 


3 


Area 0, Act Skis 


1 


3 


Area F, Beh Sci 




3 




16 


16 



YEAR 2 



Semester 


1st 


2nd 


Area B, Religion 3 




Area E, Nat Sci 3 




Area D, Lang/Lit 




Fine Arts 3 




Area D, Speech 


3 


Area A, Math 


0-3 


Area C, Oovt/Econ 


3 


Area F, Beh Sci 


2 


Area G, Skills 


1 


Foreign Language 3 


3 


Elective* 4 


4-1 


16 


16 



See pages 22-23 and 25-29 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for make-up of any admissions deficiencies. 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES 

Mqjor: The completion of the general education requirements for the 
Bachelor of Science degree with the exception that 6 hours instead of 12 
will be required for Area B, Religion. A course in speech must be included. 
A minimum total of 64 semester hours with a Southern College and cumu- 
lative minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required. Students who plan 
eventually to complete a bachelor's degree should include some upper 
division credit and a "W" (writing emphasis) course in the second semester 
of their second year. 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. General Studies 



YEARl 



Semester 



YEAR 2 



Semester 



1st 


2nd 


1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 College Comp 3 


~3 


Area B, Religion 3 




Area B, Religion 3 




Area E, Nat Sci 3 




Area E-l, Nat Sci 3 




Area D, Lang/Lit 




G-3, Rec Skills 


1 


Fine Arts 3 




Elective (area of 




Area D, Speech 


3 


interest) 3 


3 


Area A, Math 


0-3 


Area C, History 3 


3 


Area C, Oovt/Econ 


3 


Area G, Act Ski. 1 


3 


Area F, Beh Sci 


2 


Area F, Beh Sci 


3 


Area G, Skills 


1 


16 


Id 


Electives 7 


4-1 






T5 


16 



See pages 22-23 and 25-20 for general degree and general 
requirements for make-up of any admissions deficiencies. 



education requirements. Note especially 



Non-Degree 
Preprofessional Programs 



Preprofessional and pretechnical curricula are offered in a wide variety 
of fields. Below are listed the curricula most frequently chosen. If other 
preprofessional programs are desired, faculty advisors are prepared to assist 
the student in working out a satisfactory sequence of courses needed to 
meet the admission requirements of the chosen professional school. 

ANESTHESIA 

Adviser: Bonnie Hunt 

Registered nurses who are comfortable working in critical care areas 
may become registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation from an approved 
program of nursing and a valid nursing license is required. Additional 
requirements maybe determined by consulting the Department of Nursing. 

DENTISTRY 

Adviser: John Perumal 

Pre-dental training in college requires a minimum of three years of 
study; however, a preference is given to those who have completed a 
fourth year, earning a bachelor's degree. Students may major in the field 
of their interest. Although a thorough background in the biological and 
physical sciences is essential to the study of dentistry, a broad educational 
background in the humanities is desirable. Upper division biology courses 
are recommended to prepare for the Dental Admissions Test and for the 
first year of basic science courses in dental school. 

Application to dental school should be made one year previous to the one 
for which admission is desired. Successful applicants should have a 
minimum G.P A of 3.00 in both science and non-science courses as well as 
satisfactory performance on the Dental Admissions Test (given each 
October and April). Information regarding the Dental Admission Testing 
Program may be obtained from the American Dental Association, 211 East 
Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 69611. 

The following courses must be included to meet the minimum require- 
ments for admissions to the LLU School of Dentistry: 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

The following courses are strongly recommended: Ceramics, Principles 
of Management, Basic Accounting, Precalculus, Nutrition, Histology, 
Biochemistry, and Psychology courses. 



Non-Degree Prepbofessional Programs 22 1 

LAW 

Adviser: Ben McArthur 

Students interested in the study of law as a profession should become 
acquainted with the entrance requirements of various law schools. This will 
make possible the planning of a preprofesaional program which will qualify 
the student for admission to several schools. 

It is a general requirement that students complete a bachelor's degree 
before entering law school. Although no particular meyor is required, four 
fields should be especially considered by the student serious about law 
school. These are: business, history, English, and behavioral science. 
Certain courses recommended by all law schools include American history, 
freshman composition, principles of accounting, American government, 
principles of economics, English history, business law, and mathematics. 
Pre-law students should concentrate on developing their analytical, verbal, 
and writing skills. 

Southern College offers a Political Economy minor, which combines an 
interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school preparation. 
This eighteen-hour minor consists of: 

1. ECON 224 Principles of Economics 3 hours 

2. PLSC 254 American Government 3 hours 

3. PLSC 471 Classics of Western Thought (W) I OR 

PLSC 472 Classics of Western Thought II (W) 3 hours 

4. ENGL 313 Expository Writing (W) 3 hours 

Plus six hours of electives selected from the following courses: 

5. ACCT 221 Principles of Accounting 

6. ECON 225 Principles of Economics 

7. BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical, and Social Environment of Business 

8. BUAD 339 Business Law 

9. HIST/PLSC 357 Modern America (W) 

10. HIST 374 History of England (W) 

11. JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 

12. COOP 265/465 Cooperative Education Internship (3 Hours) 

Such internships would include work with one of the 
following: a lawyer, a legal clinic, a public defender's office, 
a state or U.S. attorney's office. 

Information about preparation for law school may be obtained from the 
Section of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar, American Bar 
Association, 1155 East 60th Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637. For information 
about the Law School Admissions Test, see the pre-law adviser. 

MEDICINE 

Advisers: Joyce Azevedo, Ann Foster, Keith Snyder 

Secondary school students who look forward to a career in medicine are 
advised to include mathematics and science courses during their high 
school years. 

Most applicants complete a Bachelor's Degree prior to entrance into 
medical school. Exceptional students may be eligible to apply after 
completion of a minimum of 85 semester hours. Applicants for admission 
to the Loma Linda University School of Medicine should maintain a grade 



222 Non-Degree Prep rofessional Programs 

point average of at least 3.50 in both science and non-science courses. The 
following courses without an asterisk must be included in the applicant's 
academic program. Medical schools generally do not accept CLEP credits 
for these basic science courses. Glasses with (*) asterisks in biology, 
chemistry, and mathematics are recommended. 

BIOL 151-152, 313*, 316*, 330*, 340*, 415*, 417*, 418* 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323* 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 120, 121, 181* 3 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Religion 12 hours 

It is recommended that students plan a curriculum that includes study 
of the humanities and social sciences to provide a solid preparation for the 
future role of the physician. 

Applicants are also encouraged to obtain experience where they are 
directly involved in the providing of health care. The Biology Department 
collaborates with Chattanooga's Erlanger Medical Center in a premedical 
preceptorship program. This program provides the opportunity for upper 
division pre-medical students to shadow resident physicians in the hospital 
for up to 24-hour periods. 

The applicant is required to have taken the new Medical College 
Admission Test (MCAT) prior to consideration by the admissions 
committee. This exam is administered twice a year — in August and April. 
Application for the exam is made through the Counseling and Testing 
Center one month before the exam is scheduled. For entrance into medical 
school following graduation, the student should plan on taking the MCAT 
in April of the junior year. All of the above required science courses should 
be completed by this time to insure maximum performance on the MCAT 
exam. The exam may be retaken in August of the senior year. 

Once or twice each year representatives from LLU and other schools of 
medicine visit the campus to interview prospective students. Premedical 
students are encouraged to make appointments to speak with them. 

Most medical schools are members of the American Medical College 
Application Service (AMCAS). Applications must be submitted through this 
service. The AMCAS application may be obtained from the Counseling and 
Testing Office or directly from AMCAS and should be sent directly to 
AMCAS between June 16 and November 1 for entry in the summer of the 
following year. 

American Medical College Application Service 
1176 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. 
Washington, DC 20036-1989 

After receiving the applications from AMCAS, the admissions office of 
the medical school reviews the candidates and determines whether or not 
supplementary information is needed. 

Medical schools usually require a letter of recommendation from the pre- 
professional recommendation committee of the applicant's undergraduate 
college. Senior pre-medical students are asked to provide the names and 
addresses of all medical schools to which they are applying to the Vice 
President for Academic Administration's office before October 1. 



Non-Degree Preprofessional Programs 223 

Following a careful evaluation of the supplementary application and 
letters of recommendation submitted to the admissions office, selected 
applicants may be invited for a personal interview by the medical school. 

OPTOMETRY 

Adviser: Ken Caviness 

The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the student 
should follow the catalog from the school of his/her choice. However, all 
place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and physics. Additional 
courses in the ares of fine arts, language, literature, and the social sciences 
are usually necessary. 

A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. However, 
additional study increases the prospects of acceptance into professional 
training. 

Following is a list of preoptometry courses required by most schools: 

BIOL 151-152, 415, 418 18 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311, 314 14 hours 

ENGL 101-102 . 6 hours 

MATH 120, 121, 181, 182, 215 15 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American Optometric 
Association, Division of Education and Manpower, 243 North Lindbergh 
Blvd., St. Louis, MO 63141. 



OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE 

Adviser: Joyce Azevedo, Ann Foster, Keith Snyder 

An alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the M.D. 
degree, are the osteopathic medical schools whose graduates receive the 
D.O. degree. 

Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the University of Health 
Sciences, College of Osteopathic Medicine in Kansas City, Missouri, one of 
fifteen osteopathic medical colleges in this country. 

Requirements for admission are similar to those for allopathic medical 
schools such as Loma Linda University School of Medicine. Students apply 
to schools of osteopathic medicine through the American Association of 
Colleges of Osteopathic Medicine Application Service. Application packets 
may be obtained by writing to: 

American Association of Colleges of 

Osteopathic Medicine Application Services 
6110 Executive Blvd., Suite 405 
Rockville, MD 20852-3991 

Phone: (301) 468-0990 



224 Non-Degree Preprofessional Programs 

For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point average 
of 3.00 should be maintained in both science and non-science subjects. 



PHARMACY 

Adviser: Sterling Sigsworth 

The bachelor's degree program in pharmacy normally requires five years, 

the first two years of which may be taken at Southern College. 
Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy are somewhat variable 

so the student should consult the catalog of the school of his/her choice for 

specific course recommendations. 
Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee College 

of Pharmacy at Memphis are: 

ACCT 221 3 hours 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 181 3 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Literature or Foreign Language 4 hours 

Social Sciences: 

Psychology 2 hours 

Other (to include Economics, Political Science, 

Sociology, History, etc.) 8 hours 

Speech 3 hours 

Electives 8 hours 

A minimum grade of C must be obtained for each required pre-pharmacy 
class. A higher grade point average will increase the chance of acceptance 
into pharmacy school. In addition, a satisfactory score must be achieved on 
the National Pharmacy College Admission Test. 



PODIATRIC MEDICINE: 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

An alternative to allopathic (M.D.) and osteopathic (D.O.) medical schools 
are the podiatric medical schools whose graduates receive the D.PM. 
degree. Doctors of podiatric medicine are physicians trained in the medical 
and surgical treatment of the human foot and ankle. 

To gain acceptance to a school of Podiatric Medicine, a bachelor's degree 
is highly desirable. Preprofessional coursework, with a minimum of 90 
semester hours, is required of all students. Applicants are required to take 
the Medical College Admission Test (MCAT). In addition, most D.PM. 
schools require the same prerequisite science classes as the M.D. and D.O. 
schools. 

There are seven colleges of podiatric medicine, six of which participate 
in the American Association of Colleges of Podiatric Medicine Application 
Service (AACPMAS). The six schools in the AACPMAS are located in 



Non-Degree Preprofessional Programs 225 



California, Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Ohio, and Pennsylvania. An application 
packet can be obtained by writing or calling: 

AACPMAS 

1350 Piccard Drive, Suite 322 

Rockville, MD 20850-4307 

1-800-922-9266 

(301) 990-7400 



VETERINARY MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is keen. 
Consequently, most successful applicants have completed a degree rather 
than the minimum requirements listed below. It should also be noted that 
it is difficult to be accepted in any veterinary institution other than the 
school in the state where the applicant resides. 

The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary College 
Admission Test (VCAT) in addition to meeting grade point average and 
personal qualifications for admission. Professional training involves four 
years of veterinary school beyond college. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee College 
of Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are: 

BIOL 151-152, 316, 412 15 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323 20 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Humanities and Social Sciences 18 hours 

Admission requirements will vary between veterinary schools; therefore, 
it is recommended that the pre-veterinary student work closely with his/her 
adviser in assuring that the specific requirements for the schools of his/her 
choice are met. 



Software Technology Center 



Chair: Timothy D. Korson 
Associate Director: Dalton Athey 
Researcher: Jared Bruckner 



The Software Technology Center (STC) is a research Center of Southern 
College. It is sponsored by the Consortium for the Management of 
Emerging Software Technology, which sponsors similar centers at Clemson 
University and Georgia State University. 

The STC is separate from the Computer Science and Technology 
Department and does not offer formal classes, but its faculty may hold a 
joint appointment in the academic unit under whose auspices students may 
receive credit for approved activities. 

The STC also offers motivated students employment opportunities to 
work with the latest computer equipment and to interact with professors 
and major corporations involved in research in emerging software 
technologies. 



Financial Policies 



EXPENSES 

FINANCIAL BUDGET AND CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT 

Southern College tries to give every student the opportunity to obtain 
a Christian education. Every effort will be made to assist students in 
meeting their financial obligation in order to reach this goal. 

The Student Finance Office will assist students in their financial 
planning. Financial aid is available to qualified recipients in the form of 
grants, loans, scholarships and employment (see pages 245-249). Before 
registering each new and/or transfer student must have on file a valid 
Payment Contract signed by both student and financial sponsor indicating 
how college expenses will be paid. 

Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is given 
below to assist the student in financial planning. 

STUDENT COSTS 

Tuition 1996-97: 

Students taking 1-11 semester hours will be charged at a rate of $389 
per semester hour. Students taking 12-16 semester hours will be charged 
$4,578. Additional hours will be charged at the rate of $291 per semester 
hour. Summer school tuition for 1996 will be charged at the rate of $291 
per semester hour. Payment for each summer school session is required in 
full at time of registration. 

ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET 

Residence Hall Non-residence Hall 

Student Student 

Semester Year Semester Year 

Tuition (12-16 hrs/semester) $4,578 $9,156 $4,578 $9,156 

Residence Hall Rent 810 1,620 
Pood ($270 monthly average 

Monthly minimum charge $85) 1,081 2,162 

Books and School Supplies 274 548 274 548 

Total Estimated Costs* $6,743 $13,486 $4,852 $9,704 

(Health insurance, automobile parking, and Campus Shop personal purchases are in 
addition, if applicable.) 

*With financial aid and/or labor, this total figure can be substantially reduced. 

FAMILY REBATE 

When two students from the same immediate family who have the same 
financial sponsor are enrolled at Southern College at the same time, they 
may receive a 5 percent discount on tuition. This also applies to married 
student couples. A 10 percent discount will be given when three or more 
students are enrolled at SC at the same time, and who have the same 
financial sponsor. This does not apply for summer classes. 



228 Finances 



When two students are enrolled at SC from the same immediate family 
who have the same financial sponsor, and one is a Student Missionary/Task 
Force Worker and is enrolled in the 12 hours Christian Service course, the 
Student Missionary/Task Force Worker will not receive an additional dis- 
count; however, the brother or sister who is enrolled at Southern will 
receive a 5 percent tuition discount. If the Student Missionary/Task Force 
Worker is not enrolled in the 12 hours Christian Service course, no dis- 
count will be given to the sibling enrolled on the SC campus. 

When three or more students are enrolled at SC from the same 
immediate family who have the same financial sponsor, and one is a 
Student Missionary/Task Force Worker and is enrolled in the 12 hours 
Christian Service course, the Student Missionary/Task Force Worker will 
not receive an additional discount; however the students who are enrolled 
at Southern will receive a 10 percent tuition discount. If the Student 
Missionary/Task Force Worker is not enrolled in the 12 hours Christian 
Service course, a 5 percent tuition discount will be given to the siblings 
enrolled on the SC campus. 

MUSIC LESSON FEES PER SEMESTER 

Music majors who are currently enrolled in or have completed MUCT 
111-112 and 121-122, and who have been accepted to receive credit for a 
Concentration, pay only one fee per semester to cover all private lessons. 

With credit: $134.00 plus tuition 

A student will receive 14 lessons per semester. 

Without credit: $180.00 

A student will receive 14 half-hour lessons per semester. 

Without credit: $360.00 

A student will receive 14 one-hour lessons per semester. 

Music lesson fee refunds are calculated on the basis of the number of 
lessons taken during the first four weeks of the semester, after which no 
refunds are granted. Students taking lessons with or without credit must 
submit a Change of Class form to the Records Office at the time the lessons 
are discontinued to be eligible for a refund. 

Excused absences may be made up at the discretion of the teacher if 
previous arrangements have been made. Lessons falling on holidays or dur- 
ing vacations will not be made up unless this results in the student having 
fewer than 14 lessons for the semester. 

SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES 

The following special fees and charges' 1 ' are assessed separately 
inasmuch as they may not apply to all students nor do they occur regularly: 

Application for admission (not refundable) $20.00 

Audit tuition 1/2 reg. tuition 

Automobile parking fee (per semester): 

Residence Halls $36.00 

Village $26.00 

Motorcycle parking fee $26.00 

Cancellation of registration $50.00 

Change of program $12.00 



Finances 229 



Credit by examination (per hour) recording fee $35.00 

Examinations: 

Challenge or waiver $48.00 

CLEP $40.00 

Rescheduling midterm or final $63.00 

Incomplete grade recorded . $7.50 

Insufficient funds check fee and penally $18.00 

♦♦Insurance: 

Student $351.00 

Spouse $1,162.00 

All Children $922.00 

Late Registration $35.00 

Late return of organizational uniform $20.00 

(The full cott will be charged if irreparably damaged or not returned.) 
Lost residence hall key or replacement: 

Talge Hall $25.00 

Thatcher Hall $25.00 

Lost student LD. or replacement (must pay cash) $5.00 

Medical Technology recording fee (senior year) $55.00 

♦•♦Nursing education fees: 

Associate degree (per semester) $310.00 

Baccalaureate degree (per nursing semester hour after 

completing Associate degree) $13.00 

Packing and Moving Fee $50.00 

Registration Fee (processing documents) ($40 per semester) ....... $80.00 

Transcript Fee — Same Day Service $5.00 

•See individual claw descriptions for class feet and chargat. 
♦•An annual fee that li subject to change by insurance company. 
•••Declared nursing majors enrolled in a nursing class. 

STATEMENT CHARGES 

The following items may be charged to the student's account: 

a. Books and required school supplies (required school supplies limited to 
$85 per semester). 

b. Private music instruction. Enrollment for all music instruction must 
be made through the Admissions Office for a full semester whether or 
not credit is desired. One semester hour of private music instruction 
consists of fourteen half hour lessons. Refunds will be granted only 
when the instructor is not available for lessons. 

HOUSING 

Residence Hall Costs 

Residence hall accommodations for single students cost $1,620 for the 
eight-month school year and are charged on a semester basis in August and 
January. Room charges are based on two students occupying one room. A 
student may, upon application to the residence hail dean, be allowed to 
room alone at an additional cost of $335 per semester if sufficient rooms 
are available and s/he has approval from the Student Finance Office. It is 
the student's responsibility to have arranged for a roommate unless specific 
arrangements have been made to room alone. No pets are allowed in the 
residence halls. 

No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the campus. 
When a student withdraws, a prorated portion of the semester charge, 
beginning with the date of nonoccupancy of the room, will be refunded. 



230 Finances 



Residence Hall Deposit 

A room cleaning deposit of $150 is required of each resident. To 
guarantee a room in the residence hall, payment must be made by July 1. 
After July 1, no room is held for a student whose deposit has not been paid. 
This deposit should be sent directly to Southern College and is held in 
reserve until the student graduates and/or permanently moves out of the 
residence hall. The deposit is in addition to any other payment. 

Apartment 

College-owned apartments may be rented by married students taking 
a minimum of six hours each semester. The apartments range in size from 
two to six rooms and are rented furnished or unfurnished. Rents range 
from $262 to $355 per month. Rent is paid in advance and begins when the 
key is issued. Charges are based on the date of issue and return of keys and 
proper clearance with the office of the Vice President for Financial 
Administration. No pets or firearms are allowed in college housing. 

Apartment Deposit 

Married students and single students over 23 years of age renting an 
apartment from the college pay a housing deposit of $250 to reserve an 
apartment. 

For students residing in any residence hall or married student housing, 
a housing deposit is due before occupancy and is sent directly to Southern 
College. This is in addition to any other payment. 

Housing Deposit Refund 

If a student gives notice before August 1 that s/he will not be attending, 
the housing deposit will be refunded. Damage or cleaning charges may also 
be charged to the student's account if the deposit is insufficient to cover 
these costs. The Housekeeping Supervisor at the Service Department will 
determine if the apartment has been left clean and undamaged. A packing 
and moving fee may be charged as necessary. 

FOOD SERVICE 

The cafeteria plan of boarding allows the residence hall student the 
privilege of choosing food and paying for what is selected. Students are 
encouraged to eat healthfully by eating at the cafeteria or the Campus 
Kitchen where balanced meals are provided. Residents will be charged a 
minimum of $85 per month which will be prorated for vacations and 
holidays. No minimum charge is made during the summer months. 

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT DEPOSIT 

In addition to the regular college costs, international students 
must provide an International Student Depost of $3,000 U.S. This applies 
to all international students except documented permanent residents of the 
U.S. or residents of Canada. The deposit must be received by the 
Accounting Office before a U.S. Immigration Form 1-20 is sent to the 
prospective student for entry to the U.S. Because mail service from many 
foreign countries takes time, this deposit should be sent six weeks prior to 
enrollment. This deposit, paid once, remains untouched (with interest paid 
at the rate of 2 percent less than prime, based on the prime rate at the 
time of deposit) until the student completes studies here, decides to go 
elsewhere, or gets into financial difficulty at which time the international 



Finances 231 



deposit will be applied to the student's account. If there remains a credit 
balance, the deposit will be refunded after the final statement is issued. 

Deposit Reduction or Waiver: If the parent of the international student 
is employed full time by an organization that provides educational assis- 
tance, consideration may be given to reducing or waiving the deposit, based 
on the amount of assistance provided as confirmed in writing by the 
employer. 

NURSING STUDENT DEPOSIT 

Upon acceptance to the clinical nursing program, students are required 
to send an advance payment of $310 to hold their placement in the class. 
This payment also serves as the first semester's Nursing Education 
Associate Degree Fee. The $310 fee is in addition to the monthly payment 
chosen. There is also a $310 fee charged to the A.S. nursing student's 
account second semester. If a student applies for the nursing program but 
does not attend the college or changes to a different major, the deposit is 
refundable if the Department of Nursing is notified by August 1. After 
August 1, the nursing deposit is not refundable. 

ADVENTIST COLLEGES ABROAD FINANCIAL POLICY 

Students wishing to apply for study abroad under the Adventist Colleges 
Abroad (ACA) program must follow the procedures listed below: 

1. Obtain an ACA application from Southern College's Admissions Office. 

2. Complete and return the ACA application, along with a $100 application 
fee, to the SC Admissions Office. 

3. Follow one of the following payment plans: 

a. Pay the total amount of tuition, room, board, hospital and accident 
insurance, personal account deposit, and tour deposit of chosen school 
by August 1. 

b. Semester System: Pay one-half of the total charges and tour charge by 
August 1. The remaining one-half must be paid by November 1. 

c. Quarter System: Pay one-third of the total charges and tour charge by 
August 1; one-third by November 1; and the remaining one-third by 
February 1. 

4. Make all payments by cash, cashier's check, money order, or credit card. 

No college funded scholarships will be awarded to ACA students. When 
planning their finances for the ACA program students must: 

1. Have a current account at Southern College 

2. Have completed all necessary paper work for federal financial assistance 
and received a financial aid award letter before August 1 

3. Subtract tuition assistance or federal financial aid from the total ACA 
charges due 

4. Pay SC for charges before the college will make payment to ACA. 

METHODS OF PAYMENT 

All students may need to choose one of the methods of payment below: 
Payment Plan I— Cash in Advance. When the total estimated charges 
for tuition (minimum 6 hours), room, and board for a semester are paid in 
cash at registration, a discount of 3 percent for the semester Or 5 percent 
for the year is allowed on this cash payment. Amounts paid as a result of 
student loans, grants, or scholarships are excluded from the amount on 
which the discount is allowed. Students choosing to pay cash in advance 



232 Finances 



must on or before registration, pay the full amount required by the plan for 
the semester or year, less any credits. 

The following schedule outlines how Payment Plan I would work for 
both a semester and the year: 

Residence Hall Non-residence Hall 

Student Student 

Semester Year Semester Year 

Total estimated charges $6,743 $13,486 $4,852 $0,704 

(see Estimated Student Budget) 
*(a) Less cash discount -202 -146 

(3% for semester) 
or 
*(b) Less cash discount -674 -485 

(5% for year) 

Net cash due at registration $6,541 $12,812 $4,706 $9,219 

Note: For calculating the discount, estimated charges may be reduced by approved financial aid and 
scholarship awards (excluding student wages). Cash discount applies to the cash paid at registration. 

Payment Plan II — Tuition Guaranteed Plan. The college will guarantee 
to the student that tuition will remain constant under the following 
provisions: 

1. This plan ia not available to students receiving financial aid. However, 
parents taking a Parent Plus Loan may include this amount in their pay- 
ment. 

2. The tuition rate in effect at the time of the first contract (including 
beginning 2nd semester) will remain in effect until the student 
graduates. The student must maintain full-time continuous registration, 
not to exceed four years, excluding a one-year leave of absence which 
may be given for student missionaries, ACA, or task force workers. This 
plan is not applicable to summer school. 

3. Total estimated cost for the year must be paid prior to or at fall 
registration. 

4. Any cash withdrawals, except student earnings, will void the contract. 

5. Participants in this plan are eligible for a 5 percent cash discount on the 
total estimated cost the first year of participation only (calculated as in 
Payment Plan I). For the next three years, the tuition rate will remain 
the same as year one; and a 5 percent discount will be given on room, 
board, and books only. 

6. Dependents of denominational workers may deduct the denominational 
tuition assistance when making their payment; however, the tuition 
assistance must be received by the college from either the denomina- 
tional employer or the denominational worker within two months after 
registration or the contract is void. 

7. Student earnings may be withdrawn from the student's account and will 
not reduce the amount to be paid. 

8. Costs in excess of the total estimated amount to be paid will be billed 
monthly and should be paid on a monthly basis or the contract is void. 

9. Should the estimated cost be less than the amount paid, the credit will 
be refunded after June 1. 

10. If the Payment Contract is broken for any of the above reasons, or the 
student withdraws during the school year, the student who re-enters 
Payment Plan II may do so based on the new year's rates of enrollment. 



Finances 233 



This plan only guarantees the tuition rate — not the room, board, books, 
and other miscellaneous charges. The student/financial sponsor must pre- 
pay each year the total estimated costs. 

Payment Plan III— Contract for Monthly Payments. Students and/or 
parents desiring to pay educational expenses in installments on a monthly 
basis may choose from the following monthly options offered through 
Tuition Management Systems (TMS). With these monthly payment options, 
the annual expenses can be spread over 12, 11, 10, 9, or 8 equal monthly 
payments. These monthly payment options begin as indicated below, and 
all end April 1. 



Monthly 




Additional Payment Due 


Payment Plan 


Payments Besrin/End 


Bv Registration 


12-month 


May 1 - April 1 


$None 


11-month 


June 1 - April 1 


500 


10-month 


July 1 - April 1 


1,000 


9-month 


August 1 - April 1 


1,500 


8-month** 


** through April 1 


2,000 



♦♦The first payment on the 8-month plan is due prior to registering for classes on August 26 
and 27, in addition to the $2,000 advance payment. 

TMS will supply enrollment information to all enrolled and accepted 
students. For further information, call their toll free number 1-800-722- 
4867 or the Student Finance Office. There is no additional cost for this 
payment plan program. 

Monthly statements will be issued 5 to 7 working days after the 
last day of the month. Cafeteria charges are through the last day 
of each month. 

When calculating the monthly payment to TMS, federal aid, 
grants, scholarships, and/or tuition assistance from parents' 
employer may be deducted. Students planning to enroll for fewer 
than six hours are required to pay their tuition in full prior to 
registration. 

Payment for summer school sessions is required at time of 
registration. 

Before semester examinations may be taken, or before 
registering for a new semester, monthly payments must be current 
according to the payment plan for which the student has signed 
up. 

TUITION ASSISTANCE 

Prior to fall registration, an information packet is sent to the 
parent/financial sponsor of all accepted students. A form is included in this 
packet for those who qualify for tuition assistance from their employer. If 
a parent/student is eligible for this, the form should be completed and 
returned to Southern College. The Accounting Office will then bill for this 
tuition assistance in September, for first semester, and in February for 
second semester. It is the obligation of the parent/financial sponsor to.be 
sure the tuition assistance is paid on a timely basis. 



234 Finances 



INTEREST ON PAST-DUE BALANCE 

If a past due balance on the March statement is not paid by April 20, a 
service charge of 8 percent of the past-due amount will be applied to the 
April statement. A monthly service charge of 1 percent will be charged on 
any past due balance for the months of May, June, July, and August. 

COLLECTION POLICY 

Students completing or terminating their studies with the college are 
required to make arrangements for payment of unpaid accounts prior to 
leaving by signing a promissory note. Payments due on noncurrent 
accounts that are not received by the last working day of the month will be 
charged a 1 percent per month service charge. 

When a student who was enrolled first semester does not enroll second 
semester and has left with an unpaid account, that account will be turned 
over to Southern College's Student Loan Services Office by January 15. 

When a student leaves at the end of second semester who has not re- 
applied, the account will be turned over to the SC Student Loan Services 
Office by May 15. 

When a student leaves at the end of second semester with an unpaid 
account who has reapplied for the following year, the student will have May 
through August to bring the account current. If the student decides not to 
return, then this account will be turned over to the SC Student Loan 
Services Office by September 15. 

At the time any account is turned over to the SC Student Loan Services 
Office, a carrying charge of 1 percent per month will apply. 

When a non-current account is 90 days past-due and neither payments 
nor communication have been received, and unsuccessful attempts have 
been made by the SC Student Loan Services Office to contact the indi- 
vidual, the account will be reported to a nationally recognized credit 
bureau, and will be submitted to a collection agency or attorney. 

Since delinquent accounts are reported to the credit bureau systems, 
prompt payment of accounts builds credit ratings which will be important 
to the student in the future. 

If the college deems it necessary to employ a collection agency or an 
attorney to collect defaulted accounts, all charges for these services, 
including court costs, if incurred, will be added to unpaid bills. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

Recognizing that former students owing money to Southern College 
involve themselves in various legal proceedings which can affect money 
owed to the college, the college has taken the position that no services will 
be rendered these individuals until court confirmation has been received 
confirming the legal actions taken. 

BANKRUPTCY 

Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy proceed- 
ings prohibits a creditor from subsequently pursuing the collection of the 
debt, the college, upon notification by the court of such discharge of a 
student's current school or loan account(s), complies with this legal 
prohibition. The bankruptcy of the financial sponsor in no way changes the 
underlying financial obligation of the student to pay his or her student 
account. No further services will be extended. 



Finances 235 



TRANSCRIPTS, DIPLOMAS, AND TEST SCORES 

It is the policy of the college to withhold transcripts, diplomas, test 
scores, certificates of completion, and other records if a student has an 
unpaid or past-due account at the school, or any unpaid account for which 
the college has co-signed. 

An official grade transcript will be issued for a currently enrolled 
student when the student's account is current according to the payment 
schedule set forth above. Exceptions may be considered to receive an 
official grade transcript when the account is current except for the 
disbursement of any Federal student loan for which eligibility has been 
established. A student's failure to comply with instructions can delay the 
release of a transcript. 

Official grade transcripts for nonenrolled students will be issued when 
students' accounts are paid in full and when there are no delinquencies in 
the payment of student loans. No exceptions will be made. 

When payment is made by personal check, the transcript will be held for 
10 working days to allow the check to clear. To expedite the release of 
these documents, the student should send a money order or certified check 
to cover the balance of the account when requesting the documents. Under 
provisions of federal loan programs, Southern College withholds any 
records when payments for these loans become past due or are in default. 

TUITION WAIVERS 

Tuition waivers are available for internships, cooperative education, and 
practicum classes. 

To be eligible for a tuition waiver students must be enrolled in fewer 
than 12 hours excluding their tuition waiver class, or more than 16 hours 
including their tuition waiver class. The waiver is calculated on the hours 
below 12 and above 16 resulting from the tuition waiver class. 

Tuition waivers for classes involving tours, are calculated according to 
approved travel arrangements. 

REFUND POLICIES 

Complete Withdrawal from Classes 

A student who withdraws from all school work during the semester will 
receive a tuition refund based on the date the completed withdrawal form 
with all the required signatures is filed with the Records Office. Music 
lesson refunds are calculated according to a separate policy as explained on 
page 228. 

Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 

1st Week 100% 6th Week 50% 

2nd Week 90% 7th Week 40% 

3rd Week 80% 8th Week 30% 

4th Week 70% 9th Week 20% 

5th Week 60% 10th Week 10% 

11th Week 0% 

Partial Withdrawal 

Refunds of tuition for semester hours dropped are made according to the 
date the drop form with all the required signatures is filed with the 
Records Office. Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 



236 Finances 



First week of the semester — 100% 

Second week through the tenth week — 10% less per week 

No refunds after the tenth week 

Shortened School Term (Summer or Other) Withdrawals and Changes 

First two (2) school days — 100% 

Third (3rd day through end of term) — Prorated through mid-term 

CREDIT REFUND POLICY 

Credit balances are refundable, upon request, 30 days after the monthly 
statement is received for the last month the student was in school in order 
to be certain that all charges have been processed. For example, if a 
student drops out of school in December, a full credit refund would not be 
made until after the January statement is prepared during the first week 
of February. When the credit balance is large, a portion may be refunded 
earlier upon request to the Disbursements Office. 

If the student has received financial aid during the current semester, 
any credit balance will be credited to the aid funds, according to the 
Financial Aid Refund Policy (see page 244). Cash refunds will not be made 
to the student without authorization from the parent or financial sponsor. 

HEALTH AND ACCIDENT INSURANCE 

Southern College requires all students to be covered by health and 
accident insurance. Each student will automatically be enrolled in the 
college health and accident plan unless the s/he signs a waiver card at the 
time of registration indicating s/he does not want the college insurance 
because: 

1. The student has other insurance equal to or better than the college 
insurance plan. 

2. The student is covered under the SDA denominational health care plan. 

3. The student does not live in college-owned housing and is taking less than 
six semester hours of classwork during the fall and spring semesters or 
less than three hours of classwork in the summer. 

NON-LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL EFFECTS 

When determining what to bring to campus, students should remember 
that the college is not responsible for the personal effects of any student 
even though such effects may be required by the college for student use, or 
required by the college to be stored in a designated location. College-carried 
insurance does not insure the personal effects of any individual. The college 
recommends that students consider carrying insurance to cover such losses. 

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 

As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the college carries 
worker's compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of work- 
related accidents. 

STUDENT BANKING SERVICE 

When opening a student bank account, the student or financial sponsor 
may contact the Cashier's Office to make the proper arrangements. This 
is entirely separate from the student's school expense account. Withdrawals 
from this account may be made by the student in person as long as a credit 



Finances 237 



balance and proper identification are provided. If a check is deposited into 
this account, the student must wait two weeks for it to clear the banking 
system before a withdrawal may be made. 

STUDENT PAYROLL AND CASH WITHDRAWALS POLICY 

Employment is provided for students through the Personnel\Student 
Labor Office for the purpose of meeting their school expenses. Inquiries 
concerning student employment may be made by contacting that office at 
423-238-3396. 

Students may withdraw up to 25% of their earnings for tithe and 
personal items if their account is current, or if they have a credit on their 
account. (If students have chosen to have their tithe automatically with- 
held, they may withdraw up to 15% of their earnings.) Additional cash 
withdrawals may be made by exception: 

1. Students who have sufficient financial aid to cover their tuition and 
books, who live out of the residence halls, and have a no-charge ID card 
may be allowed to withdraw all of their earnings for living expenses. 

2. Students whose parents pay their accounts using Payment Plan I or II 
are allowed to withdraw all of their earnings with written permission 
from their parents. 

3. Students under the Federal College Work-Study Program must follow 
federal guidelines for cash withdrawals from their accounts. They must 
contact their financial counselor for more information. 

The payroll period normally covers a four-week time frame, with the 
cutoff date being 10-14 working days prior to the end of the month. Earn- 
ings will be credited to students' accounts when the monthly statements 
have run. 

On-campus summer earnings should remain on the students' accounts 
to accumulate toward their advance payment. 

No cash may be withdrawn until students have received their 
monthly statement (5-7 working days after the last day of the 
month). Students must bring their current monthly statement with 
them to the Student Finance Office. 

CHECK CASHING 

Students are encouraged to use their home banks or a local area bank 
for their personal financial services. The Cashier's Office will cash approved 
checks not to exceed $300. No third party checks will be honored. Checks 
must be made payable to either the student or cash. Proper identification 
is required. 

Each time a check is returned by a bank for insufficient funds, account 
closed, or any other reason, there will be an $18 returned check fee made 
to the student's account. The student then forfeits the privilege of cashing 
future checks. 

CREDIT CARDS 

The Cashier's Office honors VISA, MasterCard, Discover, and American 
Express cards for making payments on a student's account. No cash with- 
drawal service is available from these cards — this service may be 
obtained from a local bank. 



238 Finances 



When using a credit card to pay on an account, the following 
information must be supplied: 1) name of credit card being used; 2) card- 
holder's name; 3) credit card number; and, 4) expiration date. 

STUDENT LABOR REGULATIONS 

Work opportunities are available in departments and industries 
operated by the college and at local private businesses. Students seeking 
employment should contact the Personnel/Student Employment office for 
a listing of available positions or to register their employment needs. 

Although Southern College cannot guarantee a student employment, the 
College will endeavor to find a work opportunity either at the College or at 
a local business. Students are urged to arrange class schedules that allow 
''blocks" of time for work. 

All hiring formalities are made in the Personnel/Student Employment 
Office. Students must bring their Social Security cards and one identifi- 
cation, e.g., passport, driver's license, or original birth certificate, in order 
to complete the hiring process legally. Students who are not American 
citizens must produce an unexpired employment authorization document 
such as a valid 1-20 or other legal document before employment can be 
arranged. 

Students are expected to maintain satisfactory job performance and 
meet all work appointments, including during examination week. Work 
superintendents reserve the right to dismiss students if their service and 
work records are unsatisfactory. Should a student find it necessary to be 
absent from work, s/he must make arrangements with the work superin- 
tendent and, if ill, with Student Health Service. 

A student accepting employment is expected to retain it for the entire 
semester except in cases where changes are recommended by the school 
nurse or Personnel/Student Employment Office. Should a student receive 
opportunities for more favorable employment during a school term, the 
transfer must be made through the Personnel/Student Employment Office 
and the two employing departments. If a financial plan requires work, the 
student must NOT drop his/her work schedule without making proper 
arrangements with the Personnel/Student Employment Office. To do so 
may result in suspension from class attendance and invalidation of ID card 
until proper arrangements are made. 

The student pay rate is not less than the current minimum wage rate. 
It may be higher if a student possesses special skills or training and shows 
responsibility and consistency. 

Students who work more than 20 hours per individual week or who are 
enrolled for less than nine hours of credit will have Social Security taxes 
(FICA) withheld from their earnings. 

Students may work off campus; however, permission may be withheld 
for off-campus employment that could be detrimental to a student's health 
or character development. 

SUMMER WORK INCENTIVE PROGRAM 

1. Work supervisors may recommend raises for a student's summer 
wage within the pre-set wage rate scale. 

2. Two-thirds of the resident hall student's summer rent to be 
refunded, provided: 

A. A minimum of 200 hours of summer work is completed. 

B. The student is enrolled for at least six hours for the fall term. 



Finances 239 



3. Any variation to the above plan must be approved by the Administra- 
tive Council. 

LABOR FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

Foreign students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to secure 
permission before accepting any off-campus employment. Foreign students 
with student visas are allowed to work on campus up to twenty hours a 
week. Spouses may work only if they have student visas of their own or 
have immigrant visas. 

STUDENT TITHING 

Southern College encourages the payment of tithe and offerings by its 
student workers. In order to facilitate this practice, arrangements may be 
made by the student (except for those employed in the Federal Work-Study 
Program) to have 10 percent of his/her school earnings charged to his/her 
account as tithe and 2 percent for offerings. These funds are then 
transferred by the college to the treasurer of the Collegedale Seventh-day 
Adventist Church. 

STUDENT MISSIONS PROGRAM/TASK FORCE POSITIONS 

Any student desiring to serve as a Student Missionary or in a Task Force 
position needs to work with the Chaplain's Office. The General Conference 
policy requires the completion of the course, Student Missions Orientation 
Class, NOND 099, prior to placement in a volunteer position. The 
orientation class is taught the last nine weeks of the second semester. 
Students who register for NOND 099 will not receive any academic credit 
hours. 

Those students who desire deferment on their student loan payments 
during their mission service placement must enroll in: NOND 227 
Christian Service I, 6 hours, and NOND 228 Christian Service II, 6 hours. 

To receive 12 hours of academic credit, the student must complete a full 
academic year of service. Students enrolled in NOND 227 and 228 must 
have taken NOND 099 as a prerequisite. A maximum of 12 hours is avail- 
able during the year of service. Tuition is charged at 10 percent of the 
current rate. Specific details regarding academic assignments may be 
obtained from the Chaplain's Office. 

Before final authorization may be obtained, all students going as Student 
Missionaries/Task Force workers must be cleared by the Student Finance 
Office and Student Loan Services. If a Student Missionary/Task Force 
Worker has a sibling attending Southern College, please see the section on 
"Family Rebate." 

POST GRADUATE TUITION PLAN 

A Post Graduate Tuition Plan has been established for the purpose of 
assisting students who have graduated from an accredited college/ 
university and have an earned bachelor's degree. The plan allows eligible 
students to enroll in classes for one-half tuition. Tuition rates are as 

follows: 

1-11 Semester Hours $194.50 per hour 

12-16 Semester Hours $2,289.00 

17+Hours (in excess of 16 hours) $145.50 per hour 



240 Finances 



The provisions that apply are: 

1. To be eligible for the Post Graduate Tuition Plan, a student must have 
graduated with a bachelor's degree at least two years before entering the 
program. 

2. Applicants must have a clear financial SC account and all loan payments 
must be up-to-date at the time of registration before the Post Graduate 
Tuition Plan is approved. To continue to participate in the plan, students 
must reapply each semester. If a participant's account or loan payment 
becomes delinquent, that student will lose his/her Post Graduate Tuition 
Plan privileges and cannot be reinstated. 

3. Regular readmission criteria apply to this program. Completed 
applications and other college transcripts must be on file in the 
Admissions Office no later than four weeks prior to the beginning of the 
semester for which the graduate is applying. 

4. Students wishing financial aid must apply through the Student Finance 
Office. 

5. This plan is applicable to classes where space is available and where the 
hiring of new faculty or staff is not required. The Post Graduate Tuition 
Plan does not include private music lessons, independent study, directed 
study, student teaching, internships, A.S. nursing, the fifth year of a five- 
year degree program, or a program where a tuition discount is already in 
effect. 

6. Since the Post Graduate Tuition Plan offer is for tuition only, it does 
not apply to lab fees, surcharges for applicable courses, residence hall 
charges, books, or cafeteria charges. 

7. This program is open to a limited number of students. Southern College 
reserves the right to discontinue or amend this special tuition offer at the 
discretion of the college administration. 

SENIOR CITIZEN TUITION PLAN 

Persons over 65 years of age may audit any regular college course free of 
charge, provided there is space available and sufficient enrollment of 
students paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees will be charged 
where required. 

They may take classes for college credit at one-fourth the regular rate, 
provided there is space available and sufficient enrollment of students 
paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees will be charged where 
required. 

They may enroll in seminars, workshops, other courses offered outside 
the regular academic structure, and private lessons at full price. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Southern College provides financial aid for students in the form of loans, 
grants, scholarships, and employment. No applicant for financial aid will 
be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, or 
ethnic group. The Student Finance Office follows established procedures 
and practices which will assure equitable and consistent treatment of all 
applicants. 

Students are urged to contact the Student Finance Office, PO. Box 370, 
Collegedale, Tennessee 37315-0370, (1-800-SOUTHERN), for information 
about and applications for financial aid. Federal Title IV Student Aid Funds 



Finances 241 



are not available at the Bayonet Point or L.W. Blake campuses. 
Applications received by March 1 will be given preference. Applications 
received after March 1 will be processed as long as time and funds permit. 

General Requirements. Financial aid awards are made for one academic 
year to students who are accepted for admission and demonstrate a 
financial need. Recipients of government aid must hold U.S. citizenship 
or a permanent resident visa. (Visa documents must be submitted with 
aid application.) Students desiring aid must reapply each year, have a GED 
or high school diploma on file in the Records Office, and continue to make 
satisfactory academic progress toward a degree to receive financial aid. 

WARNING: If a student purposely gives false or misleading in- 
formation on the Federal Aid Application, s/he may be fined 
$10,000, sent to prison, or both. 

Academic Requirements. In order to be eligible for financial aid, 
recipients must maintain satisfactory academic progress toward a degree. 
(Satisfactory academic progress is defined in the following section.) If a 
student does not maintain satisfactory academic progress or fails to attend 
classes, prepare and submit required classwork, or take required 
examinations, financial aid will be suspended. 

If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the above 
reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to this 
suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Academic Progress 
Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid from 
institutional and private sources as well as federal programs. 

Financial Need Requirements. The financial aid program is administered 
in conjunction with the nationally-established policy and philosophy which 
is, that the parents are the primary and responsible source for help- 
ing a student to meet his/her educational costs. Financial aid is 
available to help fill the gap between the student's own resources (parental 
contribution, summer earnings, and savings) and the total cost of attending 
Southern College. The amount of parental contribution is based on the 
family's net income, number of dependents, allowable expenses, indebted- 
ness, and assets. The Family Financial Need Analysis from the American 
College Testing Program is used in determining a student's eligibility for 
financial aid. 

Exceptions to the financial need requirements are private scholarships 
awarded on the basis of academic achievement 

SOUTHERN COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRESS 
FOR FEDERAL AND INSTITUTIONAL 
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

According to the 1986 Higher Education Amendments, all financial aid 
recipients must maintain satisfactory academic progress toward a degree, 
both in a qualitative and a quantitative measure, in order to continue to 
receive financial aid. 

A financial aid recipient's progress at Southern College will be based on 
the student's enrollment status which is determined by the number of 
hours attempted. Academic progress will be measured by the number of 
hours the student has successfully completed during the semester. 



242 Finances 



A financial aid recipient will be expected to complete not less than the 
minimum hours required by his/her enrollment status of: 

1. Full time 12 hours or more 

2. 3/4 time 9-11 hours 
8. 1/2 time 6-8 hours 

This would allow a student the equivalent of 10 full-time semesters to 
complete a four year degree; and the equivalent of six full-time semesters 
to complete a two year degree. 

Classification of the full-time student for academic record keeping only 
is defined: Students enrolled for twelve or more semester hours and 
students in the last semester of their senior year who are taking all the 
courses required for graduation (but no fewer than eight semester hours) 
will be defined as full-time students. 

Formula For Academic Progress 

Enrollment status (as outlined above) x 12 hours (full-time equivalent) 
= hours needed for progress. A student who fails to meet this formula 
will have until June 30 of the award year to successfully complete 
the required hours. No federal aid is available for make-up hours. 

For the purpose of this policy, a student must also maintain a 
cumulative and resident grade point average above the suspension levels as 
stated in the following schedules: 



Cumulative 


Required OPA Level 


Semester Hours 


(Includes Resident and Cumulative GPA) 


6- 48 


1.50 


49- 64 


1.65 


65- 80 


1.75 


81- 93 


1.85 


94 - 119 


1.95 


120 up 


2.00 



A student's financial aid will be suspended if s/he does not maintain 
satisfactory academic progress as set forth above. 

Financial Aid Probation Policy 

1. Students who fail to maintain "satisfactory academic progress" will be 
placed on financial aid probation the following semester. The recipient 
must see a financial aid counselor before aid will be released for the 
probationary semester. This aid is subject to adjustment or cancellation. 

2. A minimum Southern College and cumulative GPA as listed in the 
requirements above must be attained by the end of the probation 
semester or financial aid will be suspended. 

Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid 

Students may submit a written appeal to the Academic Progress 
Committee describing the circumstances which contributed to their failure 
to make academic progress. This appeal must also include an outlined 
program of commitment to meet measurable satisfactory academic 
requirements. 



Finances 243 



When financial aid is suspended, a request for reinstatement may be 
made when the student has completed a minimum of 12 additional 
semester hours and has met the satisfactory academic requirements. 

Provisions for Transfer Students 

Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be 
determined by their academic standing, which will be calculated on all 
hours they have attempted. Students with a GPA below the policy stated 
above will be on financial aid probation, provided that they were eligible for 
continuing aid at the institution from which they transferred. Deletion of 
transfer hours from Southern College academic records may affect a 
student's financial aid eligibility depending on the number of hours deleted. 
Any change in academic program such as from a bachelor to associate or 
from associate to a one-year certificate degree may affect a student's 
eligibility for financial aid. 

If financial aid has been suspended at the previous institution, the 
student must follow Southern College's procedure for appeal and 
reinstatement of financial aid. 

Provisions for Transient Students 

Financial aid for transient students is available when a student receives 
a transient letter. 

Eligibility for Federal Pell Grant, Federal Family Education Loans 
(Stafford, Unsubsidized Stafford, Parent PLUS) will be based on total 
hours enrolled at both institutions. Costs at both institutions will be a 
factor in determining eligibility. 

Eligibility for Southern College funds is based upon the number of hours 
being taken on the Southern College campus. 

FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES 

To apply for all types of financial aid, the following documents must be 
submitted annually for the federal, state, and institutional aid programs: 

1. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). 

2. The Southern College application for financial aid (Form B). 

3. Southern College Admissions application. 

4. The financial aid transcript (required only of students who attended 
other colleges or universities before coming to Southern College). 

5. Copies of parents' income tax return (exact signed copies of all 
schedules and W-2 forms sent to IRS). 

6. Copies of student income tax return including W-2 forms. 

7. Guaranteed Student Loan applications from hometown lender. 
(Southern College has arranged for last-resort lenders for students 
whose hometown lenders do not participate in the GSL program or for 
any reason refuse to make the loan). 

Applications are available in January of each year and may be obtained 
by contacting Southern College Student Finance Office. Students are urged 
to complete applications as early as possible after the family income tax 
returns have been completed. Income tax returns only have to be com- 
pleted, not necessarily mailed to the IRS before submitting the financial aid 
application. Some students who were enrolled the previous year may 
receive a preprinted Federal Aid Renewal Application. 



244 Finances 



Financial Aid Award Procedures 

An Offer of Financial Aid will be sent to each applicant after Southern 
College's Student Finance Office receives the results from the federal 
processor. To confirm and reserve the funds offered, the student must 
return the signed acceptance of the offer within ten days of receipt. 

Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds are 
available, with the neediest students receiving priority of funds. The 
financial aid award package will usually consist of: 1) work, 2) loan, 3) 
grant or scholarship. 

Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds 

Financial aid awards are disbursed equally each semester. To have funds 
released to statements, students must sign vouchers, and other required 
documents at the Disbursement Office in Wright Hall. Funds cannot be 
credited to student statements until this procedure is followed. 

Financial Aid Overawards 

When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not included 
in the financial aid award letter, it is the student's responsibility to report 
these funds to the Student Finance Office. Federal regulations prohibit 
"overawards;" therefore, when the total of all resources exceeds the 
allowable student budget, financial aid awards must be adjusted. When 
financial aid funds have already been credited to the student's statement, 
any refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICIES 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 

The tuition refund policy for students withdrawing from classes is 
outlined on page 235. 

Since financial aid is considered to be used first for direct educational 
costs (tuition, fees, room, board, and books), when a student withdraws 
from all classes and under the refund policy receives a refund of these 
charges, the refund will be used to reimburse financial aid credited to the 
student account. A refund must be determined based on Federal policy as 
well as the college policy, and refund to the student whichever amount is 
larger. 

The amount that must be repaid to Federal Title IV funds and other 
financial aid is determined in the following manner: 

All financial aid received is deducted from total charges for the period 
of enrollment to determine the Expected Cash Payment due from the 
student. Cash payments received are then deducted, and any remaining 
balance is the cash payment still due from the student. 

After determining the cash payment still due, the tuition refund amount 
and any cash payment still due must be deducted from total charges. Total 
financial aid and cash payments received are then deducted to arrive at the 
amount that must be repaid to financial aid funds. (Examples of these 
calculations are available in the Student Finance Office). 



Finances 245 



According to Federal regulation, refunds due to Title IV programs must 
be allocated in the following manner: 

1. Unsubsidized Stafford loans 

2. Subsidized Stafford loans 

3. Parent (PLUS) loans 

4. Federal Perkins loans 

5. Federal Pell Grant program 

6. Federal SEOG program 

7. Other Title IV programs 

8. Any other Federal or State programs 

9. Student/Parent. 

Financial Aid Repayment Policy 

There are specific repayment policies for students who withdraw and 
have received financial aid in excess of direct educational costs. An example 
would be the student who received a Stafford Loan and did not use the full 
amount for educational costs. A student owing a repayment to any federally 
funded student aid program cannot receive any type of federal student aid 
for future enrollment periods until repayments have been made. 

VETERANS 

Southern College is approved for the training of veterans as an 
accredited training institution. VA. benefits are not available to students 
on the Orlando Campus, L. W. Blake Hospital, and Bayonet Point Medical 
Center, and may not be available for students enrolled in classes offered off 
the Collegedale campus. Those who qualify for educational benefits should 
contact the nearest Department of Veterans' Affairs. 

Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in order 
to be eligible for educational benefits. Southern College is required to 
report promptly to the VA. the last day of attendance when an eligible 
student withdraws or stops attending classes regularly. 

A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not fulfill 
requirements for his/her stated degree and major. Audited courses, non- 
credit courses (except for a required remedial course), and correspondence 
work cannot be certified. 



TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID 

Scholarships 

Southern College institutional scholarships are awarded from a variety 
of scholarship funds to students who have financial need, are achieving 
academically, and are working part time. These awards usually range from 
$200 to $1,000 per year depending upon the student's need and availability 
of funds. 

The amount of a student's SC scholarship awards will be reduced by the 
amount the student receives from all sources that exceeds the total 
budgeted expenses for the school year. Scholarship funds will not be applied 
to certain extra-curricular expenses. If the student's grade point average 
(GPA) falls below the required level, the SC scholarship will be deferred or 
canceled. Any requests for exceptions should be addressed to the Financial 
Appeals Committee. 



246 Finances 



The following scholarships are awarded to eligible students regardless 
of financial need: 

ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen 
who graduate with a 3.50 or higher GPA from academies or secondary 
schools, are recommended by their faculty, and enroll at Southern College 
for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

For those incoming freshmen students who have a high school GPA of 
3.85 or above and an ACT composite score of 28 or above, a high academic 
scholarship of $6,500 over four years is available. Two thousand dollars will 
be awarded the first year at SC and $1,500 for each of the following three 
years. The student must maintain an SC GPA of 3.50 and carry not less 
than 14 semester hours of class work each semester enrolled. 

ACT SCHOLARSHIPS — Incoming freshmen with a composite score of 
26-30 are eligible for a $700 award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.00 
each semester of the first year they are enrolled at Southern College. 
Incoming freshmen with a composite score of 31-36 are eligible for an $850 
award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.25 each semester of the first year 
they are enrolled at Southern College. Students must enroll at Southern 
College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

CHURCH AND/OR CONFERENCE MATCHING PLAN — Southern 
College will participate in a matching plan, matching one-third of the total 
scholarship funds received from a church or conference. The student 
must be enrolled for a minimum of 12 hours. Funds will not be matched 
for past-due accounts for prior years and will not exceed $1,000 per student 
per year. The participating church and/or conference must complete and 
sign the matching application form certifying that their appropriation came 
from local church funds, not from the student, the student's parents or 
relatives, and is not for wages or pay for services rendered by the student. 
These forms may be obtained from the Student Finance Office. 

LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen 
who have served as S. A President, S.A. Vice-President, S.A. Spiritual Vice- 
President, Senior Class President, Yearbook Editor, and School Paper 
Editor, provided they enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve 
semester hours. 

NATIONAL ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AWARDS are awarded to 
finalists- in the National Merit contest. Finalists receive tuition-free 
scholarship for four continuous years at Southern College. They must 
maintain an SC GPA of 3.50 and enroll each semester for not less than 15 
semester hours. 

SOUTHERN SCHOLARS' SCHOLARSHIP —After completing one year 
in the honors program, Southern Scholars may receive a waiver for the cost 
of auditing one class each semester that they remain in the program. Upon 
successful completion of the program students will receive a tuition refund 
equivalent to four three-hour classes. The "per hour" rate for a 16-hour 
class load will be the basis for calculating the refund. Southern Scholars 
also receive a 100 percent tuition waiver for Honors Seminar, HMNT 451, 
452, calculated according to the tuition waiver policy explained on page 
235. 



Finances 247 



STUDENT MISSIONARY/TASK FORCE SCHOLARSHIPS — Students 
who were approved by Southern College to serve as Student Missionaries 
or Task Force Workers may upon the completion of a year of service apply 
for a $1,500 scholarship through the Chaplain's Office if they are enrolled 
at SC for a minimum of 12 hours. 

SUMMER CAMP SCHOLARSHIPS — Students participating in 
conference-sponsored summer camp programs will receive credit from 
Southern College for 50 percent of the net amount receipted to the 
student's statement upon enrollment of a minimum of 12 semester hours. 
Students participating in the John Hancock Center for Youth Ministry 
. Inner City summer program will be provided scholarship assistance on the 
same basis as summer camp scholarship recipients. Funds will not be 
matched for past due accounts for prior years. Taxes may be withheld from 
these scholarship funds. It is the responsibility of the students to bring 
their camp checks to the Student Finance Office. 

SUMMER LITERATURE SALES SCHOLARSHIPS — Students par- 
ticipating in the Summer Literature Sales Scholarships will receive credit 
from Southern College for 50 percent of the net amount receipted to the 
student's statement upon enrollment of a minimum of 12 semester hours. 
There is a matching cap of $1,500 per student per year. 

Grants 

ENDOWMENT GRANT — These funds are awarded to students who 
have established financial need through the federal aid application process. 
Awards are made on funds available basis. Notification to eligible recipients 
will be made through the Offer of Financial Aid. 

Eligibility and requirements for disbursement of Endowment funds are 
listed on the Offer of Financial Aid. Students should be aware that they 
must work the required number of hours in order to receive Endowment 
Grant funds. 

FEDERAL PELL GRANT PROGRAM is a federal program which 
provides grant assistance directly to eligible first-degree undergraduate 
students. A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based on a 
congressionally-approved formula which considers family financial 
circumstances. 

FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY 
GRANT — Limited funds are available to students with exceptional 
financial need. 

STATE STUDENT INCENTIVE GRANTS — These grants are made 
possible from federal and state funds to the residents of Alaska, 
Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, 
Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, 
Tennessee, Vermont, Washington, and West Virginia. Students should 
check with their states' grant agencies for additional information. 

Loans 

FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS are available to nursing 
students only. Repayment and five percent interest begins nine months 
after a student graduates, leaves school, drops below half-time enrollment, 
or drops from the nursing program. 



248 Finances 



FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN (formerly National Direct Student Loan) 
— Under this program students can borrow money from the federal 
government through the school. Repayment and five percent interest begin 
nine months after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half- 
time enrollment. 

FEDERAL PLUS LOANS enable parents with good credit histories to 
borrow for each child who is enrolled at least half-time and is a dependent 
student. These loans, like Federal Stafford Loans, are made by a lender 
such as a bank, credit union, or savings and loan association. The yearly 
loan limit is students' cost of education minus any estimated financial 
aid they are eligible for. 

For PLUS loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 1996, the interest 
rate will be variable, but not higher than 9 percent. From July 1, 1995, 
through June 30, 1996, the interest rate was 8.98 percent for parents who 
borrowed on or after October 1, 1992. Variable interest rates are set each 
June. For more information on their interest rate, parents should contact 
the organization that holds their loan. That organization will also notify 
the parents of later interest rate changes. 

Students' parents will pay an "origination fee" of 3 percent of the loan 
principal. This amount must be deducted proportionately from each dis- 
bursement made. The lender may collect an insurance premium of up to 1 
percent of the loan principal, which must also be deducted propor- 
tionately from each disbursement. 

The procedure for applying is the same as for a Federal Stafford Loan. 
Note that the school can refuse to certify a loan application, or can certify 
a loan for an amount less than a student's parents would be eligible for. 

For loans first disbursed on or after October 1, 1993, the lender must 
send the loan proceeds to your school in at least two payments. Payments 
will be sent either by electronic transfer or by check made co-payable to 
your school and your parents. No payment may exceed one-half of the loan 
amount. 

Repayment begins within 60 days after the final loan disbursement. 
There is no "grace period" for these loans. 

If a deferment (a postponement of repayment) applies (including a 
deferment for being in school), students' parents won't begin repaying any 
principal until the deferment ends. Deferments don't apply to interest, 
although the organization that holds the loan may let the interest 
accumulate until the deferment ends. Note, however, that the interest will 
be added to the principal, increasing the amount of principal that will need 
to be repaid. 

FEDERAL STAFFORD LOANS are low-interest loans made to students 
attending school at least half-time. Loans are made by a lender such as a 
bank, credit union, or savings and loan association. These loans are insured 
by the guaranty agency in each state and reinsured by the federal 
government. A borrower must repay this loan. 

Students may qualify for a "subsidized" Federal Stafford Loan, which 
is based on financial need. But, students can also get an "unsubsidized" 
Federal Stafford Loan regardless of need, that is, regardless of their or 
their family's income. It is possible for a student to have a Federal Stafford 
Loan partly based on financial need and partly not on need. 



Finances 249 



Dependent undergraduate students can borrow up to: 

• $2,625 if they are first-year students enrolled in a program of study 
that is a full academic year. 

• $3,500 if they have completed the first year of study and the 
remainder of their program is a full academic year. 

• $5,500 a year if they have completed two years of study and the 
remainder of the program is at least one academic year. 

For periods of undergraduate study that are less than an academic 
year, the amounts one can borrow will be less than those above. Talk to 
a financial aid administrator to find out how much may be borrowed. 

Independent undergraduates can borrow up to: 

• $6,625 if they are first-year students enrolled in a program of study 
that is a full academic year. (At least $4,000 of this amount must 
be in unsubsidized Stafford Loans.) 

• $7,500 if they have completed the first year of study and the 
remainder of the program is a full academic year. (At least $4,000 
of this amount must be in unsubsidized Stafford Loans.) 

• $10,500 a year if they have completed two years of study and the 
remainder of their program is at least one academic year. (At least 
$5,000 of this amount must be in unsubsidized Stafford Loans.) 

For Associate Degrees, loans can only be borrowed up to the second year 
level. 

The amounts given are the maximums that can be borrowed; however, 
students can't borrow more than the cost of education at Southern 
College minus any other financial aid they receive. 

The total Stafford Loan debt one can have outstanding as a dependent 
undergraduate is $23,000; as an independent undergraduate it is $46,000. 

Work 

FEDERAL COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM — Under the work- 
study program, the employer pays a small part of the student's wages, and 
the government pays the rest. Most work-study positions are on campus. 
Students can work part-time while they are in school; they can work full 
time during the summer and other vacation periods. The basic pay rate is 
usually the current minimum wage. This may vary depending on the skill 
and experience needed for the job. 

OTHER GRANTS, LOANS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

Grants, loans, and scholarships are available to students meeting the 
above requirements or having exceptional academic achievements. Details 
concerning amounts and qualifications for recipients of these funds can be 
obtained from the Student Finance Office. 



The Registry 



Board of Trustees 

* Malcolm Gordon, Chair Carolyn McCalla 
£. A. Anderson Joe McCoy 

* Gordon Bietz * Ellsworth McKee 

* Mardian Blair James Ray McKinney 
Roy Brown Denzil McNeilus 
William Bryan ** Harold Moody 

** Tom Campbell Robert Murphy 

* Richard Center Georgia O'Brien 
Ken Coonley Ralph Peay 
Edythe Cothren Earl Richards 
Mary Elam * Donald R Sahly 

* Jim Epperson Volker Schmidt 
** Charles Fleming, Jr. Ella Simmons 

WJackGillis * Ward Sumpter 

* Obed Graham ** Martha Ulmer 
James Greek * Tom Werner 

R R Hallock ** J. H. Whitehead 
** James Hickman Bonnie Wilkens 

BUI Hulsey Ed Wright 

** William lies Ben Wygal 

** O. R Johnson 

* Membera of the Executive Board 
** Honorary Trustees 

College Administration 
president 

Donald R Sahly, Ed.D. (1986) . President 

Jeanne Davis (1970) President's Secretary 

Vinita Sauder (1984) Director of Institutional Effectiveness and Research 

ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION 

Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D. (1966) .... Senior Vice President, Academic Administration 

Instructional Media 

Frank Di Meramo, M.S. (1980) Director, Instructional Media 

Library 

Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.& (1971) Director, Libraries 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S. (1970) , « Associate Librarian 

Ann Greer, M.L.I.S. (1995) Assistant Librarian 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S (1976) Director, ANGEL Program 

Patricia Morrison, M.L.S. (1981) Assistant Librarian 

Records and Advisement 

Joni Zier, M.A (1993) Director, Records and Advisement 

Sharon McGrady, M.Ed. (1977) Assistant Director, Records and Advisement 

ADMISSIONS, COLLEGE RELATIONS, AND ALUMNI 

Ronald Barrow, Ph.D. (1979) . . . Vice President, Admissions and College Relations 

Public Relations 

Jim Ashlock, Ed.D. (1991) Director, Alumni/College Relations 

Doris Burdick, B.A. (1983) Director, Publications and Media Relations 

Ingrid Skantz, B.S. (1990) Publications Assistant 



Faculty Directory 251 



Recruitment 

Victor Czerkaay, B.A. (1993) Associate Director 

Bert Ringer, M.Div. (1996) Florida Recruiter 

Bob Silver, M.A, (1985) Director, Telecounseling 

WSMC FM90.5 

Gerald Peel, B.A. (1995) General Manager, WSMC FM90.5 

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 

Dale J. Bidwell, B.S. (1989) Senior Vice President, Financial Administration 

Helen Durichek, B.A. (1986) . . . Associate Vice President, Financial Administration 

Accounting and Financial Services 

Jack Ferneyhough, B.S. (1989) Treasurer 

Burt Fboley, M.B.A. (1992) Chief Accountant 

Industries 

Jere Connerly (1961) Assistant Manager, The College Press 

Roy Dingle, B.& (1974) Baker, Village Market 

Wayne Janzen, Ph.D. (1992) Manager, Southern Carton Industry 

Allen Olsen (1984) General Manager, The College Press 

Larry Payne (1993) Production Manager, The College Press 

Jim Burrus (1993) Manager, Village Market 

Rita Wohlers (1987) Manager, Campus Shop 

Information Services 

Ted Ashton, B.S. EC. (1995) Computer AnaJyeVProgrammer 

John Beckett, B.A. (1975) Director 

Judy DeLay, B.A. (1982) * Assistant Director 

William Estep (1979) Computer Operations Manager 

Clifford Williams, B.A. (1994) Computer Analyst/Programmer 

Merlin Wittenberg, M.Ed. (1984) Microcomputer Specialist 

Personnel/Student Employment 

Elsworth Hetke, M.A. (1991) Director, Personnel/Student Employment 

Services 

Mark Antone, (1984) Director, Landscape Services 

Earl Evans, B.S. (1977) Director, Food Service 

Barry Becker (1993) Director, Motor Pool 

Charles Lucas (1984) Director, Plant Services 

Clarence McCandless (1979) Director, Service 

Student Finance 

Ken Norton, B.S. (1988) Director, Student Finance 

Donna Myers (1972) Assistant Director, Student Finance 

DEVELOPMENT 

Jack McClarty, Ed.D. (1980) Vice President, Development 

Paul Smith, M.Div. (1991) Director, Planned Giving 

STUDENT SERVICES ADMINISTRATION 

William Wohlers, Ph.D. (1973) Vice President, Student Services 

Campus Chaplain 

Ken Rogers, M.A. (1986) College Chaplain 

Campus Safety 

Dale Terrell (1990) Director, Campus Safety 

Donald Hart, A.S. (1993) Associate Director, Campus Safety 



252 Faculty Directory 



Counseling and Testing 

Jim Wampler, Ed.S. (1993) Director, Counseling and Testing 

Midge Dunzweiler, M.S. (1993) Associate Director, Counseling 

Health Service 

Eleanor Hanson, RN. (1966) Director, Health Service 

David Winters, O.D. (1980) College Physician 

Residence Halls 

Helen Bledsoe (1984) Assistant Dean of Women 

Sharon Engel (1986) Dean of Women 

Beverly Ericson, B.S. (1988) Assistant Dean of Women 

Stan Hobos, M.Ed. (1985) Dean of Men 

Kassandra Krause, A.S. (1987) Assistant Dean of Women 

Dwight Magers, M.A. (1993) Associate Dean of Men 

Dennis Negron, B.A. (1993) Assistant Dean of Men 

COLLEGE PASTORS 

Randy Harr, B.S. (1991) Youth Pastor 

James Herman, B.A. (1976) Children's Ministries Pastor 

Dwight Herod, M.Div. (1995) Family Ministries Pastor 

Ed Wright, D.Min. (1985) Pastor 



Faculty Emeriti 

Douglas Bennett, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Olivia Brickman Dean, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of Education 

Jerome Clark, Ph.D. f Professor Emeritus of History 

Thelma Cushman, MA, Associate Professor Emerita of Home Economics 

Kenneth R. Davis, MA, Director Emeritus of Counseling and Testing 

Mary Elam, MA, Associate Vice President Emerita of Academic Administration 

Charles Fleming, Jr., M.BA, Business Manager Emeritus 

Cyril F. W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice-President Emeritus of Academic 
Administration 

Edgar O. Gnmdset, MA, Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Duane F. Houck, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology 

K. M. Kennedy, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education 

H. H. Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Evlyn Lindberg, MA, Associate Professor Emerita of English 

Robert Merchant, M.BA, Treasurer Emeritus 

Louesa Peters, BA, Associate Treasurer Emerita 

Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Business Administration 

Kenneth M. Spears, M.BA, Vice President Emeritus for Finance 

William H. Taylor, MA., Administrator Emeritus 

Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Laurel Wells, Director Emerita of Student Finance 



Faculty Directory 253 



Instructional Faculty 

(Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern College.) 

Carolyn Achata— M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., University of Miami; M.S.N., The University of Tennessee, Memphis. (1994) 

Pamela Ahlfeld— M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Georgia State University. (1990) 

J. Bruce Aahton — D.MA, Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Capital University; M. Mus., American Conservatory of Music; D.MA, 
University of Cincinnati. (1968) 

Joyce L. Azevedo— Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Union CoUege; MA and Ph.D., University of California, Riverside. (1992) 

Fern Babcock— MAT., Associate Professor of Education 

B.LA, Pakistan Adventist Seminary and College; MAT, Andrews University. (1991) 

George Babcock— Ed.D ., Professor of Education 

BA, Columbia Union College; M.A and Ed.D., Andrews University. (1991) 

Peggy Bennett — M.S.L.S., Director of Libraries, Associate Professor of 
Library Science 

B.S. Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.a, Florida State University. (1971) 

Jack Blanco— Th.D., Ellen G. White Professor of Religion 

BA, Union College; MA and B.D., SDA Theological Seminary; M.TIl, Princeton 
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of South Africa, (1983) 

* Julie Boyd-Penner— M.Mua., Assistant Professor of Music 

B.Mus., University of Idaho; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music. (1993) 

Jared Bruckner— D.Sc, Professor of Compter Science and Technology 

BA, Andrews University; M.S., Illinois Instil? of Technology; M.S., Worcester 
Polytechnic Institute; D.Sc., University of Mass*, usetts at Lowell. (1995) 

Ken Cavineas— Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S, Southern Missionary College; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts at Lowell 

(1996) 

Ron Clouxet — M.Dlv., Associate Professor of Religion 

BA, Loma Linda University, La Sierra; M.Div., Andrews University. (1993) 

Herbert Coolidge— Ph.D., C.PA, Professor of Business Administration 

B.S, Southern Missionary College; M.BA and Ph.D., Michigan State University 
(1991) 

Glenda Davidson— M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S, Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., Troy State University (1992) 

Don Dick— Ph.D., Professor of Speech Communication 

B.A., Union College; MA, University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
(1968) 

Alberto doe Santos — Ed.D., Professor of Education and Psychology 

BA, University of South Africa; Diploma, Orion Institute of Switzerland; MA and 
Ed.D., Andrews University. (1995) 

Joan dos Santos—Assistant Professor of English 

B.S., Adventist University; MA, Andrews University. (1995) 

Ron du Preez— D.Min., Associate Professor of Religion 

BA, Helderberg College; MA, M.Div., and D.Min., Andrews University. (1992) 

*Study Leave 



254 Faculty Directory 



John Duriehek— M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science and 
Technology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., George Peabody College for Teachers. (1969) 

Robert D. Egbert— Ph.D., Professor of Education and Psychology 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.S.E&, Ed.S., and M.Ed., University of Idaho, Moscow; 
Ed.D., Temple University; Ph.D,, Union Institute. (1993) 

David Ekkens— Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Loma Linda University. (1990) 

Peggy Elklns— MA, Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University. (1988) 

Richard Erickson— M.B A., Associate Professor of Business Administration 

B.S. and M.B.A., Austin Peay State University. (1984) 

Ted Evans— M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. (1974) 

Mari-Carmen Gallege— M.A.T., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages 

Diplome d 'Etudes SuperieureB en Theologie, Institut Adventiste du Saleve, Collonges 
sous Saleve, France; Diplome Superieur d' Etudes Francaises Modernes, Ecole 
Internationale de Langue et Civilisation Francaises, Paris; M.A.T., Andrews 
University. (1992) 

Lisa Gano— M.Acct., C.RA., Assistant Professor of Business 

B.B.A., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventiste; M.Acct, University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1994) 

Robert Garren — M.FA., Professor of Art 

B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technology. (1968) 

Philip G. Garver— Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Eastern Michigan University; Ed.D., 
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976) 

David Gerstle— M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.&N., University of Texas. (1994) 

Orlo Gilbert— -M.Mus. Ed., Professor of Music 

B.M.E., La Sierra College; M.Mus.Ed., Madison State Teachers College. (1967) 

Judith Glass — M.Mus., Professor of Music 

B.Mus. and M.Mus., University of Texas at Austin. (1975) 

Loranne Grace — M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.L.S., University of Washington. (1970) 

Jon Green— Ph.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., La Sierra College; M.S., Loma Linda University; M.A., Andrews University; 
PhD., Georgia State University. (1989) 

Floyd Greenleaf— Ph.D., Professor of History/Senior Vice President for 

Academic Administration 
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College for Teachers; PhD., 
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1966) 

Ann Greer — M.L.I.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science 

B.G.S., Indiana University; M.L.I.S., Louisiana State University. (1995) 

Leona Gulley— EcLD., Professor of Psychology 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.A., Ear East Theological Seminary; M.H.S., 
Philippine Union College; M.S., Andrews University; Ed.D., Vanderbilt University. 
(1978) 



Faculty Directory 255 



Norman Gulley— Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A. and 
M.Div., Andrews University; Ph.D., University of Edinburgh. (1978) 

♦Richard Halterman— M.S., Associate Professor of Computer Science 

B.&, Florida Southern College; M.S., Florida Atlantic University. (1987) 

Jan Haluska— Ph.D., Professor of English 

B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., University of 
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981) 

Lawrence E. Hanson-— Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., California State University; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Florida State 
University. (1966) 

Pamela Harris— Ph.D., Associate Professor of Journalism 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.L.S., George Peabody College of Vanderbilt 
University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1989) 

Carole Haynes— EcLD., Professor of Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at Chattanooga; 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1982) 

Ray Hefferlin— Ph.D., Professor for International Research in Physics 

B.A., Pacific Union College; PhD., California Institute of Technology. (1955) 

Volker Hennlng— M.A., Associate Professor of Journalism 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.Div., Andrews University; M.A., University of 

Central Florida. (1989) 

Debbie Higgens— M.A., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University. (1993) 

Lorella Howard— M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.S.N.. Vanderbilt University. 
(1994) 

f Dusanka Hrlstlc— M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S. and M.S.N., Loma Linda University. (1995) 

Bonnie Hunt— M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1974) 

Constance Hunt— M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.S., Texas Woman's University. 
(1995) 

Katye Hunt — M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. 

(1976) 

Phil Hunt— EcLD., Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.Ed., Columbia University; Ed.D., 
Andrews University. (1995) 

♦Bradley G. Hyde— M.S.C.S., Associate Professor of Computer Science 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S.C.S., Maryland University. (1988) 

Steven Jaecks — M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.A., Loma Linda University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. (1980) 

Barbara James— M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of Texas at Arlington (1991) 



*Study Leave 
tOrlando Campus 



256 Faculty Directory 



John Keyes— Ed.S., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Aebury College; M.A., Central Michigan University; MAT., Andrews 
University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University; Ed.S., George Peabody College for 
Teachers. (1987) 

Timothy Korson— Ph.D., Professor of Computer Science and Technology 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., Georgia State 
University. (1995) 

Henry Kuhlman— Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Western Michigan University; PhD., 
Purdue University. (1968) 

Edward L. Lamb— M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Professor of Social Work and 
Family Studies 

B.S., Union College; M.S.S.W, University of Tennessee, Rnoxville. (1971) 

Katie A. Lamb— M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Central Arkansas. (1972) 

Donn Leatherman— M.Div., Associate Professor of Religion 

B.Th, Canadian Union College; M.Div., Andrews University. (1992) 

Merritt MacLafferty— M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science 

B.A., Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1980) 

Ben McArthur— Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Chicago. (1979) 

Caroline McArthur— M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 
B.S., University of Mississippi; M.S., Emory University. (1979) 

Wilma McClarty— EdLD., Professor of English 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., University of Montana. (1972) 

Robert Moore— l&d.D. f Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of North Carolina; Ed.D., The 
University of Georgia. (1979) 

Derek Morris— D. Min M Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.Div. and D.Mhx, Andrews University; (1987) 

Patricia C. Morrison — M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library 

Science/Assistant Librarian 
B.&, East Carolina University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University. (1981) 

Heather Neal—B-A., Instructor of Health, Physical Education, and 
Recreation 

B.A., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1995) 

Bruce Norman — Ph.D., Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.A. and Ph.D., Andrews 
University. (1995) 

Laura Nyirady — M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., Boston University. (1986) 

Stephen A. Nyirady— Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.S. and Ph.D., Loma Linda University. (1986) 

Cliff Olson — M.A., Associate Professor of Business 

B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.A., Colorado State University (1989) 

Helmut K. Ott — Ed.D., Professor of Modern Languages 

B.A., Loma Linda College of Arts and Sciences; M.A., Inter-American University; M.A. 
and Ed.D, Andrews University. (1971) 



Faculty Directory 257 



Mark Peach— Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A*, Walk Walla College; M.A., Washington State University; Ph.D., University of 
Chicago. (1987) 

John Perumal — Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.A., Spioer Memorial College; M.S., University of Pune; Ph.D., The University of 
Western Ontario (1993) 

Dennis Pettlbone— Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A, La Sierra College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., University of California, 
Riverside. (1988) 

t Mildred Muniz Preussner— M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Antillian College; M.S.N., Catholic University of Puerto Rico. (1990) 

Helen Pyke— M.A., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. (1990) 

Dana Reed— M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventiste; M.S., Texas Women's University. 
(1992) 

Kenneth Reynolds—Instructor of Industrial Technology (1992) 

Arthur Richert— Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A. and PhD., University of Texas. (1970) 

MaryAnn Roberts— M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S, and M.S.N., Andrews University. (1992) 

Marvin L. Robertson— Ph.D., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; Ph.D., Florida 
State University. (1966) 

Daniel Rozell— M.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Central Michigan University. (1978) 

Terrie Ruff— M.S.W., Assistant Professor of Social Work and Family Studies 

B.S.W, Columbia College; M.S.W, University of South Carolina. (1990) 

Adan Saldana— MA, Assistant Professor of Art 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Pratt Institute. (1994) 

Vinita Sauder— M.B.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration 
/Director of Institutional Effectiveness and Research 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.B.A., University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. 
(1983) 

Jim Segar— M.A., Professor of Business Administration 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Central Michigan University. (1993) 

Sterling Sigsworth— Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. (1991) 

Patricia Silver— MA., Associate Professor of Music 

B.S.C., Madison College; M.A., George Peabody. (1982) 

David Smith— Ph.D., Professor of English 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; PhD., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981) 

Keith Snyder— Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.S. and M.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., Washington State University. (1995) 

Shirley Spears — M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Alabama at Birmingham. 
(1990) 

tOrlando Faculty 



258 Faculty Directory 



Jean Springett— M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., University of Maryland. (1991) 

Carl Swafford— Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Southern Missionary CoDege; M.S. and PhD., University of Tennessee at 
Knoxville. (1992) 

Wayne E. VandeVere— Ph.D., C.RA., Ruth McKee Professor of 
Entrepreneurship and Business Ethics 

B.A., Andrews University; M.B.A., University of Michigan; PhD., Michigan State 
University. (1956) 

Dale Walters— M.S., Associate Professor of Industrial Technology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., East Tennessee University. (1988) 

Steven E. Warren— Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Andrews University; PhD., Arizona State University. (1982) 

tErma Webb — M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union CoDege; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1976) 

Larry Williams— M.S.W., Associate Professor of Social Worh and Family 
Studies 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.W, University of Georgia. (1983) 

Judy Winters— M.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.N., Emory University. (1990) 

William Wbhlers— Ph.D., Professor of History/Vice President for Student 

Services 
B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Andrews University; PhD., University of Nebraska. 
(1973) 



t Orlando Faculty 



1996-97 College Committees 



Administrative Committees 

Administrative Councili Donald Sahly, Chair; Doris Burdick, Secretary; Jim Ashlock, Ron 
Barrow, Dale Bidwell, Helen Durichek. Jack Ferneyhough, Floyd Greenleaf, Elsworth Hetke, 
Jack McClarty, Ken Norton, William Wohlers, Joni Zier. f2 Teaching Faculty 

Admisfliona/Recruitment Committee: Ron Barrow, Chair; Victor Czerkasjj, Joanne Evans, 
Ken Norton, Bob Silver, Admissions Adviser 

Budget and Finance Advisory Committee: Richard Center, Chair; Dale Bidwell, Secretary; 
Malcolm Gordon, Floyd Greenleaf, William Hulsey, Chris McKee, Donald Sahly, Ward Sumpter 

Financial Aid/Academic Progress Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Cheryl Ashmore, Ron 
Barrow, Floyd Greenleaf, Donna Myers, Joni Zier, (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Financial Appeals Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, Dale Bidwell (or designee), 
Laetitia Swan son, Jayne Wyche 

Fund Raising Committee: Jack McClarty, Chair; Paul Smith, Vice Chair; Evonne Crook, 
Secretary; Jim Ashlock, George Babcock, Helen Durichek, Diana Fish, Burt Pooley, Donald 
Sahly, Clifford Williams 

Institutional Research and Effectiveness/Strategic Planning Committee: Vinita 
Sauder, Chair; Donna Myers, Secretary; Ron Barrow, Dale Bidwell, Helen Durichek, Floyd 
Greenleaf, Ben McArthur, Jack McClarty, Donald Sahly, William Wohlers, JOne Student 

Key/Access Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Don Hart, Elsworth Hetke, Charles Lucas, 
Dale Tyrrell, fl Teaching Faculty 

Loans and Scholarship Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, Sharon Engel (or 
designee), Stan Hobbs (or designee), Donna Myers, William Wohlers, f2 Teaching Faculty, 
(Dale Bidwell, ex-offlcio) 

Personnel Committee: Dale Bidwell, Chair; Elsworth Hetke, Vice Chair and Secretary; 
Bonnie Ashmore (1998), Stan Hobbs, (1997), Constance Hunt (1997), Ken Norton (1997), Judie 
Port (1998), Linda Wilhelm (1997), tl Teaching Faculty 

Plant Committee: Helen Durichek, Chair; Mark Antone, Charles Lucas, Ed Lucas, Skip 
McCandless, Dale Tyrrell 

President's Cabinet: Donald Sahly, Chair; Ron Barrow, Dale Bidwell, Floyd Greenleaf, Jack 
McClarty, William Wohlers 

Publications Committee: Ron Barrow, Chair; Susan Brown, Secretary; Jim Ashlock, Doris 
Burdick, Daryl Cole, Victor Czerkasy, Bob Silver, Ingrid Skantz, Admissions Adviser 

Safety/Fire Prevention Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Dale Tyrrell, Vice Chair/ 
Secretary; Mark Antone, Barry Becker, Jim Burma, Bev Ericson, Earl Evans, Phil Garver, 
Eleanor Hanson, Wayne Janzen, Charles Lucas, Ed Lucas, Skip McCandless, Dennis Negron, 
Allen Olson, Dale Walters, Steven Warren 

Trust Committee: Jack McClarty, Chair; Dale Bidwell, Vice Chair; Paul Smith, Secretary; 
Richard Erickson, Jack Ferneyhough, Burt Pooley 

Faculty Senate 

Donald Sahly, Chair; Floyd Greenleaf, Vice Chair; Lisa Gano, Secretary; George Babcock, Dale 
Bidwell, Jack Blanco, Ron Clouzet. Herbert Coolidge, Ron du Preez, Alberto dos Santos, Bob 
Egbert, Phil Garver, Jan Haluska, Pam Harris, Barbara James, John Keyes, Donn Leatherman, 
Ben McArthur, Wilma McClarty, Robert Moore, Derek Morris, Heather Neal, Terrie Ruff, 
Vinita Sauder, Jim Segar, Carl Swaffbrd, Larry Williams, William Wohlers 

Senate Executive Committee: Donald Sahly, Chair; Floyd Greenleaf, Vice Chair; Lisa Gano, 
Secretary; Dale Bidwell, Alberto dos Santos, Pam Harris, Donn Leatherman, William Wohlers 

^Appointed toy Student Awoetatlon 
tNominated by Faculty Senate 



260 College Committees 



Senate Committees 

Academic Affairs Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Barbara Beckett, Secretary; George 
Babcock, Ron Barrow, Jack Blanco, Peggy Bennett, Robert Garren, Phil Garver, Larry Hanson, 
Pam Harris, Ray Hefferlin, Ed Lamb, Katie Lamb, Merritt MacLafferty, Ben McArthur, Sharon 
McGrady, Steve Nyirady, Helmut Ott, Marvin Robertson, Jim Segar, David Smith, Dale 
Walters, Steven Warren, Joni Zier, Consultant: Frank Di Memmo 

Academic Review Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Cherie Smith, Secretary; Ron 
Barrow, Sharon Engel (or designee), Stan Hobbs (or designee), Ken Norton (or designee), 
Sharon McGrady, William Wohlers, Jim Wampler, Joni Zier 

Academic Research Fund Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Pam Harris (95-97), Ray 
Hefferlin (at large), Dennis Pettibone (96-99), John Perumal (95-98) 

Advisement Committee: Sharon McGrady, Chair; Joyce Azevedo (1997), Ron Barrow, Floyd 
Greenleaf, Carole Haynes (1998), John Keyes (1998), Jim Segar (1997), Jim Wampler, 'Larry 
Williams (1997) 

Animal Care and Use Committee: Bob Egbert, Chair; Ron du Preez, David Ekkens, Linda 
Eldridge, Barry O'Neal, David Winters 

Discipline Review Subcommittee: William Wohlers, Chair; Stan Hobbs, Sharon Engel, 
Gelnda Davidson, Dennis Pettibone, one additional faculty member if needed 

Employee Wellness Committee; Phil Garver, Chair; Helen Durichek, Laura Nyirady, Judie Port, 
Heather Neal, Merlin Wittenberg, fl Teaching Faculty, (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Faculty Affairs Committee: Katie Lamb, Chair; Joan dos Santos, Richard Erickson, Judith 
Glass, Derek Morris, Helmut Ott, William Wohlers, (Donald Sahly, ex-officio) 

Film Subcommittee: Don Dick, Chair; Doris Burdick, Earl Evans, Jan Haluska, Loranne 
Grace, Ken Reynolds, Judy Winters, $2 Students, (William Wohlers, ex-officio) 

General Education Subcommittee: Alberto dos Santos, Chair; Joyce Azevedo, Glenda 
Davidson, Jon Green, Wilma McClarty, Dennis Pettibone, Helen Pyke, Jim Segar, (Floyd 
Greenleaf, ex-officio) 

Graduate Education Council: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; George Babcock, Ron Barrow, Peg 
Bennett, Jack Blanco, Jim Segar, Joni Zier 

Honors Subcommittee: Wilma McClarty, Chair; Bonnie Hunt, Donn Leather man, Ben 
McArthur, Steve Nyirady, fl Teaching Faculty, (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio) 

Human Participants in Research Committee: Larry Williams, Chair; Wilma McClarty, Bob 
Moore, Bruce Norman, Vlnita Sauder 

Preprofessional Committees Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Cherie Smith, Secretary; all faculty 
from Biology/Chemistry/Physics, Sharon Engel (or designee), Stan Hobbs (or designee), William 
Wohlers 

Promotions Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Pam Harris (1999), Ed Lamb (1999), Wilma 
McClarty (1997), Robert Moore (1998), Steve Nyirady (1998), Art Richert (1997), (Donald 
Sah|y, ex-officio) 

Screening Subcommittee: Pat Silver, Chair; Pam Ahlfeld, David Ekkens, Beverly Ericson, 
Dwight Magers, Steven Warren, (William Wohlers, ex-officio) 

Social/Recreation Committee: Glenda Davidson, Earl Evans, Larry Hanson, Cliff Olson, 
Dana Reed, t2 Teaching Faculty, (Donald Sahly, ex-officio) 

Spiritual life Subcommittee: Ken Rogers, Chair; Ron Clouzet, David Gerstle, Kassy Krause, 
Heather Neal, Dennis Negron, %2 Students 

Student Activities Subcommittee: William Wohlers, Chair; Joyce Azevedo, Herbert 
Coolidge, Beverly Ericson, Rick Halterman, Steve Jaecks, Dwight Magers, Carl Swafford, $3 
Students (including S.A Social VP) 



^Appointed by Student Association 
tNontlnated by Family Senate 



College Committees 261 



Student Personnel Subcommittee: William Wohlers, Chair; Midge Dunzweiler, Sharon 
Engel, Beverly Ericson, Earl Evans, Eleanor Hanson, Don Hart, Stan Hobbs, Kassy Krause, 
Dwight Magers, Dennis Negron, Ken Rogers, Dale Terrell, Jim Wampler 

Student Services Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Don Dick, Sharon Engel, Lisa Gano, 
Stan Hobbs, Ken Norton, Ken Rogers, Terrie Ruff, Pat Silver 

Student Wellness Subcommittee: Eleanor Hanson, Chair; Beverly Ericson, Phil Garver, 
Dennis Negron, Laura Nyiracjy, CABLE Director, PAW Director, Student Wellness Director, 
Rich Wilkens. Bill Wohlers, ex-officio) 

Writing Subcommittee: Helen tyke, Chair; Jack Blanco, Alberto dos Santos, Ray Hefferlin, 
Volker Henning, Mark Peach, Dennis Pettibone, Larry Williams, (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio) 



Index 



Absences 40, 228 

Academic Advisement 36 

Academic Calendar 4, 5 

Academic Enrichment Services 19 

Academic Honesty 38 

Academic Policies 22 

Academic Probation and Dismissal . . 39 

Acceptance 10 

Academic Probation 10, 39 

Regular 10 

Accounting Courses 87 

Accreditation and Memberships 8 

Actuarial Studies 169 

Admission 

ACT Scores 11 

Academic Probation Acceptance . . 10 

Application Fee 13 

General Requirements 11 

Graduate Program 13 

International Students 12 

Nursing 191 

Regular/Good Standing Acceptance 10 

SAT Scores 11 

Secondary Subjects Required .... 11 

Special Students 12 

Teacher Education 115, 116 

Transfer Students 11 

Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA) 

Financial Policy 231 

Allied Health Professions 47 

Anderson Lecture Series 19, 91 

Anesthesia 220 

Apartments 230 

Application Procedure 13 

Art Courses 61 

Assembly Attendance 18, 41 

Associate Degree Programs 

Accounting 85 

Allied Health 47 

CADD Applications 102 

Computer Science 101 

Engineering Studies 129 

General Studies 218, 219 



Associate Degree Programs, cont. 

Media Technology 162 

Nursing 191 

Office Administration 86 

Pre-Cytotechnology 50 

Pre-Dental Hygiene 51 

Pre-Nutrition and Dietetics 52 

Pre-Occupational Therapy 53 

Pre-Physical Therapy 54 

Pro-Physician Assistant 56 

Pre-Speech Language Pathology & 

Audiology 58 

Pre-Surgeon's Assistant 59 

Auditing Courses 35 

Bachelor of Arts Degrees 

Art 60 

Biology 73 

Broadcast Journalism 161 

Chemistry 94 

Computer Science 100 

Education 109 

English 131 

History 146 

International Studies 174 

French Emphasis 174 

German Emphasis 174 

Spanish Emphasis 175 

Journalism (News Editorial) .... 160 

Mathematics 168 

Music 181 

Physics 199 

Psychology 108 

Psychology (Leading to Licensure, 

K-8) K 109 

Public Relations 161 

Religious Education 210 

Religious Studies 211 

Social Science (Leading to 

Licensure 1-8) 110 

Theology 210 



Index 263 



Bachelor of Business Administration 

Accounting 82 

Computer Information Systems 83, 101 

Core Requirements 82 

Management 82 

Marketing 83 

Bachelor of Music 179 

Bachelor of Science Degrees 

Actuarial Studies 169 

Art — Computer Graphic Design . . 60 

Behavioral Science 66 

Biology 73 

Business Administration 83 

Chemistry 95 

Computer Science 100 

Family Studies 66 

Health Science 140 

Long-Term Care Administration . . 84 

Mathematics 169 

Medical Science 218 

Medical Technology 47 

Nursing 190 

Office Administration 85 

Physical Education 138 

Physics 200 

Science & Math Studies 
(Leading to Licensure 1-8) .... Ill 

Social Work 66 

Wellness Management 139 

Bachelor of Social Work 66 

Bachelor of Technology Degree .... 154 

Graphic Arts 154 

Technical Plant Services 154 

Bankruptcy 234 

Biology Courses 75 

Board of Trustees 250 

Executive Board 250 

Bogenhofen 173 

Botany Courses 76 

Brock Hall 9 

Business Administration Courses ... 89 

CADD Applications 102 

Cafeteria Charges 230 

Campus Organizations 17 

Canceled Classes 35 



Career Services 15 

Catalog, Importance of 2 

Certificate Programs 152 

Auto Body Technician 153 

Auto Mechanics Technician 153 

Graphic Arts 154 

Technical Plant Services 154 

Chamber Music Series 19 

Changes in Registration 34 

Chaplain's Office 14 

Chemistry Courses 96 

Class Attendance 40 

Class Standing 23 

Classic Film Series 20 

CLEP Exams 42 

Cognate Courses 45 

Collection Policy 234 

College Administration 250 

Collonges 173 

Community Service 25 

Computer Center 9 

Computer Graphic Design 60, 61 

Computer Science and Technology . . 99 

Computer Science Courses 103 

Concert-Lecture Series 17 

Conduct Standards 17 

Continuing Education 19, 44 

Correspondence Work 42 

Counseling and Testing Service .... 15 

Course Load 35 

Course Numbers 45 

Course Sequence 45 

Credit Cards 237 

Curriculum Chart 32 

Cytotechnology 50 

Danielle Hall 9 

Dean's List 31 

Degrees Offered 

Associate Degrees 32 

Listing of 32-34 

Bachelor of Arts 31 

Listing of 32-34 



264 Index 



Bachelor of Business Admin ... 32, 82 

Bachelor of Music 179 

Bachelor of Science 31 

Listing of 32-34 

Bachelor of Social Work 32, 66 

General Education Requirements 25-29 

Major Requirements 31 

Minor Requirements 31 

Dental Hygiene 51 

Dentistry 220 

Dietetics 52 

Dining, Campus Options 14 

Dismissal . . 39 

Distinguished Dean's List . * * 31 

Dorm, See Residence Halls 

E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 19 

E. O. Grundset Lecture Series . . . . * 20 

Ecology Courses * . . . . 76 

Economics Courses 91 

Education 107 

Certification 117, 118 

Courses 120 

Secondary 118-120 

Elementary Education 109-111 

Employment Service 16 

Engineering 129 

English 

Language Study 41 

Proficiency in 12, 132 

Examinations 40 

Attendance 40 

CLEP 42 

Credit by 42 

Rescheduling 40 

Special Fees 228 

Waiver 41 

Expenses » . . 227 

Application Fee 13 

Estimated Student Budget 227 

Food Service 230 

Housing 14, 229 

Late Registration 34, 229 

Music Lessons 228 

Special Fees and Charges 228 

Student Costs 227 



Student Tithing 239 

Tuition 227 

Tuition Refunds 235 

Extension Classes 12, 43 

Facilities 9 

Faculty 253 

Committees 259 

Directory 253 

Emeriti 252 

Family Rebate 227 

Financial Information 227 

Aid 241 

Family Rebate 227 

Grants 247 

Loans 247 

Methods of Payment 231 

Refund Policy 235 

Repayment Policy 244 

Satisfactory Academic Progress . . 241 

Scholarships 245 

Veterans 245 

Florence Oliver Anderson Lecture 

Series 19 

Food Service 230 

Foreign Study 173 

Freshman Standing 10 

GED 10 

General Education Requirements . 25-29 

General Studies 218, 219 

Grading System 36 

Graduate Degrees 

Education . 107 

Religion 209 

Graduation Requirements 24 

Graphic Art Design 60 

Grievance Procedure 40 

Grundset Lecture Series 20 

Hackman Hall 9 

Health Education Courses 140 

Health Insurance 229 

Health Service 9, 15 

History Courses 149 

History of College 7 



Index 265 



Honor Roll 31 

Honors Program 29, 246 

Honors Studies Sequence 30 

Housing Deposit 230 

Incompletes 37 

Industrial Technology 152 

Instructional Media 20 

Insurance 16, 229, 236 

Interdepartmental Programs 218 

Interest on Past-Due Balance 234 

International Students 12, 230 

J. Mabel Wood Hall 9 

Journalism Courses 163 

Labor Regulations 238 

Foreign Students 239 

Late Registration 34, 229 

Law 221 

Ledford Hall 9 

Libraries 20 

Literature Courses . . . . 135 

Long-Term Care Admin Courses ... 91 
I^jrnn Wood Hall 9 

Major and Minor Requirements .... 31 
Marine Biological Field Station .... 21 

Marketing Courses 88 

Master's Degree 22 

Admission Requirements .... 13, 22 

Mathematics Courses 170 

Mazie Herin Hall 9 

McKee Library 9, 20 

Medical Science 218 

Medical Technology 47 

Medicine 221 

Miller Hall 9 

Minors 

Advertising 162 

Art 61 

Art — Computer Qraphic Design . . 61 

Behavioral Science 67 

Biblical Languages 212 

Biology 74 

Broadcast Journalism 162 



Minors, cont. 

Business Administration 86 

Chemistry 95 

Computer Science 102 

Education , . . 112 

English 132 

Family Studies 67 

French , 175 

German 175 

History 147 

Journalism (News Editorial) .... 162 

Marketing 86 

Mathematics 169 

Music 181 

Office Administration 86 

Physical Education 140 

Physics . 200 

Political Economy 148, 221 

Political Science 148 

Practical Theology 212 

Psychology 108 

Public Relations . , 162 

Religion 212 

Sales 163 

Sociology 67 

Spanish 175 

Technology 152 

Mission Statement 6 

Music 

Courses 182 

Curriculum 179 

Ensembles 186 

Fees 228 

Nondepartmental Courses 187 

Nursing 

Accreditation 190 

Admission Requirements 191 

Courses 195 

Policies 189 

Progression Requirements 194 

Readmission . 194 

Nutrition Course 187 

Nutrition/Dietetics Program 52 



266 Index 



Objectives of the College 6 

Occupational Therapy 53 

Occupational Therapy Assistant .... 50 

Office Administration Courses 92 

One-Year Certificates 

Auto Body Technician 152 

Auto Mechanics Technician * . . . . 153 

Graphic Arts 154 

Requirements 23 

Technical Plant Services 154 

Optometry 223 

Organizations 17 

Orientation Program 16 

Orlando Campus . 198 

Osteopathic Medicine 223 

Pass/Fail 37, 141 

Petition 40 

Pharmacy 224 

Photo Release Policy 18 

Physical Education Activity Courses 141 

Physical Therapy 54 

Physical Therapy Assistant 50 

Physics Courses 201 

Pierson Lecture Series 20 

Pediatric Medicine 224 

Post Graduate Tuition Plan 239 

Prefix Glossary 46 

Preprofessional Curricula 34 

Anesthesia 220 

Cytotechnology 50 

Dental Hygiene . . . , 51 

Dentistry 220 

Engineering Studies 129 

Graphic Arts * . . . . 154 

Law 221 

Medical Technology 47 

Medicine 221 

Nutrition and Dietetics 52 

Occupational Therapy 53 

Optometry 223 

Osteopathic Medicine 223 

Pharmacy 224 

Physical Therapy 54 

Physician Assistant 56 

Podiatric Medicine 224 



Preprofessional Curricula, cont. 

Respiratory Therapy 50 

Speech Lang Pathology/Audiology . 58 

Surgeon's Assistant 59 

Technical Plant Services 154 

Veterinary Medicine 225 

Probation 10, 39 

Prospective Graduate 24 

Psychology Courses 125 

Public Relations 

Courses 166 

Major 161 

Minor 162 

Radiation Technology 50 

Radio Station, WSMC FM90.5 21 

Refund Policy 235, 236, 244 

Credit Refund 236 

Financial Aid Refund Policy .... 246 

Registration 34 

Dates 4, 5 

Rehabilitation Act 14 

Religion Center . 9 

Religion Courses 212 

Repeated Courses 37 

Residence Halls 14 

Residence Requirements 24 

Respiratory Therapy 50 

Right of Petition 40 

Sagunto 173 

Satisfactory Academic Progress 39, 241 

Scholarships 245 

Secondary Education 118 

Senior Citizen Tuition 240 

Senior Placement Service 16 

Sequence of Courses 45 

Sociology Courses 67 

Social Work Courses 69 

Software Technology 226 

Southern Scholars 29 

Spalding Elementary School 9 

Special Fees and Charges 228 

Special Student 12 

Speech Courses 137 

Staley Lecture Series 20 



Index 267 



Standards of Conduct 17 

Statement Charges 229 

Student Association 17 

Student Center 9 

Student Employment Service 16 

Student Life and Services 14 

Student Mission Credit 31 

Student Records 37 

Study-Work Program 36 

Summer Graduate 24 

Summer Tuition 227 

Summer Work Incentive Program . 235 

Summerour Hall 9 

Surgical Technology 50 

Talge Hall 9, 14 

Task Force Credit 31 

Technology Courses 154 

Testing Service 15 

Thatcher Hall 9, 14 

Tithing 239 

Transcripts 13, 24, 44 

Transfer Credit 25 

Transfer Students 11 

Tuition Refunds 235, 244 

Tuition Waivers 235 

Tuition, Post Graduate 239 



Upper Division Credit 22, 45 

Veterinary Medicine 225 

Waiver Examinations 40 

Wellness Management 139 

Withdrawals, Class 35, 235 

Withdrawals, Cash 327 

Worker's Compensation 236 

Worship Services 18 

Wright Hall 9 

Writing (W) Courses 25 

WSMC FM90.5 8, 21 

Zoology Courses 77, 78 







1996 






JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 


1 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 6 


14 IS 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


28 29 30 


26 27 28 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W t F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


15 18 17 18 19 20 21 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


29 30 


27 28 29 30 31 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


29 30 31 



1997 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 


1 


1 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 3 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 26 


26 27 28 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


27 28 29 30 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


29 30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 


1 


12 3 4 5 6 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


7 8 6 10 11 12 13 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 16 19 20 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


27 28 29 30 31 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


28 29 30 


26 27 28 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


28 29 30 31 



1998 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 3 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


1 2 


1 2 3 4 5, 6 

7 6 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 18 17 18 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 




29 X 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


28 29 30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 


1 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 3 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 5 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 18 17 18 19 20 21 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


26 27 28 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


27 28 29 30 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


29 30 


27 28 29 30 31 



1999 






JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 


12 3 4 5 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


28 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


27 28 29 30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


3 M T W T F S 


1 2 3 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


3 4 5 6 7 6 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


12 13 14 15 16 17 16 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

31 


28 29 30 


26 27 28 29 30 31 



%w 






03 



rt 

n 

o 

r* 

o 

en 






.4 














m 

H 
Z 


° On 

o m £ 






H 


z